Rhodora

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

Publication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP Ws Mm vomentteq

VOLUME 15

1913

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 1.

1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15.

January, 1913. No. 169

/
THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE NEW ENGLAND
BOTANICAL CLUB.

E. F. WinunMs, Recording Secretary.

Tue Annual Meeting of the New England Botanical Club was held
on Friday, Dec. 6th, 1912, at 8 p. m. in the hall of the Twentieth
Century Club, No. 3 Joy St., Boston, where our Club has held its
meetings since Nov. 2nd, 1906. Professor Merritt L. Fernald, the
President, occupied the Chair and there were 42 members present.
This was the 155th meeting of the Club and as some of the proceedings
at this meeting may be of interest to our non-resident or absent mem-
bers an abstract of the minutes of the proceedings is given below.

After the reading of the report of the last meeting and the report
of the Treasurer, Prof. Wiegand, the Phaenogamic Curator, made
his report. It appears therefrom that the Club Herbarium has pros-
pered greatly during the past year. To quote from the report,

* In July last, the Club Herbarium was moved into the sumptuous
quarters in the Gray Herbarium made possible through the generosity
of Mr. George Robert White. It now occupies the large eastern room
in the second story of the White Laboratory, a structure wholly fire
proof. The herbarium is housed in standard steel cases and the
tables as well as wall cases are also of metal and hence fire proof.

The accessions during the year have been gratifying beyond expec-
tation. Besides many small sets from about fifty persons several
large contributions are worthy of special mention — the Herbaria of
Sydney Harris, Charles H. Morss, the late Edward S. Hoar of Concord,
the herbarium of Geo. Mackie, collected chiefly at Amherst, Mass.,
the recent collections of Miss Kate Furbish, the New England portion

2 Rhodora [JANUARY

of the herbarium of Arthur Stanley Pease rich in plants of Coós County
N. H., and Andover, Massachusetts. Above all in size and importance,
however, stands the gift to the Club of the herbarium of our corre-
sponding secretary, Mr. Edward L. Rand. "This collection, which has
not yet been received, contains many thousands of specimens and is
especially important as having formed the basis of Rand & Redfield's
Flora of Mt. Desert Island. The total number of specimens actually
received during the year was 11,765. The herbarium actually con-
tains 51,109 sheets of mounted specimens distributed as follows.

From Maine 22,238
" N.H. 5,735

“Vt. 2,396
“ Mass. 17,380
" R.L 882
“Conn. 2478

The reports of the Committees were then made, and the election
of officers for the ensuing year resulted as follows: President, Merritt
L. Fernald, Vice President, William P. Rich, Corresponding Secretary,
Edward L. Rand, Recording Secretary and Treasurer, Emile F.
Williams, Phaenogamie Curator, Karl M. Wiegand, Cryptogamic
Curator, Lincoln W. Riddle, Members of the Council, Joseph A.
Cushman, Walter Deane, and Benjamin L. Robinson. The following
candidates, for membership recommended by the Council, were
elected :— Resident members: Sumner C. Brooks, Cambridge, Myron
E. Gutterson, Andover, George H. Richards, Boston, George S. Torrey,
Boston, Prof. William M. Wheeler, Boston. Non-resident members:
The Rev. Charles B. Ames, Belfast, Maine, Prof. Samuel F. Clarke,
Williamstown, Massachusetts, Ralph Hoffman, Kansas City, Missouri,
Bayard Long, Ashbourne, Pennsylvania, andẸJ ay G. Underwood,
Hartland, Vermont.

The talk of the evening, “The Shad Bushes of New England," was
given by Prof. Wiegand, and this difficult subject was presented in
such a comprehensive and lucid manner that it would appear as if his
treatment would solve most of the difficulties which have beset every
student of the genus. The difficulties are two-fold — first the very
extensive and confused nomenclature, much of it hopeless on account
of the insufficiency of the earlier descriptions and the impossibility of
tracing the specimens upon which they were based and — second, the

1913] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— IV 3

great tendency to hybridization of the species in this genus, no less
than from a quarter to a third of the sheets in every large collection
being hybrids.

The paper on Amelanchier was published by Prof. Wiegand in the
July, 1912, Roopora. Many sheets of beautiful specimens of the genus
were exhibited and also some excellent photographs of typical or note-
worthy specimens.

NOTES ON CONNECTICUT MOSSES,— IV.
G. E. NicHors.

For the moss student whose lack of time precludes the pursuit of
any extensive research along bryological lines there is open a fasci-
nating field in the intensive study of the mosses within some limited
area. During the past few years the writer's major interests have
become of such a nature that the study of bryology has necessarily
been forced to a subordinate position, and for this reason the little
attention that it has been possible to give to this subject has been
restricted almost entirely to Connecticut mosses. The advisability
of further exploration within this state and of more intensive work
was pointed out in the introductory chapter to the Bryophytes of Con-
necticut, and subsequent work has only served to make still more
evident the apparently inexhaustible possibilities, from a bryological
standpoint, of the region under consideration. Since 1908 three
papers on Connecticut mosses have appeared ! in each of which ten
species new to the state have been recorded, while the present paper
includes an even longer list of additions.

SPECIES OF SPHAGNUM NEW TO CONNECTICUT.

During the past year there has appeared Warnstorf’s long heralded
Sphagnologia Universalis? In this exhaustive work many new species
are described while other forms which heretofore have passed as varie-

1 RHoDora: 12:146-154. 1910; 18: 40-46. 1911; 14: 45-52. 1912.
2 Engler, Pflanzenreich 51. 1911. a

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

ties are accorded the dignity of specific rank. On the authority of
Warnstorf no less than eleven new species of Sphagnum may be added
to the thirty ' already accredited to Connecticut. These various
additions are noted in the following paragraphs together, in some
instances, with brief comment regarding the specimens on which the
Connecticut record is based. In cases where no material can be found
in the herbarium of Yale University to represent particular species
cited by Warnstorf the record is quoted solely on his authority, as is
indicated by the use of quotation marks.

SPHAGNUM FLAVICOMANS (Card.) Warnst. (S. subnitens Russ. &
Warnst., var. flavicomans (Card.) Warnst.). For definite localities
see under S. subnitens in Bryophytes of Connecticut.

SPHAGNUM SUBTILE (Russ.) Warnst. (S. acutifolium Ehrh., var.
subtile Russ.). “Connecticut (Evans, Eaton)" In the opinion of
Dr. Andrews this is not specifically distinct from S. rubellum.

SPHAGNUM AMBLYPHYLLUM Russ. (S. recurvum Beauv., var. ambly-
phyllum (Russ.) Warnst.). For definite stations see under S. recurvum
in Bryophytes of Connecticut.

SPHAGNUM RUPPINENSE Warnst. “Connecticut, Bethany (Evans,
No. 226)." This is the only extra-European station cited for the
species. The number quoted, however, does not appear on any of the
specimens in the Yale herbarium. Evans, No. 224, is labeled S.
cuspidatum, var. faleatum Russ., forma mollis Warnst. and it seems
barely possible that this is the specimen to which reference is intended.
Both S. ruppinense and the next species are regarded by Dr. Andrews
as varieties of S. cuspidatum.

SPHAGNUM VIRGINIANUM Warnst. “Connecticut, Bethany (Evans,
No. 226)." It will be observed that the Connecticut citation for this
species is identical with that given for S. ruppinense.

SPHAGNUM FRANCONIAE Warnst. “Connecticut (Eaton).” Var.
robustum Warnst. “Connecticut, Branford (Eaton, No. 96)." Ac-
cording to Warnstorf this is a submersed form similar in habit to S.
rufescens or S. cuspidatum, var. submersum. The specimen from
Bethany, distributed by Eaton & Faxon ? as No. 96 and bearing the
latter name may possibly be the plant now referred as-var. robustum
to S. Franconiae.

! In the opinion of Dr. A. LeR. Andrews and of the writer the Connecticut specimens
heretofore referred to S. Garberi Lesq. & James belong to S. compactum DC.
? Sphag. Bor. Amer. Exsic.

1913] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— IV 5

SPHAGNUM PSEUDOSQUARROSUM Warnst. “Connecticut, Oxford
(Eaton).” Var. heterophyllum Warnst. Oxford (Eaton, 1893).! Var.
bicolor Warnst. Oxford (Eaton, 1893).?

SPHAGNUM BAVARICUM Warnst. In pools, altitude 27 m., North
Stonington (G. E. N., 1912). A submersed form heretofore included
as a variety under S. subsecundum.

SrHAGNUM NicHoLsu Warnst. Submerged in shaded pools of a
mountain swamp, altitude 570 m., Salisbury (G. E. N., 1912).
Although in habit this moss resembles S. cuspidatum, it is obviously
related to S. inundatum, from which it differs primarily in the fact
that the hyalodermis of the stem consists of usually two (1-3) layers
of cells instead of but one. From S. contortum and S. platyphyllum,
the only other Connecticut species with which confusion is likely,
S. Nicholsii may be distinguished by the shape of the chlorophyll cells
in the branch leaves. In the two first mentioned species these are
rectangular or barrel shaped in cross section whereas in the present
species they are triangular or trapezoidal.

SPHAGNUM TURGIDULUM Warnst. East Haven (Eaton, 1893).
Distributed by Eaton & Faxon? as S. rufescens, a species to which
it bears a marked resemblance.

SPHAGNUM SUBBICOLOR Hampe. (S. papillosum Lindb., var. inter-
medium Warnst.) East Haven (Evans, 1891). The status of S.
subbicolor has been discussed somewhat at length by Andrews * who
considers it an artificial species designed to embrace intergrading
forms of the two closely related species, S. magellanicum Brid. (S.
medium. Limpr.) and S. palustre L. (S. eymbifolium Ehrh.).

SPHAGNUM MACROPHYLLUM Bernh. Floating in ponds, altitude 120-
150 m., Voluntown (G. E. N., 1912). There are a number of reasons
why this moss is of unusual interest. In the first place the general
appearance of the plant is strikingly different from that of any other
Connecticut species — in fact, at first sight, it does not look like a
Sphagnum at all; for the leaves, instead of being imbricated, spread
at a wide angle from the branches, and the majority of the branch
leaves are very large, attaining a length of 12 mm. or even more with
a width of about 2 mm.; they have a glossy, metallic lustre when dry

1 Eaton & Faxon, Sphag. Bor. Amer. Exsic. No. 130 (as S. subsecundum, var. macro-
phyllum).

? Eaton & Faxon, Sphag. Bor. Amer. Exsic. No. 143 (as S. rufescens).

3 Sphag. Bor. Amer. Exsic. No. 142.
! Bryologist 15: 71, 72. 1912.

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

and in the Connecticut specimens were dark olive-green in color when
fresh. The only New England Sphagnum with which there is any
danger whatever of confusing this beautiful form is S. Torreyanum.
In the ponds referred to these two species grew side by side but were
readily separable, the habit of S. Torreyanum being far less robust and
the leaves much shorter, usually somewhat imbricated, and pale green
in color. S. Torreyanum more often than not grew just below the
surface with the lower portion of its stem imbedded in the substratum,
while S. macrophyllum almost invariably floated free on the surface.
The geographical distribution of S. macrophyllum is also rather inter-
esting. It is endemic to North America and is primarily a southern
coastal-plain species, its range coinciding approximately with that of
the southern white cedar (Chamaecyparis thyoides). For New Eng-
land, in addition to two stations in eastern Connecticut, it is reported
from at least three localities in Rhode Island,! and in a recent letter
Prof. Collins writes that he has in his herbarium a single specimen from
eastern Maine (Marshfield, Washington County)!

SPECIES OF FONTINALIS NEW TO CONNECTICUT.

Five species of Fontinalis new to Connecticut have been recorded
during the past year, thus bringing the total number now known to
occur in the state up to nine. For the determination of the various
species the writer is indebted to M. Jules Cardot, of Charleville,
France, author of the “ Monographie des Fontinalacées" ? and gen-
erally recognized as an authority on the group.

Probably no genus, with the possible exception of Sphagnum, is
more perplexing to the bryologist than Fontinalis. For, as Cardot
remarks, the species are all more or less polymorphic and frequently
exhibit marked structural variations as a result of differences in
external conditions. Thus two plants of the same species growing in
flowing and still water respectively may present totally different ap-
pearances; in a similar way, as is not infrequently the case with
aquatic mosses, there may be marked contrasts between the aspects
of the plant at different seasons of the year; and furthermore the same
species-complex — using this term to designate a species in its broadest

! Bennett: Plants of Rhode Island 59. 1888; also herb. J. F. Collins.
? Mém. d. Soc. nat. d. Sciences nat. et math. d. Cherbourg 28. 1892.

1913] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— IV 7

and most comprehensive sense — may vary considerably in different
regions, the divergence frequently becoming so pronounced and appar-
ently so constant as to make it convenient from a taxonomic stand-
point to recognize more than a single species. From the foregoing
remarks it can readily be seen that the difficulty in drawing specific
lines in this genus is very great, and it is also obvious that not all of
the various described species possess equal specific worth. While
there is no question regarding the specific value of many of them,
others represent merely variants due to regional or environmental
factors.. The method of treatment adopted by Cardot takes cogni-
zance of these conditions and his scheme of classification is outlined
briefly in the next paragraph.

On a basis of the vegetative characters of the various species Cardot
first subdivides the genus into six sections. Each of these sections
comprises a natural group of closely related species which may be con-
sidered as in all probability having been derived from a recent common
ancestor. He further classifies the respective species of each section
into four ranks according to their relative importance or distinctness
as species. Species of the first rank — there may be more than one
such species in a given section — exhibit marked structural differences
from one another. Species of the three lower ranks are separated
from one another and from those of the first rank by fewer and less
definite points of distinction — they are therefore subordinated to
species of the first rank. Among themselves first rank species are as
nearly as possible of equivalent value as regards the sum total of their
distinctive characters, and the same observation might apply equally
well to species of the second, third, and fourth ranks respectively.
Transitions do not exist between species of the first rank, but species
of the lower ranks are not always clearly delimited either among them-
selves or from the higher members of the same series. Pari passu
there are sometimes encountered forms which it is impossible to name
with any degree of certainty. Species of the third and fourth ranks
generally occur as local or regional races, in most cases replacing or
excluding in a given region the species from which they have probably
been derived. Thus, for example, while the typical European form
of F. antipyretica is very rare in this country it is paralleled, so to
speak, by F. antipyretica, var. gigantea, F. neomexicana, etc.— forms
which are not present in Europe.

1 Species of the latter sort correspond variously to the elementary species of DeVries,
the ''kleine Arten” of K. Müller, and the subspecies of many authors.

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

Because of the inadequacy of readily accessible information as to
the distribution of most species of Fontinalis it has been thought best
in connection with the following remarks concerning the forms here
recorded from Connecticut for the first time to include as complete
an account of their ranges on this continent as the data at hand will
permit.

FONTINALIS SULLIVANTH Lindb., not Lesq. & James. (F. Lescurii,
var. gracilescens Sull.). On stones lining an old well — probably not
submerged at any season of the year, altitude about 120 m., Monroe
(G. E. N., 1911). Known from Maine, New Hampshire? Massa-
chusetts,* and Rhode Island *; also from New Jersey,® Pennsylvania,
Delaware’, Georgia,’ and Minnesota ?; endemic to North America.

Fontinalis Allenii Card. sp. nova. In a rocky brook, Mount
Carmel, Hamden (J. A. Allen, 1880). M. Cardot supplies the follow-
ing description: “This beautiful species belongs to the F. Novae
Angliae group. In its robust habit and appressed, subimbricate leaves
it resembles especially F. Cardoti Ren.,! but it differs from this in its
even greater stoutness, its copper yellow color and glossy lustre, and
its larger leaves which are rounded-obtuse at the apex, rarely acute,
entire or scarcely sinuate near the tip. Branches slightly curved;
plants rigid when dry. Fructification unknown." "The specimens
from which this species is described, together with those of F. nitida
and F. flaccida mentioned below, were unearthed by the writer among
a lot of undetermined Fontinalis material that was turned over to him
by Messrs. O. D. and J. A. Allen, two collectors whose former activi-
ties have contributed much toward the present knowledge of the
bryophytes in this state. The type specimen is preserved in the her-
barium of Cardot; co-type specimens were recently distributed by
Grout ."

1 Rand «€ Redfield, Flora of Mount Desert 211. 1894.

? Lesquereux & James, Manual 271. 1884.

3 Grout, N. Am. Musci Pleuro. Exsic. No. 73.

4 Bennett, 1. c. 63; also herb. Collins.

5 Cardot, 1. c. 78.

$ Herb. Cardot.

7 Lesquereux & James, l. c.

* Herb. E. B. Chamberlain.

* Holzinger: Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 290. 1897.

10 P, Cardoti has been recorded from Vermont (Ruopora 4:180. 1902) and is
probably widely distributed. A form closely approaching this species has been col-
lected by the writer at North Branford.

u N, Amer. Musci Pleuro. Exsic. No. 395.

1913] Nichols, — Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— IV 9

FONTINALIS NOVAE ANGLIAE Sull., var. heterophylla Card. var.
nova. In a rocky brook, altitude 45 m., North Branford (G. E. N.,
1911). “A form remarkable on account of the more or less pronounced
dimorphism of its leaves. Stem leaves very large and flaccid, attain-
ing a length of 6 mm. with a width of 2 mm.; for the most part nar-
rowed into an elongated acumen, slightly truncate, denticulate at the
apex. Branch leaves considerably smaller, ovate lanceolate, very
broadly and shortly acuminate, obtuse." Type in herbarium of
Cardot; co-type in herbarium of Yale University.

FONTINALIS NOVAE ANGLIAE Sull., var. Lorenziae Card. var. nova.
Andover (C. A. Weatherby, 1907; communicated by Miss Annie
Lorenz). “A form characterized by its slender branches, which are
elongated, slightly spreading, and covered with small, imbricated
leaves. Habit resembling that of F. dalecarlica Br. € Sch." Type
in herbarium of Cardot; co-type in herbarium of Yale University.

FONTINALIS NOVAE ANGLIAE Sull., var. latifolia Card. var. nova.
In a brook, Burlington (G. E. N., 1908). “Differs from the typical
form in the structure of the leaves, which are more flaccid, wider,
broadly ovate, and very concave." "Type in herbarium of Cardot;
co-type in herbarium of Yale University.

FONTINALIS NITIDA Lindb. € Arn. Attached to stones on muddy
shores, upper reaches of tidal stream, New Haven (J. A. Allen, 1880).
Apparently not heretofore recorded from the eastern United States,
but known from Quebec!; Ontario?; British Columbia?; Alberta,
Idaho, Wyoming, and Arizona *; Washington *; Asia.

FontTINALIS DURIAEI Schimp. Growing on rocks in brooks, Lake-
ville, altitude 225 m., and North Branford, altitude 45 m. (G. E. N.,
1911). New to the eastern United States. Known from Saskatche-
wan, Wisconsin, Dakota, Colorado, Wyoming, and Arizona 5; Minne-
sota?; Missouri and Arkansas $; California ?; Europe, Africa.

FoNTINALIS FLACCIDA Ren. & Card. On sticks and branches in
still water, slightly above sea level, East Haven (J. A. Allen, 1880)

1 Grout, N. Amer. Musci Pleuro. Exsic. No. 297.
? Macoun, Cat. Can. Plants 7: 269. 1902.
3 Cardot, l. c. 104.
* Herb. Cardot.
5 Herb. New York Botanical Garden.
Herb. Cardot.
? Herb. Chamberlain.
* Herb. New York Botanical Garden.
* Cardot, l.c. 113.

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

and North Stonington (G. E. N.). Reported from New Hampshire !
and Massachusetts?; also from Maryland and Georgia?; Alabama
and Louisiana *; Missouri *; Ohio 5; British Columbia ?; endemic to
North America.

According to Cardot's classification, of the various species thus far
recorded from Connecticut F. antipyretica and F. Novae Angliae are
referred to the first rank; F. Sullivantii is a second rank species sub-
ordinate to the southern F. disticha Hook. & Wils.; F. dalecarlica is a
third rank species related to the European F. squamosa L.; F. Allenii
is a third rank species derived presumably from F. Novae Angliae;
while F. nitida, F. Duriaei, F. Lescurii, and F. flaccida are accorded
first, second, third, and fourth ranks respectively, being subordi-
nated to F. hypnoides Hartm., a species which is widely distributed
in Europe and which also occurs in the western part of this continent.

A revised key to the Connecticut species of Fontinalis, largely
adapted from Cardot, is here given.

1. Stem leaves keeled...................... F. antipyretica, var. gigantea
ZEN A A lee 2
2. Leaves more or less distinctly dimorphic...................02-.0000. 3
Leaves uniform or nearly 20... co o 1.4... dA adden aa 4

3. Plants slender, branches widely spreading, branch leaves almost entire
F. Sullivantii
Plants robust, branches obliquely spreading, branch leaves distinctly

denticulate above.............. F. Novae Angliae, var. heterophylla
4.Y Leaves flaccid, plane or nearly so in upper half... ooo... 5
Leaves more or less firm, coneave............ conn gne cw puto. 8
5. Leaves entire or sinuolate at apex........................ F. nitida
Leaves denticulate at apex.............o.oooo.oooooooo ro ororomoooo.. 6
o. Y Capsule ovoid or slightly elongated, trellis of inner peristome perfect;
cells of leaf angles scarcely enlarged................... F. Duriaei
Capsule subcylindrical, trellis of inner peristome imperfect; cells of leaf
angles thuch enlarged... .....c.ooomooo.oooocanornorrsrioo» can» 7

7. Leaves ovate lanceolate or oblong lanceolate, shortly acuminate
F. Lescurii
Leaves lanceolate, long acuminate...........0............ F. flaccida
$. Leaves very concave, less than 4 mm. long.............LLuuss uses. 9
Leaves slightly concave, 3.5-7 mm. long.................02..0000-. 10

1 Cardot, l. c. 119.

? Bryologist 13: 48; also herb. Chamberlain.

3 Herb. New York Botanical Garden.

* Renauld & Cardot, Musci Amer. Sept. 43. 1893.
5 Bryologist 10: 105. 1907.

* Herb. Cardot.

1 Renauld & Cardot, 1. c.

1913] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— IV 11

9. Leaves closely appressed-imbricate; apex usually rounded-acute, denticu-

BIB ee a es a do a F. Novae Angliae, var. Lorenziae
Leaves imbricate at base, spreading above; apex usually sharply acute,
cC A Ol vey eee F. dalecarlica

10. Plants rather slender, slightly glossy when dry, leaves erect-spreading.
F. Novae Angliae
Plants robust, very glossy when dry, leaves loosely appressed-imbricate
F. Allen

OTHER MOSSES NEW TO CONNECTICUT.

DicraNnum BonsEANI De Not. (D. palustre La Pyl.). Growing
mixed with D. Drummondii in a spruce bog, altitude 120 m., New
Fairfield (G. E. N., 1912). Determination verified by Mr. R. S.
Williams. The Connecticut specimens seem to agree well with the
typical form of the species. The leaves are bronze green in color,
slightly secund, and decidedly undulate. They bear a marked
resemblance to leaves of D. undulatum, but the serration both along
the margin and at the back of the midrib is much less pronounced here
than there. Fruit matures in late summer. D. Bonjeani has been
accredited to Maine,! New Hampshire,? Vermont,’ and Massachusetts.*
It is found throughout arctic North America, Canada, and the north-
ern United States, extending southward along the mountains to
Georgia, Colorado, and California; Europe, Asia.

BARBULA CONVOLUTA Hedw., var. COMMUTATA (Jur.) Husn. Seri-
cite schist bluffs bordering the Connecticut River, altitude 30 m.,
Portland (G. E. N., 1909). Determined by Mr. Williams. When
in fruit B. convoluta is readily recognized by its long, convolute, sheath-
ing perichaetial leaves Sterile plants might be mistaken for B. un-
guiculata. It differs, however, in the character of the leaf margin
which in that species is revolute nearly to the apex while here it is
plane except near the base; also by the fact that in the present species
the midrib, instead of being excurrent, vanishes in or below the apex.
The variety is somewhat larger than the typical form of the species and
has longer, firmer, slightly recurved leaves. Fruit matures in spring. B.
convoluta is reported from Vermont * and Massachusetts 5; it is widely
scattered through temperate North America; Europe, Asia, Africa.

1 Rand. & Redfield, 1. c. 202.
? Herb. Yale University.
3 Bryologist 7: 6. 1904.
4 Ruopona 2:96. 1904.

5 Grout, Mosses of Vermont 14. 1898.
6 Tuckerman & Frost, Plants within thirty miles of Amherst 47. 1875.

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

CAMPTOTHECIUM NITENS (Schreb). Schimp., var. falcifolium Ren.

in litt. In a spruce bog, altitude 420 m., Norfolk (G. E. N., 1912).

. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its strongly
falcate-secund leaves; in habit it bears a striking resemblance to
Drepanocladus revolvens. The credit for identifying the Connecticut
plants with Renauld’s undescribed variety should be given to Mr.
Williams. Type collected by A. C. Waghorne at North Bay, New-
foundland (1893), and preserved in herbarium of New York Botanical
Garden. ;

CALLIERGON STRAMINEUM (Dicks.) Kindb. In a spruce bog, alti-
tude 420 m., Norfolk (G. E. N., 1912). Determinations verified by Mr.
Williams. In the locality mentioned above two well marked forms of
this moss are present. One of these occurs in the more open parts
of the bog, growing especially at the bottom of deep ruts in an old
wagon trail where the peat is more or less firmly packed down. When
growing in such situations the plants are very slender and soft, with
pale green, imbricated leaves, and there is no likelihood of their being
mistaken for any other local bog species; they never develop very
luxuriantly here, being more or less intermixed with Camptothecium
nitens, Scapania irrigua and species of Sphagnum.

The second form grows partially submerged in shallow pools in some-
what shaded places and forms pure mats of considerable extent.
This form is quite robust, with golden green leaves which may spread
more or less widely and frequently reach a length of more than 2 mm.
In the field this form might readily be confused with C. cordifoliwm;
in that species, however, the midrib of the leaves is nearly percurrent
while in C. stramineum the midrib extends little more than two thirds
the length of the leaf. Fruit rare, maturing in summer. C. strami-
neum has been recorded from Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont,*
Massachusetts‘, and Rhode Island 5; it is widely distributed through
Arctic America and Canada, and has been collected as far south as
Virginia, Ohio, and Wyoming; Europe, Asia.

DREPANOCLADUS ADUNCUS (L.) Warnst. (Hypnum uncinatum
Hedw.). Moist, shaded, sericite schist ledges, altitude 60 m.
Middletown (G. E. N., 1912). In view of the fact that through a
nomenclatorial mix-up this moss has previously been erroneously

! Rand & Redfield, 1, c. 219.
2 Lesquereux & James, 1. c. 405.
3 Grout, Mosses of Vermont. 30. 1898,

1 Tuckerman & Frost, l.c. 51.
Bennett, l. c. 65.

1913] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— IV 13

accredited to Connecticut it is a source of no little satisfaction at last
to be able to reinstate it in the list. The characters which separate
the species from other Drepanocladi are brought out in the writer’s
original key to the genus,! while the reasons for replacing the familiar
binomial H. uncinatum by D. aduncus are sufficiently stated elsewhere.’
Fruit usually borne in abundance, summer. D. aduncus has previously
been recorded from Maine? New Hampshire,^ Vermont,? Massachu-
setts, and Rhode Island? It ranges throughout northern North
America, reaching south as far as the mountains of West Virginia and
California; a cosmopolitan.

The following additional localities for rare or infrequently collected
mosses should also be noted $ : Sphagnum compactum, North Haven;
Sphagnum obesum, New Haven; Dicranum spurium, East Haven, `
Branford, and Killingworth; Dicranum sabuletorum, New Fairfield;
Dicranum Drummondii, New Fairfield and Bethany; Dicranum
montanum, Salisbury and Voluntown; Dicranum viride, Salisbury,
Colebrook, and Voluntown; Fissidens osmundoides, Windsor (Miss
Lorenz); Octodiceras Julianum, Salisbury and Branford; Didymodon
rubellus, Windsor (Miss Lorenz); Racomitrium sudeticum, Killing-
worth; Ephemerum cohaerens, Branford; Nanomitrium | Austini,
New Haven; Aphanorrhegma serratum, Hartford (Miss Lorenz),
Salisbury, and Bethany; Bryum capillare, Colebrook; Myurella gra-
cilis, Middletown; Pterigynandrum filiforme, Salisbury and Colebrook;
Haplohymenium triste, Colebrook; Elodium | Blandowii, Brachy-
thecium populeum, Brachythecium velutinum, Sematophyllum tenui-
rostre, and Isopterygium elegans, Colebrook; Isopterygium turfaceum,
Norfolk and Colebrook; Isopterygium Muellerianum, Middletown;
Plagiothecium latebricola, New Fairfield; Amblystegiella confervoides,
Brookfield and Kent; Amblystegium vacillans, West Hartford (Miss
Lorenz); Chrysohypnum polygamum, Salisbury; Rhytidiadelphus
squarrosus, Colebrook; Rhytidium rugosum, Canaan; Stereodon fer-
tilis, Voluntown; Polytrichum strictum, Colebrook.

YALE UNIVERSITY.

1 Bryophytes of Connecticut. 167.

2 RHopoRA 10: 153-154. 1910.

3 Rand & Redfield, l. c. 216.

* Herb. Yale University.

5 Grout, Mosses of Vermont 30.

6 Tuckerman & Frost, l. c. 51.

7 Bennett, l. c. 65.

3 Unless otherwise indicated the specimens were collected by the writer.

14 - Rhodora [JANUARY

NUTTALL’S WHITE SASSAFRAS.

M. L. FERNALD.

THE common Sassafras of eastern North America, S. variifolium
(Salisb.) Kuntze, based upon Laurus Sassafras L., has the young
leaves densely pubescent, the mature ones considerably so beneath
(in extreme specimens almost velvety to the touch) and the new twigs
closely pubescent or at least puberulent. This is the common tree
from southern Maine to Texas in the coastal region, and it is found
inland more or less throughout the Atlantic States, in the Mississippi
Basin and about the Great Lakes. In some parts of its range, how-
ever, notably from the upland woods of western New England to the
Carolina mountains, much of the Sassafras has the leaves nearly or
quite glabrous from the first and the bark of the new shoots glabrous
and often glaucous.

This glabrous or glabrate Sassafras was well known to Thomas
Nuttall who, in 1818, after setting off the deciduous-leaved laurels
of the United States as a subgenus Kuosmus, described the smooth
Sassafras as Laurus (Euosmus) albida or White Sassafras, which he
distinguished from the commoner tree with pubescent twigs and
foliage, his Laurus (Euosmus) Sassafras or Red Sassafras. Nuttall’s
account of the two, under Laurus, was as follows:

“The deciduous leaved species of the United States appear to con-
stitute a subgenus, which I propose as follows:

*Evosmus.j Flowers polygamous or dioicous.— Calix 6-parted.
Nectarium none. Stamina 9, fertile; 6 exterior, naked, the 3 interior
augmented by 6 infertile short stamina, attached by pairs; anthers
of the sterile stamina glanduloid. Berry 1-seeded.

Trees or shrubs with alternate deciduous leaves, entire or lobed;

flowers appearing before the leaves in small conglomerate umbells, or
conglomerate bracteate racemes in E. Sassafras and E. *albida .

SI. Flowers umbellate, leaves entire.
Species. 3. E.astivalis . . . . . 4. Benzoin,
5. Diospyrus . . . . . 6. geniculata
$U. Buds producing both leaves and flowers; racemes conglomerate,
corymbose; leaves lobed.
7. Sassafras. Dioicous; arborescent; buds, younger branches
and the under side of the leaves pubescent; leaves entire, or 2 or 3

z T From evooyos, odorous. *’

1913] Fernald,— Nuttall’s White Sassafras 15

lobed, under side prominently veined. (Red Sassafras.) — Anthers
per es 4-celled. The female flower produces the 6 infertile stamina
only.

s *albida. Dioicous; arborescent; buds and younger branches
smooth and glaucous; leaves entire, or 2 or 3 lobed, every where very
smooth and thin, under side obsoletely veined, petiole longer. (White
Sassafras.) Has. In North and South Carolina abundant, from
the Catawba mountains to the east bank of the Santee; growing with
the common species, which is in North Carolina less abundant. Ihave
not seen it in flower, therefore the comparison is incomplete, but all
the inhabitants distinguish them perfectly by the names of white and
red Sassafras, this species is also sometimes denominated Smooth
Sassafras; the root is much more strongly camphorated than the
ordinary sort and nearly white; it is also better calculated to answer
as a substitute for Ochra (Hibiscus esculentus) than E. Sassafras,
its buds and young branches being much more mucilaginous.” !

Later, however, Nuttall concluded that the White Sassafras was a
variety, rather than a species, saying in his North American Sylva:

“SASSAFRAS (Laurus Sassafras. Linn). The inhabitants of
North and South Carolina distinguish two kinds of Sassafras, the
Red and the White. The Red or true L. Sassafras I referred (in the
Genera of North American plants, vol. 1. p. 259, 260.) to a sub-genus
Euosmus, embracing also the following variety, which I then con-
sidered as a species, by the name of L. (Euosmus) albida....”?

This mature judgment of Nuttall's appears sound for, although the
two extremes are very pronounced, several specimens show transi-
tions in the abundance and distribution of the pubescence; and the
two varieties seem to be quite parallel with numerous other cases,
such as the Red Ash, Fraxinus pennsylvanica Marsh. and Green Ash,
F. pennsylvanica, var. lanceolata (Borkh.) Sargent or Ilex monticola
Gray and its var. mollis (Gray) Britton. But, although the pubescent
and the glabrous extremes of the Fraxinus and the Ilex have been
long kept apart, sometimes as species, sometimes as varieties, the
parallel case in Sassafras seems to have attracted little attention since
the days of Nuttall and his immediate followers; for, though Sprengel
went so far as to place the White Sassafras in a different genus from the
Red (Tetranthera albida Spreng? based on “ Evosmus albida Nutt.”)
and Nees^ maintained the two species, Sassafras officinale (Laurus

1 Nutt. Gen. i. 258-260 (1818).

? Nutt. Sylva, i. 88 (1842).

3 Spreng. Syst. ii. 267 (1825).

* Nees, Syst. Laur. 488-490 (1836).

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

Sassafras L.) and S. albidum (based upon * Evosmus albida Nutt."
and Rafinesque! said that there are two species of Sassafras, "8.
rubra and albida once blended in Laurus sassafras," recent treatments
fail to take note of the differences.

Whether or not the two varieties have really different ranges it is
not now possible to tell, but, judging from the material at hand, it
would seem, as already indicated, that the pubescent extreme is more
widely distributed over the country but in New England is the only
form found in the sandy coastal region of Cape Cod, Nantucket and
Rhode Island; while the smooth extreme is chiefly a tree of the more
upland regions and extends from western New England to the Carolina
mountains.

The glabrous or glabrate variety should be called:—

SASSAFRAS VARIIFOLIUM (Salisb.) Ktze. var. albidum (Nutt.),
n. comb. Laurus (Euosmus) albida Nutt. Gen. i. 259 (1818). Tetran-
thera albida Spreng. Syst. ii. 267 (1825). Evosmus albida “Nutt”
acc. to Spreng. l. c. as synonym (1825); Nees, Syst. Laur. 490 as syno-
nym (1836); Steudel, Nom. ed. 2, 622 (1840). S. albidum Nees, l. c.
(1836); Raf. Sylva Tell. 134 (1838). Euosmus albida “Nutt” acc.
to Jackson, Ind. Kew. i. fase 2, 914 (1893).

Whether the stronger flavor and white roots which Nuttall definitely
ascribed to var. albidum are constant characters concomitant with the
glabrous and glaucous twigs and glabrous foliage cannot now be de-
termined, but a doubt is cast upon this point by the acute Kentuckian,
John Uri Lloyd, who in his most interesting discussion of the history
and uses of Sassafras says:

“The author’s boyhood was spent in the country, in Kentucky,
where sassafras abounds... ..

Kentuckians claim that there are two varieties of sassafras, the red
sassafras and the white, distinguished only by the bark. The white
sassafras is not so aromatic and is bitter to the taste, and they use
only the red bark.” ?

A somewhat complex and academic nomenclatorial question arises
from Nuttall’s careless use of the initial “E,” in referring to some
species of Laurus which he placed in the subgenus Euosmus. In the
original publication, in the Genera, all the species were numbered
consecutively under Laurus but some of those which Nuttall placed

1 Raf. Sylva Tell. 134 (1838).
2 J. U. Lloyd, Bull. Lloyd. Libr. no. xviii. 77, 78 (1911).

1913] Fernald,— Nuttall's White Sassafras 17

under his new subgenus Ewosmus were referred to as E. Sassafras, E.
albida, etc. "The later treatment by Nuttall, in his Sylva, should be
conclusive that, to his mind Euosmus, as he clearly stated when he
originally published it and as the sequence of numbered species showed,
was only a subgenus of Laurus and should not be treated as of generic
value, although in using the initial “E” Nuttall departed from the
general usage which refrains from giving subgenera the apparent
rank of genera. But subsequent authors, Reichenbach (1828) and
Bartling (1830) took up the name without discussion and listed it,
Reichenbach as * Evosmus Nutt.,"! Bartling as * Euosmus Nutt.” ?
as a true generic name.

Whether the mere listing by Reichenbach of a name “ Evosmus
Nutt." in a table of generic names is sufficient to constitute Evosmus
as a valid name for a genus is certainly a very doubtful question.

To the writer’s mind there is'no doubt that we should retain the
clear and squarely published generic name Sassafras Nees & Eber-
maier ? as is now universally done and as is required by Article 5 of the
International Rules which says: *in the absence of rule, or where the
«consequences of rules are doubtful, established custom becomes law";
but by those who do not allow the intent of the author to interfere
with the taking up of an ill-begotten or thoughtlessly proposed name
of real or fictitious priority, as for instance in the case of Washingtonia
versus Osmorhiza, the name Evosmus should be carefully considered.
In the case of Washingtonia versus Osmorhiza, Rafinesque, blissfully
ignorant of the priority-rules to be promulgated after his death and
thinking on paper, so to speak, said of Michaux's Myrrhis: "several
names have been proposed for it, Washingtonia, Osmorhiza, Gona-
therus; but these are not yet published; the second is perhaps the
best.” Accordingly, all students of our flora, recognizing the valid-
ity of Rafinesque's proposition, called the Sweet Cicleys Osmorhiza
until 1900, when Coulter & Rose, following the letter of the priority-
rule to an illogical end, attempted to overthrow the name Osmorhiza,
which they themselves admitted that Rafinesque clearly intended to
use and later did use, and took up the name Washingtonia which
Rafinesque had casually mentioned but promptly discarded. In so

1 Reichenb. Consp. 87 (1828).

2 Bartl. Ord. Nat. Pl. 112 (1830).

3 Nees & Eberm. Handb. Bot. ii. 418 (1831).
_ * Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. ii. 176 (1818).

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

doing Coulter & Rose stated that, “ It is under protest that we displace
a name of such long use for what seems to be so trivial a reason, but
the name Washingtonia will continue to be put forward in accordance
with a technical interpretation of the law of priority’’.!

Of course, by those who believe in following the International Rules
of Botanical Nomenclature, the name Osmorhiza is retained not only
because it is clearly what Rafinesque meant to use but because of the
sound requirement of Article 46 that, *If the names are of the same
date, the author chooses, and his choice cannot be modified by sub-
sequent authors." ? But, as already said, to those who maintain that
Washingtonia legitimately displaces Osmorhiza the equally ill-begotten
name JZuosmus (or Evosmus) should appeal. As used by Nuttall (1818)
and of course by implication by Reichenbach (1828) and Bartling
(1830) it covered species now generally referred to Benzoin Fabricius
(1763), Litsea Lam. (1789) or Malapoenna Adans. (1763) and Sassafras-
Nees & Ebermaier (1831). With the species of Benzoin and Litsea
(or Malapoenna) removed to those earlier-defined genera, the name
Euosmus (or Evosmus) covered only members of the subsequently
published genus Sassafras.

Gray HERBARIUM.

EXTENDED RANGE oF VIOLA PEDATA L.— It may be interesting to:
note that this plant, which is given in the “Manual” as extending
from southern New England to Maryland, occurs much farther west-
ward. In DeWitt Co., Illinois, I have found it in two localities, both
in close proximity to each other, along Salt Creek in the southwestern
part of the county. One locality was a hillside with a southern expo-
sure, rather densely covered with a crab-apple thicket. The other
was an open hilltop about a quarter of a mile farther westward. This
one contained many more specimens than the first. All the plants
on the thicketed hillside belonged to the species, so far as a careful
search revealed, but on the open hilltop there were a very few speci-
mens of the variety lineariloba.

1 Coult. & Rose, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. vii. 61 (1900).

2 It is unfortunate that in Coulter & Nelson's Manual in which ''the nomenclature,
so far as practicable, is that adopted by the Vienna Congress,” it was not found practi-
cable to follow Article 46 and that, in spite of Professor Coulter's earlier-expressed.
protest against the name, Washingtonia was used instead of Osmorhiza.

1913] Book Notice 19

In the dune region of Lake Co., Indiana, I have also found speci-
mens of V. pedata, but in my experience it is very rare, while the
variety is very abundant, and is doubtless the most common violet
in that region.— EpwiN D. Hutt, Chicago, Illinois.

A SECOND LOCAL RECORD FOR RyYNCHOSPORA MACROSTACHYA
Torr.— As the only recorded locality for this fine species within the
Local Flora area is Great Pond, South Weymouth, Massachusetts,
its discovery at another pond about four miles further north is of
interest. I found about half a dozen dried up plants, still retaining
achenes, about the north shore of Great Pond, in Braintree, on 6 Nov.,
1912, and collected several.

Perhaps the most interesting feature in the New England distribu-
tion of this plant is its occurrence in the vicinity of Amherst, Massa-
chusetts, at Leverett Pond (one of the type localities) and Belcher-
town, evidently as a migrant up the Connecticut River, although no
intermediate stations are known as yet; a specimen collected at Lev-
erett Pond by Edward Hitchcock is in the Gray Herbarium. It is
rather common on Cape Cod, occurs in Rhode Island and at a few
coastwise stations in Connecticut, as well as at Monroe and Woodbury
near the Housatonic, and extends along the coast to Florida and
Texas, and up the Mississippi Basin to Indiana and Kansas in the
broad V characteristic of so many coastal-plain species.— Sipnry F.
BLAKE, Stoughton, Massachusetts.

Dr. C. A. DarLinG's HANDBOOK OF THE WILD AND CULTIVATED
PLANTS! presents in compact form four general, dichotomous keys,
as follows: (1) to the wild plants and cultivated trees and shrubs which
flower in March, April, and May; (2) to the wild plants and culti-
vated trees and shrubs which flower from June to November; (3) to
the wild and cultivated trees and shrubs in autumn; and (4) to the
cultivated herbs and potted shrubs. These keys are followed by a
brief synopsis of all the species treated, arranged in their several fami-
lies and also keyed out in a dichotomous manner. The author has
availed himself of the most obvious distinctions; thus, in beginning
his key to the usually formidable family Compositae, there is no strug-
gling with achenes or pappus-bristles, style-branches or anther-tips,

1 By Chester Arthur Darling, A. M., Ph. D., Instructor in Botany, Columbia Uni-
versity. 12mo., 264 pp. New York, 1912. Published by the author.

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

one is merely asked to observe whether the plant in question is culti-
vated in a hanging basket or not. Surely greater lucidity could
scarcely be attained. The book is one which will give pleasure to
many a vacation tourist and will lead to many a speedy and often
correct identification, also, however, inevitably to many an error.
In his preface the author says, “The object of this Handbook is to
furnish a convenient and easy means of determining the wild and cul-
tivated flowering plants found in the East. The rarer plants grown in
greenhouses and in Botanical Gardens are not included.” In the
absence of any statement to the contrary the reader would naturally
infer that all the wild plants of ‘the East’ — wherever that may be —
have been included, which is far from being the case. If, for instance,
a tourist attempts to use the book in Maine (which may fairly be
interpreted as falling within the limits of the East), and tries to identify
by it any one of a half dozen species of Eyebright, he will inevitably
come to grief, for the genus is not mentioned. Various fairly promi-
nent genera, such as Arisaema, Eriophorum, Lemna, Corallorhiza,
Claytonia, Castalia, etc., are given but a single species, notwithstand-
ing the fact that two or more of each are to be found in the eastern
states. Where there has been, as in this work, a somewhat arbitrary
selection as to which of many native plants to include and which to
omit, it would seem that the author owed his public some intimation
as to the method of choice, and at all events should warn the user
against undue faith in the completeness of the work.— B. L. R.

Vol. 14, no. 168, including pages 229 to 254, and title page of the volume, was
issued 23 December, 1912.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. February, 1913. No. 170

REVISED LIST OF NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE.

ALEXANDER W. Evans.

ABOUT ten years ago the writer published a preliminary list of New
England Hepaticae.! In this list 123 species were reported, 75 being
accredited to Maine, 81 to New Hampshire, 67 to Vermont, 76 to
Massachusetts, 65 to Rhode Island, and 94 to Connecticut; while 31
species were noted from all six of the New England states. Since the
publication of this list the study of the New England Hepaticae has
continued, many additional species have been brought to light, certain
species already recognized as members of the flora have been more
narrowly circumscribed, while certain other species have been reduced
to synonymy. The writer has attempted to call attention to these
various additions and changes in a series of “ Notes on New England
Hepaticae," published in this journal. 'The introductory number of
this series, dating from November, 1902 (4: 207-213), had already
appeared before the publication of the preliminary list. The second
number was published in August and September, 1904 (6: 165-174,
185-191, pl. 57); the third in March, 1905 (7: 52-58); the fourth in
February, 1906 (8: 34-45); the fifth in March and April, 1907 (9: 56—
60, 65-73, pl. 73); the sixth in October, 1908 (10:185-193); the
seventh in October, 1909 (11: 185-195); the eighth in October, 1910
(12: 193-204); the ninth in January, 1912 (14: 1-18); and the tenth
in November, 1912 (14: 209-225). Much of the information to be
found in these Notes is now incorporated in the following revised list.
As in the preliminary list the sign + indicates that an herbarium
specimen has been seen, the sign — that a printed record has been

found.

1 Preliminary Lists of New England Plants,— XI, Hepaticae. Ruopora 5: 170—
173. - 1903.

22 Rhodora

RICCIACEAE.

Riccia arvensis Aust. .
* — Austin Steph. . . . +. -
* dictyospora M. A. Howe .
* hirta Aust. . a.
* Lescuriana Aust. .
* gorocarpa Bisch, . . -
Ricciella crystallina (L.) Warnst.
H fluitans (L) A. Br. . . . - + +.
E membranacea (Lindenb. & Gottsche)
| MIGUEL CUTE
T Sullivantii (Aust.) Evans
Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda

MARCHANTIACEAE.

Asterella tenella (L.) Beauv. :
Conocephalum conicum (L.) Dumort.
Grimaldia fragrans (Balb.) Corda .
Lunularia cruciata (L.) Dumort.
Marchantia polymorpha L. . . .
Neesiella pilosa (Hornem.) Schiffn.
Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees
Reboulia hemisphaerica (L.) Raddi

METZGERIACEAE.

Blasia pusilla L. TN
Fossombronia foveolata Lindb. .
z salinaLindb. . . . . + + -
e Wondraczekii (Corda) Dumort.
Metzgeria conjugata Lindb. p
sg crassipilis (Lindb.) Evans .
» furcata (L. Dumort. . .
E pubescens (Schrank) Raddi
Pallavicinia Flotowiana (Nees) Lindb.
E Lyellii (Hook.) S. F. Gray .
Pellia epiphylla (L. Corda . . . + -
* Fabroniana Raddi . . = + -
* Neesiana (Gottsche) Limpr. .
Riccardia latifrons Lindb. . +. +
E multifida (L.) S. F. Gray

" palmata (Hedw.) Carruth. .
* pinguis (L.) S. F. Gray .
i sinuata (Dicks.) Trevis. .

|
Mass. |

++
o.
Urt TUTETTETTT

++
==

T

E
T-IrTEEFY
TE +I
++ +EHHE
FE RRHH +

=

—

++
TEE ++

> aE

FFF+FF ++} F+ ++ ++
FEFEFE

—

HA A AA +++
+++

FF
FERRE E

+ +++ cT

Ez

7

+

1913] Evans,—

J UNGERMANNIACEAE.

Anthelia Juratzkana (Limpr.) Trevis.
Bazzania tricrenata (Wahl.) Trevis.

T trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray
Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L. ) Dumort.
Calypogeia Neesiana (Massal. & Carest.) C. Müll.

" sphagnicola (Arn. & Perss.) Warnst. &

Loeske* . .
suecica (Arn. & Perss.) C. Mill.
Sullivantii Aust. . i ,
tenuis (Aust.) Evans .
Trichomanis (L.) Corda
Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dumort.

" connivens (Dicks.) Lindb.
curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort. .
fluitans (Nees) Spruce
Francisci (Hook.) Dumort.
Macounii Aust.
media Lindb. :
pleniceps (Aust.) Lindb.
serriflora Lindb. ; i
Cephaloziella bifida (Schreb.) Schiffn.
byssacea (Roth) Warnst.
elachista (Jack) Schiffn.
Hampeana (Nees) Schiffn.
myriantha (Lindb.) Schiffn.
papillosa (Douin) Schiffn. .
Sullivantii (Aust.) Evans .
Chiloscyphus fragilis (Roth) Schiffn.

^ pallescens (Ehrh.) Dumort.
polyanthus (L.) Corda
rivularis (Schrad.) Loeske
Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae (Aust.) Evans
Diplophylleia albicans (L.) Trevis.
apiculata Evans . . .
taxifolia (Wahl.) Trevis.
F rullania Asagrayana Mont.
Brittoniae Evans .
eboracensis Gottsche .
inflata Gottsche
Oakesiana Aust.
plana Sulliv.
riparia Hampe .

6c

cc

[11

ce

[11

Revised List of New England Hepaticae

23

pec

+ ++++++

TITLE FEY F

XXE TIEFE +44

+++

ET

+++++++ +++

E:

E FFF

+ + FEFE

+++

ae Saree

TPPTTIT I

1
+

FAA 4414444

FIF +++

+

—
FE FEEFEE 4444+ RARA

+++

Conn.

A o A +444

24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

ACIP CIE
SA lA; a1O
Frullania saxicola Aust. | +
E Selwyniana Pears. . . . . +. + +|
E squarrosa (R. Bl. & N.) Dumort. | —|+
J Tamarisci (L.) Dumort. + +) I+
Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees HAA | + +
Gymnomitrium concinnatum (Lightf.) C orda A ++
E corallioides Nees i à ES
Harpanthus scutatus (Web. f. € Mohr) Spruce . + ++ +— +
Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC.) Steph. A
Jubula pennsylvanica (Steph.) Evans +++ +H +
Jungermannia cordifolia Hook. + | +
lanceolata L. ++ ++ ¡+
E pumila With. +++ T- ES
sphaerocarpa Hook. +
Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. +++ + — i+
Leucolejeunea clypeata (Schwein.) Evans +| + x
unciloba (Lindenb.) Evans +
Lepidozia reptans (L.) Dumort. HH HH ++
“ setacea (Web.) Mitt. ++i ++ i+
B sylvatica Evans Hi +++
Lophocolea bidentata (L.) Dumort. ; —| |— +|— +
W heterophy ‘lla (Schrad.) Dumort. + + ++ ++
phi minor Nees . . ++ i+ i+ i+ i+
Lophozia alpestris (Schleich.) Evans +++ +
attenuata (Mart.) Dumort. ++ + +
uÁ badensis (Gottsche) Schiffn. + | +
“ barbata (Schmid.) Dumort. +++ +
M bicrenata (Schmid.) Dumort. . titi + i+ i++
3 confertifolia Schiffn. +) i+
excisa (Dicks.) Dumort. . . ++ +i-
T Floerkei (Web. f. & Mohr) Schiffn. : c-r
A Hatcheri (Evans) Steph. . . +
“ heterocolpa (Thed.) M. A. Howe +
E incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. : HERE — +
“ inflata (Huds.) M. A. Howe +++
bs Kaurini (Limpr.) Steph. +
i: Kunzeana (Hüben.) Evans +
longidens (Lindb.) Macoun TH
- longiflora (Nees) Schiffn. ++
g lycopodioides (Wallr.) Cogn. +/+
i marchica (Nees) Steph. , +++ +
E Mildeana (Gottsche) Schiffn. ++ ++ +
» obtusa (Lindb.) Evans . . +
“ porphyroleuca (Nees) Schiffn. +++ +| ES

1913] Evans,— Revised List of New England Hepaticae. 25

e | = ^ A | = 8
-| 4 4|
mIZIIEIO
Lophozia quinquedentata (Huds.) Cogn. +++ +
S ventricosa (Dicks.) Dumort. ++ ++ iH
Marsupella aquatica (Lindenb.) Schiffn. ++
emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort. HHRH +
c sparsifolia (Lindb.) Dumort. | | |
Y: sphacelata (Gieseke) Dumort. H-H-
E Sullivantii (DeNot.) Evans . ++ + +
" ustulata (Hüben.) Spruce ++
Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray +++) =+
* 'Taylori (Hook.) S. F. Gray |---| |
Nardia crenulata (Smith) Lindb. HHHH
* erenuliformis (Aust.) Lindb. | | +
* — Geoscyphus (DeNot.) Lindb. L J+
“ hyalina (Lyell) Carringt. IHH +
“ obovata (Nees) Carringt. ; + ++
* scalaris (Schrad.) S. F. Gray . : F-
Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dumort. . ei ++i-
a elongatum (Lindb.) Evans ++ |
e prostratum (Swartz) Trevis. | +++
Pedinophyllum interruptum (Nees) Schiffn. | +
Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dumort. HHHH
y Sullivantii Gottsche | + | I+
Porella pinnata L. . IHH
“ — platyphylla (L.) erie H-IHH-BE fet ll
* rpivularis (Nees) Trevis. na I+| +
Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Nees : i+ i+ -+
£ pulcherrimum (Web.) Hampe : 1 + + + ++ +
Radula complanata (L.) Dumon * IHIH
“ obconica Sulliv. beiak] m
* — tenax Lindb. t+) -i+
Scapania apiculata Spruce +/+
convexula C. Müll. L
E curta (Mart.) Dumort. +i+i+i+) [+
» dentata Dumort. . ++ +
“ glaucocephala (Tay1.) Aust. a
is gracilis (Lindb.) Kaalaas ++
* — jirrigua (Nees) Dumort. T H-f8F- T
di nemorosa (L.) Dumort. +++ +
" paludosa C. Müll. . ++
E subalpina (Nees) Dumort. ++
A umbrosa (Schrad.) Dumort, +/+
“ undulata (L.) Dumort. . . +++ ++
Sphendlobus exsectaeformis (Breidl.) Steph. +++
d exsectus (Schmid.) Steph. Fi +i ++] [+

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

IMEI
AZ jala]
Sphenolobus Hellerianus (Nees) Steph. +++) +
Michauxii (Web. f.) Steph. ++i+i+) i+
i minutus (Crantz) Steph. . +++
Temnoma setiforme (Ehrh.) M. A. Howe +++
Trichocolea tomentella (Ehrh.) Dumort. +++ ++
ANTHOCEROTACEA E. |
Anthoceros carolinianus Michx. | —
ix crispulus (Mont.) Douin . | +
" levis L. . +) HE +
" Macounii M. A. Howe +| +
E punctatus L. . . : ++++! i+
Notothylas orbicularis (Schwein. ) Sulliv. i+ i+) —|+

NOTES ON THE PRECEDING LIST.

It will be noted that the list just given includes 177 species, a gain
of 54, or nearly 44 per cent., over the preliminary list. From Maine
123 species are now listed, a gain of 64 per cent.; from New Hampshire
130 species, a gain of about 60 per cent.; from Vermont 109 species,
a gain of about 63 per cent.; from Massachusetts 97 species, a gain
of about 29 per cent.; from Rhode Island 77 species, a gain of about
18 per cent.; and from Connecticut 134 species, a gain of about 44 per
cent. The number of species now known to be common to all six
states is 53, equivalent to a gain of nearly 71 per cent.

If the revised list is compared with the preliminary list a large
number of differences will be observed. Most of these are due to the
additions; the others indicate reductions to synonymy or other
changes in nomenclature of various sorts. For the sake of convenience
these are summarized below, 1eferences being given to the writer’s
Notes, where more complete discussions may be found. The Roman
numeral in each case refers to the number in the series, the Arabic
numeral to the page.

Additions. Riccia Austini (IX, 4); R. dictyospora (IX, 6);
hirta (IX, 8); R. Lescuriana (TX, 10); R. sorocarpa (VIII, 193);
Ricciella membranacea (VIII, 196); Neesiella pilosa (X, 210); Metz-
geria crassipilis (VII, 188); M. furcata (VII, 185); M. pubescens
(VI, 185); Pallavicinia Flotowiana (II, 165); Pellia Fabroniana
(VII, 189); P. Neesiana (VII, 190); Calypogeia Neesiana (VII, 193);

1913] Evans,— Revised List of New England Hepaticae. 27

C. sphagnicola (V, 65); C. suecica (V, 66); C. tenuis (V, 69, pl. 73,
f. 9-14); Cephaloziella bifida (X, 220); C. elachista (VII, 191); C.
Hampeana (VII, 192); C. papillosa (X, 222); C. Sullivantii (VI, 189;
also III, 55); Chiloscyphus fragilis (X, 217); Ch. rivularis (X, 219);
Frullania inflata (VII, 201); F. saxicola (VIII, 202); F. Selwyniana
(VI, 191); Jungermannia cordifolia (II, 170); Lepidozia sylvatica
(II, 186, pl. 57); Lophozia badensis (VIII, 197; also’ EV, 35); L.
confertifolia (V, 59); L. excisa (IV, 34); L. Hatcheri (X, 210; also
VI, 188); L. heterocolpa (X, 211); L. Kaurini (VIII, 198); L. Kun-
zeana (III, 52); L. longidens (V, 59); L. longiflora (VI, 189); L.
Mildeana (VIII, 199); L. obtusa (X, 212); L. porphyroleuca (IV, 36);
Marsupella aquatica (II, 167; also VI, 186) !; M. sparsifolia (III, 52);
M. Sullivantii (V, 57; also II, 167); Nardia crenuliformis (VI, 186);
N. scalaris (IX, 11); Odontoschisma elongatum. (IX, 13); Pedino-
phyllum interruptum (VIII, 200); Ptilidium pulcherrimum (IV, 42);
Scapania apiculata (V, 71); S. dentata (IV, 41); S. glaucocephala
(VII, 194); S. gracilis (IV, 42); Sphenolobus Hellerianus (IT, 172);
Anthoceros carolinianus (X, 223); A. crispulus (IX, 16); A. Macounii
(VI, 191).

Reductions to synonymy and other changes of names. Riccia
crystallina, R. fluitans, and R. Sullivantii (of the preliminary list)
are now placed in the genus Ricciella (V, 56, 57); Archilejeunea
clypeata and A. Sellowiana are now Leucolejeunea clypeata and L.
unciloba, respectively (VI, 190); Bazzania triangularis is now B.
tricrenata (VI, 190); Cephalozia catenulata (of list) is now C. serriflora
(II, 173); C. divaricata is now Cephaloziella byssacea (X, 221); C.
Jacki? is now Cephaloziella myriantha (VI, 190; also III, 55); C.
lunulaefolia is now C. media?; Chiloscyphus ascendens is now included
under Ch. pallescens (III, 53; X, 212); Frullania virginica is now
included under F. eboracensis (IV, 44); Jubula Hutchinsiae (of list)
is now J. pennsylvanica (III, 55); Kantia Sullivantii and K. Tricho-
manis are now Calypogeia Sullivantii and C. Trichomanis, respectively
(V, 67, 70); Lepidozia sphagnicola is now included under L. setacea

! In the second place quoted the writer proposed for this species the combination
M. robusta (DeNot.) Evans, based on Sarcoscyphus Ehrharti, var. robustus DeNot.,
raised to specific rank, as Nardia robusta, by Trevisan in 1877, and therefore earlier
than Schiffner’s M. aquatica of 1896. Massalongo (Atti Reale Ist. Veneto 692: 146.
1909), however, has since shown that the var. robustus DeNot. represents the typical .
form of M. emarginata. It therefore becomes necessary to restore the narae M.

aquatica to the present species. ;
? The reasons for this change have not yet been discussed in the writer's Notes.

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

(II, 185);" Lophocolea Austini is now included under L. heterophylla
(IV, 37); Lophozia gracilis is now L. attenuata (VI, 187); L. Lyon
is now L. quinquedentata t; Nardia haematosticta is now N. Geoscyphus
(V, 57).

YALE UNIVERSITY.

PHILOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF THE “PLANTS OF WINELAND
| THE GOOD."

A. Leroy ANDREWS.

A CONSIDERABLE time has elapsed since the appearance of Professor
Fernald’s preliminary study upon the Norse discovery of America,”
but as the author’s promised greater work upon the subject is not yet
forthcoming the publication of the following considerations may not
be without interest to those who have read his article.

It may be said at the outset that all attempts to find the Vinland of
the Norsemen in New England have been unsuccessful. "The evidence
for Nova Scotia seemed relatively stronger, nor would the conclusions
of Fernald’s preliminary study, even if accepted in all their details,
preclude the possibility of the Norsemen having come as far south as
Nova Scotia, though the author seems unwilling to believe that they
did.

Of the many works devoted in whole or in part to the Norse discov-
ery of our continent the one possessing value beyond all others is that
of the Norwegian historian, Gustav Storm, published in 1887,* who
after a critical survey of all available material concluded that the
Norsemen came as far south in America as Nova Scotia, but hardly
further. Reeves, whose book * forms the basis of Fernald’s study,
was a young American scholar of promise who met with an untimely

1 The reasons for this change have not yet been discussed in the writer's Notes.

? RuoponRa, xii, 17ff. 1910.

3 Aarbóger for nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie, 2 Række, ii, 293ff.; the paper
is also accessible in English in Mémoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord
viii, 3071T. 1888. For the bibliography of the Norse discovery of America see H.
Hermannsson, Islandica, ii (Ithaca, N. Y.). 1909.

4 The Finding of Wineland the Good. London. 1890.

1913] Andrews,— “Plants of Wineland the Good” 29

death not long after the publication of his book. The book is of value
as furnishing a phototypic reproduction of the saga-texts forming the
most extensive sources of information as to the Norse voyages to
America, enabling one then to form an independent judgment in criti-
cal questions of textual reading without a special trip to Copenhagen.
Further than this very considerable service it represents no noteworthy
contribution to the problem, though including many of Storm’s results
and offering generally a good means of orientation.!

The first serious assault upon Storm's results is that of Fernald, who
confines himself for the present to the botanical field where his success
may well lead one to suspect that Storm's position is less impregnable
than had been supposed. Storm’s botanical conclusions were that
the wild grape may have been found by the Norsemen as far north as
Nova Scotia, while he accepted Schübeler's hypothesis? that the
"self-sown wheat" of the Norsemen was the wild rice (Zizania)
of eastern America. Fernald after reviewing the facts, present
and historical, about the northeastern distribution of the American spe-
cies of wild grapes doubts that the Norsemen could have found them in
Nova Scotia, and certainly no one familiar with Fernald's knowledge of
the distribution of our northeastern plants and his familiarity with their
literature would question the weight of his contentions. From the
lack of similarity either in appearance or habitat he doubts that the
Norsemen could have called our wild rice wheat, a doubt one cannot
but subscribe to, and he notes further that wild rice does not occur
in Nova Scotia anyhow. From this last fact there seems no escape.
In so far Fernald has certainly made a real contribution. But he
does not stop with this; much of positive conclusion he offers as a
substitute for what he has demolished. The Norse vinber did not
mean grapes at all, but only wild currants (Ribes spp.), or perhaps
mountain-cranberries (Vaccinium Vitis-Idaca), their “self-sown
wheat" was a species of grass (Elymus arenarius) more closely resem-
bling wheat, while a wood referred to by the Norsemen as mosurr was
the white birch. These conclusions called by the author “reasonably
certain” are by no means invulnerable to criticism. Fernald’s refer-
ence to the unquestionable Swedish vinbär = currant and to a similar
terminology elsewhere among the northern European peoples as well

1 Cf. the review of Gering, Zeitschrift für deutsche Philologie, xxiv, 84ff. 1892.
? Schübeler was not the first to whom this idea had suggested itself, as will be noted
further on.

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

as to the wide-spread practice of preparing a beverage from the fruit
of this plant is not without interest, but neither the name nor the prac-
tice, for either of which Fernald's earliest literary testimony is from the
close of the 16th century, has any necessary application to the time or
place of the literary monuments commemorating the Norse discovery
of America. Fernald reasons as a botanist: if the most learned
botanists of the end of the 16th and beginning of the 17th centuries
confused the currant or the mountain-cranberry with the southern
European grape, one could not expect that they were distinguished
by anyone in northern Europe at an earlier period. That linguistic
usage bears abundant testimony to the association (if not confusion)
of the 3 kinds of plants with one another is an indubitable fact. But
Fernald's attitude towards the facts of linguistic history seems uncon-
sciously to coincide with that of a bygone school of philologists who
regarded languages as undergoing a constant process of deterioration:
i. e., he looks upon everything found in a relatively modern period as
a survival from a more general condition of things in a linguistically
richer past. As a matter of fact the development is more complex and
the beginning must be considered as well as the end. The word wine
and all its northern European kin are loan-words directly or indirectly
from the Latin vinum (Vulgar Latin also vinus), the word with the
things for which it stands becoming known to the Germanic peoples
from about the beginning of the Christian era, to the most northerly
ones of course relatively later. That as a loan-word it first applied
to the foreign grape and its products is incontestable. "The earliest
record we have of the combination wine-berry is in the Gothic of the
Bible-translation accredited to Bishop Ulfilas (Wulfila) of the 4th
century, the oldest manuscripts of which date from the 5th and 6th
centuries. It occurs here as weinabasi (Mat. vii, 16; Lu. vi, 44) trans-
lating the Greek oraguM. In the related Old Germanic languages
it was also found: in Old Saxon and Old High German winberi, Old
English winberie (berige), Old Norse vinber, everywhere with the mean-
ing grape, a meaning preserved in present German Weinbeere and
generally in the Scandinavian languages. The transfer of the word
to currant has become thoroughly established only in modern Swedish,

1 Cf. Walde, Lateinisches etymologisches Wörterbuch, 2nd ed., 839. 1910; Falk &
Torp, Norwegisch-dünisches etymologisches Wörterbuch, 1381. 1911; Kluge,
Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache, 7th ed., 487. 1910; Hoops,

Waldbüume und Kulturpflanzen im germanischen Altertum, 558fT. 1905; with the
literature there cited.

1913 Andrews,— “Plants of Wineland the Good” 31

in that such use of it in Norwegian or English is more or less local,
vinber in Danish-Norwegian still meaning regularly grape. In modern
Icelandic vinber means grape, as it did also in Old Icelandic in all cases
of its use preserved to us. In view of these facts the use of the fer-
mented juice of the currant in lieu of wine should not constitute an
argument of great weight, but it may be said that we are tolerably
well informed as to the details of life in Iceland in the saga-period (as
we are for that matter of the Icelandie vocabulary) and that the
fermented drinks of those troublous times were of an entirely different
nature. Wine was of course known, but is usually spoken of as an
expensive article of import, a luxury of gods, kings and the very
wealthy. For the substitute use of the fermented juices of native
berries there is not much evidence, nor would one be inclined to suppose
that such a beverage, if actually made, would have been dignified with
the name of vin. Still it may be of passing interest to note that the
saga of Bishop Páll? does speak of such wine made of crow-berries
(Empetrum nigrum) but the making of it came as a new suggestion
brought by Bishop Jón who had just arrived from Greenland, the
latter having received the suggestion from the Norwegian king
Sverrir. There is a corresponding entry in the Icelandic annals
under date of 1203? that berry-wine was made that year for the first
time in Iceland. The fact is also referred to in Finnur Jónsson's
Ecclesiastical History of Iceland,* the author being disinclined to
believe that such wine was used for communion purposes (the cir-
cumstances connected with the report might well suggest that it was
hit upon as a means of providing a substitute for communion-wine,
which must have been expensive or often difficult to get at all in
Iceland and even more so in Greenland) and stating that he knew a
man of his own time who had made the same experiment with a
degree of success, though the product was not of remarkable quality.
The earliest reference to the vines from which Vinland took its name
is of course Adam of Bremen's Latin vitis. If Fernald had simply
argued that the Norsemen were not competent to know exactly what
a grape was and might conceivably have taken something else for it,

! Cf. Weinhold, Altnordisches Leben, 151ff. 1856; Kálund in Paul, Grundriss der
germanischen Philologie, iii?, 448.

3 Biskupa sógur, i, 135.

* Islenzkir Annálar, 84.

5 Finni Johannaei Historia ecclesiastica Islandiae. Tom. i, 305, note b. Havniae,

1772. Cf. Olafsen & Povelsen, Reise igiennem Island, i, 171 f. 1772 (Reise durch Island.
1, 92, 1774).

32 | Rhodora [FEBRUARY

it could readily be granted. What the sagas say of the Vínland
grapes leaves no doubt upon this point, in fact the relatively less
credible one has felt obliged to introduce a southern European with
the suggestive name of Tyrkir as a person competent to identify
grapes. One might for example conceive of them as finding a wild
plum or cherry (Prunus sp.) which would at least account for their
loading up their boats with the wood of the grape. There is, so far
as I can see, absolutely nothing gained by Fernald's attempt to find
a new interpretation for the plant giving its name to the country.
Such arguments as that a Scandinavian vindrufea (= grape) render
it unlikely that the Norsemen would have called grapes vinber merely
show upon what unfamiliar ground Professor Fernald is treading, as,
if one choose to neglect the occurrence side by side of the correspond-
ing Weinbeere and Weintraube in modern German, vindrufra is only a
late Swedish word (it occurs also in Danish as vindrue = grape), the
latter part of which (or for that matter the whole combination) is
borrowed from the Low German, as the form of the word sufficiently
shows. One of Fernald’s numerous footnotes (6 on page 21) leaves
one similarly puzzled both as to meaning and application until one
consults the reference to DeCandolle and finds it taken over intact,
apparently without an exact understanding of its content. Ribs and
resp are simply two of the distortions of the mediaeval Latin ribes
found in recent Scandinavian (perhaps brought in with a cultivated
strain of the plants) and not at all old Scandinavian words.’ It is
peculiar that the wild currants of northern Europe seem to have had
no common Old Germanic or even common Scandinavian name.’
For the interesting facts about the bringing of the plant-name ribes
to Europe by the Arabs see Fischer-Benzon, Botanisches Central-
blatt, Ixiv, 371ff., 401ff. 1895. Fernald has himself been unable to
find any evidence that the mountain-cranberry has ever been called
vinber in any part of Scandinavia.

The conclusion that the “self-sown wheat” found was the Lyme-
grass (Elymus arenarius) may readily seem more plausible than that
it was the wild rice, but even then it is difficult to see why the Norse-
men should have noted as remarkable the occurrence of a plant with
which they were entirely familiar at home and why they should

1 Cf. for example Falk & Torp, loc. cit., 158.
? Cf. Falk & Torp, loc. cit., 896. .
3 Cf. Hoops, Reallexikon der germanischen Altertumskunde, i, 204. 1912.

1913] Andrews,— * Plants of Wineland the Good" 33

characterize it as self-sown (which surely implies a contrast with the
sown wheat), if it was a plant they knew solely in the wild state. Nor
has Fernald shown that the plant in question has ever been called
hveiti: the terms “wild wheat," “wheat-grass,” and “strand-wheat”’
which he brings as argument involve a comparison with wheat, not an
identification with it, and none of them are Icelandic, the plant being
known in Iceland as melr as Fernald notes. Hveiti meant in Old as it
does in Modern Icelandic wheat. Fernald’s note that this identifica-
tion of the “self-sown wheat" with Elymus arenarius had already
been published by Peter (Pehr) Kalm in 1764 is of decided interest,
but does not prove its correctness. It may be of interest to note a
prior publication of the same identification, viz. in a dissertation of
G. A. Westman defended by its author in Abo in 1757, during the
rectorship of Kalm himself the dissertation being evidently largely
inspired by the latter's American trip.! The author's refutation of
the idea that the wheat of the Norsemen was Zizania is not dissimilar
to Fernald's, Westman maintaining that this last plant resembled
oats more than it did wheat and that it did not grow in fields, but
actually in the water (pp. 16ff.). Kalm's idea also found expression
in the article of Wormskiold to be referred to later.

As to the wood called mosurr Fernald may be entirely right in think-
ing it to be birch, or for that matter the white birch. The idea that.
it was maple, which Fernald combats, is however not one that has been

‘generally held, but was evidently found in Reeves’ book (Reeves,
p. 170, does not commit himself however and states himself that the
word had already been connected with Swedish masbjórk, etc), whence
it may be followed back to Rafn? and is by him accredited to Worm-
skiold.2 This identification also goes back ultimately to Kalm’s
American trip, the wood being discussed very sensibly by Westman
in the dissertation just referred to (pp. 12ff.), who suggested that it
might be the form of Acer rubrum seen by Kalm in Canada. If
Fernald had based his researches upon Storm's work, he would have
noted that the latter made no attempt to identify the tree, doubtless
because he understood the word. The present Swedish masur and
German Maser leave no doubt as to the meaning of the identical Old
Norse word mosurr. It means everywhere wood with a spotted or

1 Westman, Itinera priscorum Scandianorum in Americam. Aboae. 1757.
? Antiquitates americanae, 441f. 1837.
3 Det skandinaviske Litteraturselskabs Skrifter, xiii, 400ff, 1814.

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

mottled grain, the word being closely related to the German Masern
(= measles) and the English measles."! It does not refer to any
definite species or genus of trees. The “bird's eye maple” furnished
the ground for the hypothesis that it was a species of maple the
Norsemen referred to and credit is due Fernald for emphasizing a
more probable identity with the white birch, but the fact must be
borne in mind that the word permits no such certain identification
as to contribute in any way to the determination of the point on the
American coast reached by the Norsemen, but on the contrary the
identity of the tree furnishing the mosurr might depend upon the
latitude in which it was found.

The fundamental problem, that of the value of the sources, Pro-
fessor Fernald has naturally left untouched. The Old Icelandic sagas
exist in all degrees of historical trustworthiness from that of very
reliable contemporary or slightly later biography or history to the
wildest fiction. In point of subject-matter, style and historical re-
liability they admit of classification into a number of groups. Most
reliable generally are the Konunga sggur or sagas of the (mostly Nor-
wegian) kings, with which a few other historical works dealing with
Iceland, etc. may be included. The authors of these are in many
cases known. The Íslendinga sogur, to which the most considerable
sources for the Norse discovery of America belong, differ among other
things in being all of unknown authorship. They were written mostly
in the 13th century and show stylistically the characteristics of literary
rather than primarily historical work.? They deal for the most part
with Icelandic (in our case Greenlandic) personages of the 9th and
10th centuries: i. e. two to three centuries intervene between the
events and the written record, or rather elaboration of them. "The
materials that the authors had to use were mostly oral traditions two
or three hundred years old. That these literarily remarkable produc-
tions are not of the nature of historical documents must be clear enough
from the nature of the case. In this particular instance a check
upon their reliability is offered in the fact that two such records of
the oral tradition of the Norse discovery of America are preserved:
the so-called Eiriks saga rauða and the Grænlendinga Páttr. Under
the circumstances only the features in which both agree could be

1 The word is entirely correctly explained by Westman. Cf. also Grónlands his-
toriske Mindesmeerker, i, 279 f. 1838.

2 Of. e. g. Neckel in Mitteilungen der schlesischen Gesellschaft für Volkskunde,
xi, 38ff. 1909.

1913] Andrews,— “ Plants of Wineland the Good ” 35

reasonably trustworthy, but such features are surprisingly few, in
that the two sources show the widest discrepancy. Storm’s method
in predicating a considerable degree of historical reliability for the
Eiríks saga rauða at the expense of the other is hardly to be justified.
That this saga may be relatively better is not tantamount to its being
reliable and the other worthless. Reeves’ book represents essentially
Storm's point of view on this matter, as it has generally been adopted
by subsequent authors.

Since the publication of Fernald's paper a real contribution to the
problem of the value of the sources has appeared in Nansen's book.!
Nansen with the able assistance of his colleagues, Torp, Moe and
others finds that the grapes and the self-sown wheat associated with
Scandinavian records of the Norse discovery of America are an off-
shoot of common mediaeval legends of the “Islands of the Blest,”
which quite regularly, e. g. in Isidor, etc., were characterized by just
these features.?

CoRNELL UNIVERSITY.

1 Nord i Tákeheimen. Kristiania. 1911. The book has been accessible to me only
in the English translation: In Northern Mists. New York. 1911. The essential
points with reference to the Norse discovery of America may also be found in the
Geographical Journal, xxxviii, 557 ff. 1911, being a lecture delivered by Nansen before
the Royal Geographical Society, Nov. 6, 1911.

2 Of interest is also the discovery brought out by the first partial publication of
Nansen's results that similar results had been attained independently and earlier by a
Swedish scholar, Söderberg. (Cf. In Northern Mists, ii, 62ff.). Nansen's brief esti-
mate of Fernald's publication (ii, 5f.) is in entire accord with the considerations I have
given expression to above.

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

FURTHER NOTES ON THE PANICUMS OF ESSEX COUNTY,
MASSACHUSETTS.

F. Tracy HUBBARD.

SPECIES NEWLY NOTED FROM THE COUNTY.

DuniNG about a week's collecting around Manchester this fall I
discovered several species of Panicum not in my former list. [Ruo-
DORA 14:36 (1912)]. Atleast three of these seem to be unreported from
Essex County. Additional collections were made of certain of the
species mentioned in the former list and one species there noted must
be excluded as further collections of similar material have led to a
reversal of opinion.

Panicum LiNDHEIMERI Nash. Hitchcock € Chase, Contr. Nat.
Herb. 15:203 cite this species from Maine; New Hampshire; Ver-
mont; Massachusetts, Framingham, Smith no. 734; and Connecticut.
There is no specimen of this species from Massachusetts in either the
Gray Herbarium or the Herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club, but in the latter is a specimen from Rhode Island, Warwick
M. L. Fernald, June 25, 1910, so that the species has been sparingly
found in all the New England states, most commonly in Maine. In
the locality where I collected it, it was fairly abundant. My speci-
men is No. 482, sandy hillside, among rocks, back of Dana's Beach,
Manchester, Oct. 1, 1912. This number was sent to Mrs. Chase of
the Bureau of Plant Industry and was determined by her. The
material is more pubescent than P. Lindheimeri ordinarily is and Mrs.
Chase states that it is the form which was named P. Funstoni by
Scribner and Merrill.

PANICUM MERIDIONALE Ashe. Hitchcock & Chase, I. c. 210 do
not cite this species from Massachusetts, but in the Herbarium of the
New England Botanical Club there are specimens from Sandwich,
F. S. Collins, No. 1153; Brewster, F. S. Collins, Nos. 1288, 1205;
Wellfleet, F. S. Collins, No. 1238. I have also seen specimens from
Wellesley (Herb. Wellesley College); Dedham, Purgatory Swamp,
F. F. Forbes, June 27, 1903 (Herb. Forbes) and Wilmington, G. G.
Kennedy (Herb. Kennedy). My specimen is No. 475a, rich open
woods, Beverly Farms, Sept. 29, 1912. "This material was a single

1913] | Hubbard,— Notes on Panicums of Essex County 37

plant collected with No. 475 and sent to Mrs. Chase for determination.
No. 475 is P. huachucae Ashe var. fasciculatum (Torr.) Hubbard
(Var. sylvicola Hitche. & Chase).

PANICUM HETEROPHYLLUM Bose var. rHINIUM (Hitchc. € Chase)
Hubbard (P. columbianum Scribn. var. thinium Hitche. & Chase).
Hitchcock and Chase, l. c. : 248 cite this species from Massachusetts,
Nantucket, Bicknell, in 1889 and 1904. There is no specimen of this
species in the Gray Herbarium, but in the Herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club is a specimen from Winchester, C. E. Perkins,
Sept. 1, 1882. My specimen is No. 483, sandy hillside back of Dana’s
Beach, Manchester, Oct. 1, 1912. This number was verified by Mrs.
Chase.

While this variety has not been reported from Essex County I know
that it has been previously collected from the same locality as my
No. 483 by Miss Cora H. Clarke as I have seen specimens sent by her
to Mrs. Chase. The variety seems to be rare and only sparingly
collected from Massachusetts to Virginia always on or near the coast.
At Dana’s Beach it seemed to be fairly abundant.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON PREVIOUSLY REPORTED SPECIES.

PANICUM TENNESSEENSE Ashe. This very variable species seems
to be common in Essex County and several additional collections of
it were made.

PANICUM LANGUIDUM Hitche. & Chase. This fall I revisited the
locality where I collected my No. 205 in 1911 and collected other
material similar to it and also made several collections in Manchester
which seemed to be the same species. These were sent to Mrs. Chase
and after a careful study of them she decided that they were a form
of P. tennesseense Ashe and redetermined No. 205 as the same, so that
P. languidum must be removed from the list of Essex County Pani-
cums.

Mrs. Chase writes me, in part, under the date of November 11,
1912, “I think it [No. 205] is an unusual specimen of P. tennesseense.
The panicle of 205 is much longer than characteristic for,P. tennes-
seense, and the blades less firm. These fall “vernal” culms are very
deceiving but going over the whole group again, I should call this P.
tennesseense."

PANICUM TSUGETORUM Nash. This species is abundant in Essex

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

County and numerous forms of it were collected from typical material
to one collection which very closely approached P. heterophyllum Bose
(P. columbianum Scribn.).

PANICUM UMBROSUM Le Conte (P. Ashei Pearson). This species
was collected once more and was fairly plentiful in the locality. No.
480, among boulders back of rocky coast, near Dana's Beach, Man-
chester, Oct. 1, 1912.

Additions to previous list of species collected in Essex County;
noting specimens in the Gray Herbarium or the Herbarium of the
New England Botanical Club or where there are published records of
the species from Essex County.

P. Lindheimeri Nash.

P. meridionale Ashe.

P. heterophyllum Bose var. thinium (Hitehe. & Chase) Hubbard.

P. latifolium L. N. E. Bot. Club; Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 130
(1880)

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE VARIATIONS OF LUZULA CAMPESTRIS IN NORTH
AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD and K. M. WIEGAND.

THE cosmopolitan species, Luzula campestris (L.) DC., has been
treated by Buchenau ! as consisting of twenty geographical varieties
and by him has been kept apart specifically from the American L.
comosa Meyer. In the study of certain collections from northeastern
America, however, the writers, who have found it necessary to organize
the material of these two species in the Gray Herbarium and during
the prosecution of this study have been kindly loaned the local col-
lection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, have
found it impossible to maintain any real specific lines between these
two plants. In this failure to find specific lines between L. campestris
and L. comosa they have arrived at the conclusion which has already
been reached by several other students, for example Otto Kuntze ?

! Buchenau in Engler, Pflanzenf. iv. Fam. 36, 83-95 (1906).
? Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. ii. 724 (1891).

1913] Fernald € Wiegand,— Luzula campestris 39

and C. V. Piper. The characters used by Buchenau and others to
separate L. comosa from L. campestris are the elongate spikes, fron-
dose bracts, more ciliate bractlets and prophylla, and larger and more
denticulate perianth segments. But in many specimens from the
Northwest which are otherwise good L. comosa the spikes are sub-
globose; and more or less cylindrical spikes are frequently seen in
L. campestris, var. multiflora, while they are made the basis of L.
campestris, var. calabra (Ten.) Buch. In many plants otherwise L.
comosa the bracts are short and slender while in L. campestris, var.
frigida, as described by Buchenau, we find “ inflorescentia composita,
saepe a bracteis 1 vel 2 frondosis rigidis superata"; and similar
frondose bracts occur occasionally in L. campestris, vars. alpina and
multiflora. The ciliation of the bractlets and prophylla proves to be
highly variable in both L. comosa and L. campestris without any clear
line of demarcation between. Extreme specimens of L. comosa do
indeed have large flowers, but the examination of a large suite of
specimens shows that in the two so-called species the measurements
overlap so frequently that no real line can be drawn between them.
Extreme L. comosa would seem to be simply a stage larger in size of
flower just as L. campestris, var. multiflora is a stage larger than L.
campestris, var. pallescens.

Although the color of the perianth or capsule has frequently been
considered of taxonomic importance, it is highly variable and often
seems to be directly modified by the intensity of the light, being brown-
ish in the more exposed situations and extremely pale in the woods.
In the more boreal and alpine habitats, however, the color is, as would
be expected, very intense, usually dark-chestnut to blackish, and this
tendency, accompanied by a shortening or suppression of the rays,
distinguishes such plants as L. campestris, vars. alpina (sudetica),
frigida and congesta which, having fairly well marked geographical
ranges, are maintained as varieties.

The size of the seed and the length of the caruncle have sometimes
been used in separating plants of the campestris series, but after an
examination of the seeds of the plants said to have pronounced differ-
ences in these characters it has seemed to the writers that the differ-
ences are slight and apparently not constant. The varieties with
the smallest flowers, L. campestris, var. pallescens for instance, natur-
ally have their seeds smaller than do the large-flowered plants, but the

1 Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 186 (1906).

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

differences are so slight as to be difficult to use except in actual
comparison of large series of specimens.

In organizing the North American material the writers have found
the following key to the varieties of L. campestris, based largely on
Buchenau’s treatment, of service. The measurements of the length
of the perianth, which form the primary basis of division, have been
made by the writers from the specimens they have examined, and,
although the sizes of the flowers overlap, as would be expected in such
a polymorphous species, the varieties recognized all seem to be definite
geographic trends of the species.

A. Plant stoloniferous: inflorescence loose: flowers of medium size (3 mm.
long): Eurasian...............«<.o..oo.o.o... 1. L. campestris (typical).
A. Plants caespitose. B.

B. Perianth large (56.5 mm. long): heads globose to cylindric, 1-2 cm.
long: inflorescence loaie: s.i disis riksin 2. var. macrantha.

B. Perianth of medium size (2.5-4.5 mm. long). C.
C. Perianth 3-4.5 mm. long, equaling or exceeding the capsule: heads
cylindrical, rarely globose, the longer 10-30 mm. long: inflorescence

loose or somewhat congested.................. 3. var. comosa.
C. Perianth 3.5-4 mm. long, usually much exceeding the capsule; in-
florescence with no obvious rays...... ........ 4. var. congesta.

C. Perianth (2.8-)3-4 mm. long, usually exceeding the capsule: heads
hemispherical to short-cylindrical, 3-9 mm. long, mostly on unequal
rays; some short rays strongly divergent........ 5. var. echinata.

C. Perianth 2.4-3.3 mm. long, slightly or not at all exceeding the cap-
sule: heads globose or short-cylindrical, 4-11 mm. long, on mostly
ascending rays. D.

D. Perianth and capsule pale, ferruginous or moderately castaneous:
inflorescence lax or rarely congested.
Base of plant rarely producing bulblets: perianth 2.5-3.3 mm.

| ss os oie sae PUN saa ae ee cae 6. var. multiflora

Base of plant commonly producing bulblets: —perianth

Dee Dg) mm. o A ue env ON 8. var. bulbosa.

D. Perianth and capsule intensely castaneous or almost black: in-
florescence usually congested.......o.oooooooo.o.o.. 7. var. frigida.

B. Perianth small (1.8-2.3 mm. long).
Inflorescence lax to somewhat dense: perianth and capsule pale to
moderately castaneous.
Base of plant copiously bulblet-bearing: perianth 2-2.3(-3) mm.
O i es Pen a 8. var. bulbosa.
Base of plant not bulblet-bearing: perianth 1.8-2.3 mm. long.
9. var. pallescens.
Inflorescence dense: perianth and capsule intensely castaneous or
ETUDES A ee ek Des 10. var. alpina.

1913] Fernald & Wiegand,— Luzula campestris 41

1. L. campestris (L.) DC. Fl. Franc. iii. 161 (1805). Juncus
campestris L. Sp. Pl. 329, in part (1753). L. campestris, var. vulgaris
Gaudin, Fl. Helv. ii. 572 (1828); Buchenau in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv.
Fam. 36, 86 (1906), which see for fuller synonymy. Juncodes cam-
pestre O. Ktze. Revis. Gen. Pl. ii. 724 (1891). Juncoides campestre
Coville, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. iv. 208 (1902).— Eurasia. Said
by Buchenau to occur in northwestern America.

2. Var. macrantha (Watson), n. comb. | L. comosa, var. macrantha
Watson, Bot. Cal. ii. 203 (1880). Juncoides comosum, var. macran-
therum Parish, Erythea, im. 59 (1895). Juncoides comosum, var.
macranthum Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. i. 681 (1903).— CALIFORNIA: the
specimens originally labelled L. comosa, var. macrantha by Watson
were from Plumas County, May, 1877, Mrs. R. M. Austin; dry hills
southeast of Mt. Diablo, May 23, 1860-62, Brewer, no. 1148; Big
Trees, May, 1860-62, Brewer, no. 2335. A plant with extremely large
flowers (6.5 mm. long) and a well-developed bulb borne on a short
stolon comes from Placer County (Mrs. M. E. P. Ames). | Parish
reports the plant southward to San Bernardino County.

3. Var. comosa (Meyer) n. comb. | L. comosa Meyer, Synop. Luz.
21 (1823); Watson, Bot. Cal. ii. 202 (1880); Buchenau in Engler,
Pflanzenr., iv. Fam. 36, 83 (1906). Juncodes campestre, var. comosum
O. Ktze. Revis Gen. Pl. ii. 724 (1891). Juncodes comosum Sheldon,
Minn. Bot. Stud. i. 64 (1894). Juncoides comosum Parish, Erythea,
iii. 59 (1895). Juncoides campestre, in part, of Piper, Cont. U.S. Nat.
Herb. xi. 186 (1906). L. comosa, var. subsessilis Watson, Bot. Cal. ii.
203 (1880). Juncodes comosum, var. subsessilis [e] Sheldon, Minn. Bot.
Stud. i. 64 (1894). Juncoides comosum, var. subsessile Howell, Fl.
N. W. Am. i. 681 (1903). L. subsessilis Buchenau, Oster bot. Zeitschr.
xlviii. 290 (1898) and in Engler, 1. c. 68 (1906). L. comosa, var. laxa
Buchenau in Engler, l. c. 83 (1906) — Northeastern Asia (COPPER
IsLAND) and ALASKA to southern CALIFORNIA. Also Newfoundland
and eastern Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: Baccalieu Island, Notre
Dame Bay, July 2, 1902, Sornborger; open river-flat, Glenwood,
July 12 & 13, 1911, Fernald and Wiegand, no. 5163; sandy and gravelly
banks, Whitbourne, August 8, 1911, Fernald and Wiegand, no. 5168.
QUEBEC: sterile meadow, Douglastown, Gaspé Co., August 21 & 22,
1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease.— Without extended field knowledge
of the variations here included it seems very unwise to separate from
var. comosa vars. subsessilis and laxa, which, judging from the abun-
dant transitional material in the herbarium seem to be mere states of
one plant. The varietal name comosa is here retained in its aggregate
sense.

4. Var. CONGESTA (Thuill.) Meyer. Synop. Luz. 18 (1823); Duby
in DC. Bot. Gal. ed. 2, i. 479 (1828); Buchenau, Mon. June. 162 (1890)
-and in Engler, I. c. 91 (1906), which see for detailed synonymy. Jun-
cus campestris €. L. Sp. Pl. 330 (1753). Juncus congestus Thuill. Fl.
Par. ed. 2, 179 (1799). L. comosa, var. congesta Watson, Bot. Cal.

42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

ii. 203 (1880). Juncodes comosum, var. congestum Sheldon, Minn.
Bot. Stud. i. 64 (1894). Juncoides comosum, var. congestum Howell,
Fl. N. W. Am. 681 (1903).— Europe and Eastern Asia. In North
America from VANCOUVER ISLAND to CALIFORNIA.

5. Var. echinata (Small), n. comb. Juncoides echinatum Small,
Torreya, i. 74 (1901). Luzula campestris, var. bulbosa Robinson €
Fernald in Gray Man. ed. 7, 279 (1908) in part, not Wood.—NEw
JERSEY and PENNSYLVANIA to GEORGIA and TEXAS.

6. Var. MULTIFLORA (Ehrh.) Celak. Prodr. Fl. Bóhem. 85 (1869);
Buchenau in Engler, l. c. 94 (1906) which see for detailed synonymy;
Robinson & Fernald in Gray Man. ed. 7, 279 (1908). Juncus campes-
tris y, L. Sp. Pl. 329 (1753). Juncus multiflorus Ehrh. Calam. Gram. et
Tripet. exsicc. (about 1791); Retz. Fl. Scand. Prodr. ed. 2, 82 (1795).
Cyprella campestris, var. multiflora MacMillan, Met. Minn. Val. 142
(1892). Juncodes campestre, var. multiflorum Sheldon, Minn. Bot.
Stud. i. 65 (1894).— Eurasia and North America. In North America
the most widely distributed plant, occurring from NEWFOUNDLAND
to ALASKA, south to New JERSEY, PENNSYLVANIA, ILLINOIS, UTAH and
CALIFORNIA; abundant northeastward, rare westward.

7. Var. FRIGIDA Buchenau, Oster. bot. Zeitschr. xlviii. 284 (1898),
and in Engler, l. c. 93, fig. 55 (1906); Robinson & Fernald in Gray
Man. ed. 7, 279 (1908).— Boreal, arctic and alpine Eurasia. In North
America from GREENLAND and LABRADOR to NEWFOUNDLAND, south-
ern New Brunswick and eastern MAINE; islands of BERING SEA.

S. Var. BULBOSA Wood, Class Book (1861) 723; Robinson €
Fernald in Gray Man. ed. 7, 279 (1908) in part. Juncoides bulbosum
Small, Torreya, i. 75 (1901).— Dry open sandy woods and thickets
or serpentine barrens, NEw JERSEY and southeastern PENNSYLVANIA
to Grorata (Small), west Kansas and Texas.— The production of
bulblets, though more general in this variety than in the others, is by
no means confined to it. They occur occasionally in vars. macrantha,
comosa, congesta, and multiflora in America and in some of the European
and Australian varieties as well as in various species of Juncus which
ordinarily lack bulblets (see Buchenau, Flora, Ixxiv. 77 (1891)). In
its inflorescence var. bulbosa strongly simulates var. pallescens which,
however, tends to have somewhat smaller flowers; but in the speci-
mens which are transitional in the size of flowers the presence or
absence of bulblets alone seems to distinguish the plants.

9. Var. PALLESCENS Wahlenb. Fl. Suec. i. 218 (1824); Buchenau
in Engler, 1. c. 88 (1906) which see for fuller synonymy. Juncus cam-
pestris B. L. Sp. Pl. 329 (1753). Juncus pallescens Wahlenb. Fl.
Lapp. 87 (1812). L. pallescens Besser, Enum. Pl. Volh. Pod. 15 (1822).
— Eurasia. In North America known only from NEWFOUNDLAND and
the Gaspé Peninsula of QUEBEC, but, since it occurs on islands on the
Asiatic side of Bering Sea, to be expected from the Alaskan islands.
NEWFOUNDLAND: open fields near the Gander River, Glenwood, July
12 & 13, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5160, 5161. QvEnBEc: sterile

1913] Blewitt,— Notes on Euphorbia Cyparissias 43

meadow, New Richmond, July 28-August 1, 1904, Collins, Fernald &
Pease, July 16 and 17, 1905, Williams, Collins, & Fernald; steep slide
on the East Branch of Little Cascapedia River, July 29 and 30, 1904,
Collins, Fernald & Pease; sterile meadow near Giroux Station, Maria,
July 11, 1905, Collins & Fernald, no. 54.— Hooker (Fl. Bor.-Am. ii.
188) cites var. pallescens from “Lake Winnipeg, to the Saskatchewan,
and prairies and Lake of the Woods, Rocky Mountains. Drummond,"
but his description does not indicate whether he had the small-flowered
plant or merely var. multiflora.

Var. ALPINA Gaud. Agrostol. Helv. ii. 247 (1811). Juncus campes-
tris n. L. Sp. Pl. 330 (1753). Juncus sudeticus Willd. Sp. Pl. ii. 221
(1799). Luzula sudetica DC. Fl. Fr. vi. 306 (1815). Luzula campes-
tris, var. sudetica Celak, Prod. Fl. Bóhm. 749 (1881); Buchenau in
Engler, l. e. 89 (1906), which see for fuller synonymy. Juncoides
campestre sudeticum Coville, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. iv. 208 (1893).
— Alpine and subarctic regions of Eurasia. Little known in North
America: the only material seen by us comes from Fullerton, lat. 63^,
57’, northwest coast of Hupson Bay, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,215. Co-
ville and Funston’s no. 1553 from near Mineral King, California, has
been referred here, but the material in the Gray Herbarium, though
too young for definite determination, has, even in its immature state,
perianths longer than in var. alpina and the plant may be an extremely
dwarfed state of var. congesta.

Nores on EurHorBIa Cyparisstas L.— While returning after a
day spent collecting in and about West Haven, Connecticut, June 23,
1912, in company with Mr. C. H. Bissell and Mr. R. W. Woodward,
we crossed an open corner lot by a path used as a short cut to a near-by
trolley line. This lot was quite thickly covered with Euphorbia
Cyparissias L. Remarking that it looked strange I picked several
plants and found they were heavily fruited and on further inspection
the whole lot was found to be in full fruit. The reason of the peculiar

appearance was the bright reddish color of the bracts which was char-
acteristic of the plants all over the lot. A specimen in fruit in the
herbarium of Dr. E. H. Eames of Bridgeport, Connecticut, from the
well known station of Mr. Walter Deane's at Shelburne, New Hamp-
shire, has been seen by the writer and has this same striking charac-
teristic. In Mr. Deane's interesting articles in Ruopora no mention
was made of the color of the bracts. Is this a distinctive trait of all
fruiting plants of this species? The soil at the station was sandy and
sterile. Owing to lack of time the station was not carefully looked
over. The writer is looking forward to a visit to this place at an
earlier date during the coming season.— ARTHUR E. BLewrrr, Water-
bury, Connecticut.

44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Some EXTENSIONS OF Loca RANGEs. — The Report on the Fora
of the Boston District, Ruopora ix. 85, May (1907), makes no men-
tion of the occurrence in this section of Dicksonia punctilobula (Michx.)
Gray, forma cristata (Maxon) Clute. I am, therefore, glad to state
that it was collected in Sherborn, Mass., August 3, 1912. It was
found growing with an abundance of the type near the edge of rocky,
deciduous woods. <A frond was placed with the Boston Society of
Natural History as No. 1138 of the Flora of Sherborn, Mass.

The same report characterizes Onoclea Struthiopteris (L.) Hoffm.
as “rare; not reported from south of Boston." The fact that this
species was collected in Sherborn December 15, 16, 1912, may be of
interest. The station was rather large, there being certainly thirty
or more crowns which were growing on a rocky hill at the side of a
shady cart-road which gives access to the orchards, woodlots, and
pastures which border it. Of course at the time of collection the
sterile leaves were dry and brown; but several mature fertile fronds
were gathered and sent to the Gray Herbarium and to the Boston
Society where they are numbered 1199 of the Flora of Sherborn.

Another interesting collection, July 16, 1911, was that of Sagittaria
graminea Michx. on the shore of Farm Pond. Material sent to the
Boston Society was identified by Dr. J. A. Cushman. This species
is mentioned in Ruopona xii. 4, January (1910), as being reported
from “scattered stations in northern half of district." The finding
it at Sherborn, therefore, seems to show an extension of range.—
Martha Lovise Loomis, Sherborn, Massachusetts.

ALNUS CRISPA (Ait.) Pursh, var. mollis (Fernald), n. comb. A.
mollis Fernald, Ruopona, vi. 162 (1904). Extended experiences
in the field in New England, eastern Canada and Newfoundland
during the past decade have convinced the writer that, although a
well pronounced pubescent extreme of less boreal range than true A.
crispa, A. mollis cannot be kept apart from the older species on any
absolute characters and is better treated as a variety.— M. L. FER-
NALD, Gray Herbarium.

Vol. 15, no. 169, including pages 1 to 20, was issued 7 February, 1918.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. March, 1913. No. 171.

A NEW OENOTHERA.
REGINALD RucGLES GATES.
(Plates 100 and 101.)

My cultures of Oenothera from seeds collected wild in various parts
of the North American continent, have yielded a bewildering profusion
of forms, races related to O. biennis L. and O. muricata L. being
especially numerous. As is always the case when the number of forms
under observation begins to be multiplied, the older lines of distinc-
tion between "species" break down, and it becomes finally an arbi-
trary matter, decided by convenience, where the line between two
formerly distinct Linnaean species is to be drawn. Thus the multipli-
cation of forms belonging to the two species mentioned above has
necessitated drawing a more or less arbitrary line between them, as
I have explained elsewhere,! and ranking all races on one side of this
line with the O. biennis series, and all on the other side with the O.
muricata series. Such a decision is of course based on a single char-
acter, because no two differential characters will hold for all the forms.
concerned.

I chose for this purpose the character of flower-size, and reckon
all species of this group having petals 12-30 mm. in length, as belong-
ing to O. biennis, and all having petals 9-15 mm. in length, with Q.
muricata. Flower-size is the most convenient character on which to
base distinctions, and the same treatment should therefore be applied
to O. grandiflora Sol.,? O. Lamarckiana Ser., and other species of the

1 Gates, R. R. " Mutation in Oenothera.” Amer. Nat. 45: 577-606, 1911.

?I pointed out elsewhere (Amer. Nat. 45: 588. 1911) that Solander should be
credited with this species.

46 Rhodora [Marca

group. For example, species having small flowers with the O. biennis
characters should be reckoned as belonging with the biennis series,
even though they may have foliage more or less resembling 0. Lam-
arckiana. This distinction is all the more important because the size
of flower is usually correlated with other important flower differences,
such as the habit of open- or close-pollination, while any of these
flower characters may be found combined with any type of foliage.

This manner of treatment does not mean, of course, that Linnaean
species should be differentiated on the basis of single characters, for
obviously that is not what is meant by the species, the unit of system-
atists.

Notwithstanding the fact that single characters must be resorted
to in classifying large series of races under one or another Linnaean
species, yet this method is not always applicable, for races occur which
represent such distinct combinations of characters that they are at
once recognized as worthy of specific rank.

This is evidently the case with the species to be described in this
paper. In its flower characters it belongs to the biennis series, yet
in its foliage and its nearly glabrous character it clearly resembles
O. argillicola Mack. But it possesses other features, such as the
clearly subterminal sepal tips, which are reminiscent of another section
of the genus.

The plants from which this species is described, were grown this
year at the John Innes Horticultural Institution, Merton, Surrey,
from one of several packets of seeds collected at Ithaca, New York,
by Mr. H. B. Brown in 1909 and sent to me through the kindness of
Professor W. W. Rowlee of Cornell University. Some of the other
packets collected from this region gave races very distinct from this
and resembling much more the ordinary O. biennis forms.

I at first intended giving this species the very appropriate desig-
nation O. angustifolia, but since that name is now a synonym, having
been used by Miller, I have substituted O. angustissima. "Type
specimens from plants grown this year, are to be found in the British
Museum (Natural History), London. The accompanying photo-
graphs, kindly taken by E. J. Allard, illustrate a rosette and two flower-
ing shoots together with three leaves from the mature rosette. The
description is as follows:

Oenothera angustissima, sp. nov.
Leaves of mature rosette:— Length about 29 cm., greatest width

1913] Gates,— A New Oenothera 47

24-26 mm. Blade long, narrow, lanceolate, narrowing gradually
to petiole, margin repand-denticulate, sometimes very obscurely so,
more distantly repand-dentate below; midribs pinkish, broadening
below to a wide, long, unmargined petiole which is triangular in cross-
section and greenish white on ventral surface. Veins on ventral
surface of blade somewhat rugose, a very scattering, inconspicuous
pubescence of fine, short hairs on both surfaces.

Mature plant: — Central stem nearly two metres high, with a ring
of ascending crown branches (arising from the rosette) which fre-
quently reach a greater height than the central shoot. Stems terete,
fairly stout, reddish, nearly glabrous but bearing in places a few scat-
tered short hairs and also very scattered long hairs which arise from
red (anthocyanic) papillae. Late in the season (in this climate),
very slender, short, terete secondary branches appear.

The lower cauline leaves have the same shape and other features
as the radical leaves, but they are smaller, 25 cm. long, by 15.5 mm.
wide, of nearly uniform width throughout the greater part of their
length. The upper cauline leaves become gradually shorter with
shorter petioles. Lowermost bracts 10 cm. long by 21 mm., in extreme
width, scarcely petiolate, lance-pointed, narrowed abruptly at base;
upper surface and veins on lower surface bearing a few short, scattering
hairs; margin distantly and very obscurely glandular-denticulate.
Upper bracts shorter, broader at base, and more or less curled or
waved.

Flowering late in the season (nearly end of August when grown in
the English climate as an annual). Inflorescence rather loose, tip
of stem nutating as in O. ammophila Focke, and some forms of O.
muricata L.

Flowers:— Petals 20 mm. long by 19 mm. broad, emarginate,
deep yellow, not opening out flat, style short (stigma surrounded by
the anthers), lobes of stigma usually opening only to an angle of about
45°. Length of hypanthium 24 mm., length of ovary 13 mm., thick-
ness of ovary nearly 3 mm., thickness of hypanthium slightly over
2 mm.; length of bud cone 15 mm., diameter at base nearly 5 mm.,
length of sepal tips 5 mm. Sepal tips subterminal, hence separated
at base, nearly parallel or somewhat spreading, reddish on inner face,
especially at base, and in young buds. Buds nearly glabrous, cone
slightly quadrangular, reddish stripes on margins of each sepal,
median ridge green, hypanthium usually faintly pinkish, ovary
reddish, with scattered red papillae bearing long hairs, hypanthium
with scattered short hairs, sepals shiny, with very scattered long and
short hairs.

Capsules:— Reaching 35 mm. in length, about 6.5 mm. in diameter,
gradually tapering from near the base, green or with scattered patches
of red, nearly glabrous, but with few, scattered long hairs, arising

from mostly green papillae. : |

Diagnosis: — Herba biennis. Folia radicalia longa, angustissimé

48 Rhodora [Marcu

lanceolata, longé petiolata, circa 29 em., longa et 25 mm. lata, utrinque
sparsé pubescentia. Folia caulina gradatim breviora, breviter petio-
lata. Caulis teres, subglaber, basi ramis pluribus verticillatis ascend-
entibus ipsum saepe excedentibus instructus. Spica sublaxa, superne
nutans. Petala flava, circa 20 mm. longa, ascendentia. Antherae
stigmata attingentes. Alabastrae subglabrae, obsolete quadrangu-
lares, apices sepalorum subterminales.

ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE, LONDON.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate 100. Oenothera angustissima, sp. nov. Rosette, showing the begin-
ning of the crown branches before the central stem appears.

Plate 101. The same. Two flowering shoots showing leaves, flowers and
fruits; and three leaves from the mature rosette.

SYSTEMATIC STUDIES ON OENOTHERA,— II. THE DE-
LIMITATION OF OENOTHERA BIENNIS L.

Harvey Harris BARTLETT.
(Plates 102 and 103.)

Tue problem of limiting the application of the name Oenothera
biennis L. to one of the many forms which now pass under this name is
largely bibliographical, to be solved by a careful analysis of the
Linnaean account (Sp. Pl. ed. 1. p. 346. 1753.) which is quoted below:

biennis 1. OENOTHERA foliis ovato-lanceolatis planis. Vir. cliff. 33. Hort.
ups. 94. Gron. virg. 254. Roy. lugdb. 251. Gort. gelr. 78.
Oenothera foliis ovato-lanceolatis denticulatis, floribus lateralibus
in summo caulis. Hort. cliff. 144.
Lysimachia lutea corniculata. Bauh. pin. 245. 516. * Moris.
hist. 2. p. 271, f. 3, t. 11, f. 7.
Habitat in Virginia unde 1614, nunc vulgaris Europae. c

Although no part of this account is original to the Species Plan-
tarum, Linnaeus was himself the author of the first two of the three
polynomials of which it consists. In 1737 Linnaeus published com-
panion works, the Viridarium Cliffortianum and the Hortus Cliffort-
ianus, in which these polynomials first appeared. We find in the

TUS ANE

1913] Bartlett,— Systematic Studies on Oenothera,— II 49

' preface to the Viridarium the following explanation of the relation-
ship between the two works: |

" Nomina quibus enumerantur plantae mutuata sunt ex Horto
Cliffortiano fere omnia (paucis emendatioribus), singulis adjecto duplici
numero, quorum priore paginam Horti Tui indicavi, posteriore vero
generis speciem, ut si quae differentia minus indubitata occurreret, in
majori opere eo facilius consulerentur synonyma. ” 1

-It is therefore clear that the following accounts, with the exception
of the synonymy which is quoted in the Hortus, refer to the same plant.

“Oenothera foliis ovato-lanceolatis planis.
Oenothera foliis ovato-lanceolatis denticulatis, floribus laterali-
businsummo caulis. 144. 1."
Virid. Cliff. p. 33.
*1. Oenothera foliis ovato-lanceolatis denticulatis, floribus laterali-
bus in summo caulis.

Onagra latifolia. Tournef. inst. 302.

Lysimachia lutea corniculata. Bauh. pin. 245. 516.

Lysimachia lutea corniculata non papposa virginiana major.
Moris. hist. 2. p. 271. f. 8, t. 11. f. 7.

Lysimachia lutea corniculata latifolia lusitanica. Barr. rar. t.
1232.

a Onagra latifolia, floribus amplis. Tournef.

Onagra latifolia, flore dilutiore. Tournef.

Crescit in Virginia, aliisque Americae locis, ante centum et viginti
annos in Europam translata, nunc spontanea facta, copiose
crescit ubique in campis arenosis Hollandiae.

Primo anno vix floret, altero floret et perit."

Hort. Cliff. p. 144.

The third polynomial quoted by Linnaeus in the Species Plantarum,
Lysimachia lutea corniculata Bauhin, has not been satisfactorily iden-
tified by recent authors? Nevertheless Bauhin's description is a
lengthy one, and, for his time remarkably satisfactory, so that it is

1 *''The names by which the plants are enumerated are almost all taken from the
Hortus Cliffortianus, a few having been somewhat improved and to each having been
added a duplex number, by the first part of which I have indicated the page of your
Hortus and by the last the species of the genus, so that if any somewhat doubtful
distinction should present itself, the synonyms of the larger work might be the more
readily consulted.”

? Dr. R. R. Gates at one time attempted to identify Lysimachia lutea corniculata
with what we now know as Oenothera Lamarckiana. See the following papers:

The earliest description of Oenothera Lamarckiana. Science, 2d. ser. xxxi (1910)
pp. 425-426.

Early historico-botanical records of the Oenotheras. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. xvii
(1910) pp. 85-124.

50 Rhodora [MARCH

by no means improbable that his plant, which was the first Oenothera
to be introduced into the botanical gardens of Europe, may yet be
identified with some degree of plausibility. Whatever Bauhin's
plant may have been, however, there is nothing in the description
to indicate its identity with the Linnaean plant of the sand-dunes of
Holland. It cannot, therefore, be chosen as the type to bear the name
Oe. biennis, since a Linnaean species should certainly be typified by a
plant with which Linnaeus was himself acquainted.

In the case of many hopelessly composite Linnaean species the name
has been associated by later botanists with that one of several syno-
nyms which Linnaeus referred to in the closing line of the diagnosis, —
“Habitat in Virginia," or perhaps “Habitat in Canada.” In such a
case Linnaeus has been tacitly interpreted as having himself pointed
out that a Gronovian diagnosis (sometimes associated with a Clayton
specimen) or a Kalm specimen in his herbarium, should be crucial in
interpreting his species, rather than earlier references to plants of
which he had no personal knowledge. In the case of Oenothera biennis,
however, the “Habitat in Virginia unde 1614, nunc vulgaris Europae”
clearly refers to the similar statement in the Hortus Cliffortianus,
“Crescit in Virginia, aliisque Americae locis, ante centum et viginti
annos in Europam translata, nunc spontanea facta, copiose crescit
ubique in campis arenosis Hollandiae,” and affords no basis whatever
for selecting as the type of Oc. biennis any other plant than that which-
grew in the dunes of Holland. As a matter of fact, Oenothera foliis
ovato-lanceolatis planis L. was admitted to Gronovius’ Flora Vir-
ginica (p. 154, not p. 254 as cited in Sp. Plant.) on the basis of Lin-
naeus' statement in the Hortus Cliffortianus that the plant of Hol-
land had been introduced from Virginia, and not on the basis of notes
or specimens from Clayton.

The plant which grew abundantly on the sand-dunes between
Haarlem and Leyden in 1737, which Linnaeus was probably able to
see in the course of a half hour's walk from the garden of Clifford, was
no doubt the same species which is common there today. The fact
that it has not been exactly duplicated in the material which has
recently been assembled from American localities is not at all sur-
prising, in view of the fact that our flora contains a number of closely
related species and varieties, some of which seem to be very local in
their distribution. I am informed by Professor de Vries that there
are but two strains of Oenothera in the vicinity of Amsterdam which

1913] Bartlett,— Systematic Studies on Oenothera,—II 51

conform to what is usually called, in a collective sense, Oe. biennis.
They differ only in flower color, one having flowers of a lighter color
than the other. The light-colored form has only become abundant
in recent years, through its prompt occupation of a newly created
habitat, the rights of way of the more recently constructed railroads.
It has long occurred at many localities in Holland, however, and may
be identified with reasonable certainty with the var. a of Linnaeus'
Oenothera foliis ovato-lanceolatis denticulatis, floribus lateralibus in
summo caulis (Hort. Cliff). To be sure Linnaeus assigned this
plant no name of his own, citing merely two polynomials of Tourne-
fort's. One of them, however, Onagra latifolia, flore dilutiore Tourn.
was merely a new name for Hermann's Lysimachia corniculata non
papposa, Virginiana, major, flore sulphureo (Hort. acad. Lugd.-Bat.
Catalogus, 1687) which was grown and described at Leyden half a
century before Linnaeus’ residence in Holland. We are therefore
justified in treating the lighter-flowered plant of Holland as a variety
of the other, which is to be regarded as the type of Oenothera biennis.
The two plants, according to Professor de Vries, differ in the one
character only.

It would hardly have been worth while to give in so much detail
the reasons for selecting the common plant of Holland as typical
Oenothera biennis but for the fact that certain botanists do not seem
to realize that such a selection should be made according to principle.
Dr. Britton, for instance, seems to have been able to select from
among the American Oenotheras one which he arbitrarily pronounced
to be Oenothera biennis “in the strictest sense." !

In a recent paper, Dr. Gates? has mentioned a specimen in the
Linnaean Herbarium which he calls “the type specimen of Linnaeus’s
Oenothera biennis in the Species Plantarum." It would seem to be
unnecessary to point out that Linnaeus had no * types" in the modern
sense, and that the specimens in the Linnaean Herbarium cannot be

1'5,...a number of plants of Onagra biennis (in the strictest sense), growing
in uncultivated land in the New York Botanical Garden in 1903, were selected to form
the basis of a pedigree culture in 1904." Macdougal, Vail, Shull, and Small; Mutants
and Hybrids of the Oenotheras, p. 9, 1905, “Parental individuals were selected and
verifled by Dr. N. L. Britton in 1903, and from the seeds furnished by them the
plants were grown which furnished material for the descriptive diagnosis published
in a previous paper (Macdougal, Vail, Shull and Small, 1905). "This is not the species
growing wild in Europe and cited by de Vries in his 'Mutationstheorie.'" Macdougal,
Vail, and Shull: Mutations, Variations and Relationships of the Oenotheras, p. 56, 1907.

These quotations refer to the same culture,
2 Gates, R. R.: Mutation in Oenothera. American Naturalist xlv (1911) pp. 577-

606.

52 Rhodora [Marcu

considered as “types” unless there is actual evidence that Linnaeus
drew up his description wholly or in part from the preserved speci-
men.! In the case of Oenothera biennis, especially, where nothing in
the account given in the Species Plantarum is original to that work,
no herbarium specimen can be interpreted as a type unless it is defi-
nitely associable with the Hortus Cliffortianus. Mr. Gates himself
states? that “ . . .the actual specimens in the British Museum. .. which
are supposed to have served as the types for the Hortus Cliffortianus
are not fully authenticated. "The handwriting is said not to be that
of Linnaeus..." ete. Under the circumstances the best cóurse seems
to be to accept as true Oenothera biennis the common plant of Holland
which Professor de Vries has referred to under this name in his Muta-
tionstheorie. A diagnosis of this plant follows.

OENOTHERA BIENNIS L. Biennial. Mature rosettes large, some-
times 65 cm. in diameter (smaller if forced to flower the first year).
Outer leaves with petioles 9-10 cm. long and oblanceolate or oblong
lanceolate blades, 20-24 em. long, 5.5-7.5 em. broad, gradually narrowed
to the sinuate-dentate base, distantly and minutely repand-denticu-
late toward the abruptly obtuse or acutish apex, with a sparse pubes-
cence on both sides of short, sharp, arcuate hairs. Flowering plant
about 7-10 dm. high, roughly pyramidal in outline, bearing cauline
branches in all the lower axils, and flowers in all the upper axils of the
main axis; branches with empty axils below and flowers above; stems
and foliage green. Stem pubescence consisting of four types of hairs:
I sharp-pointed, thick-walled granulose-roughened hairs from a
tuberculate base (few); II similar but shorter hairs varying greatly
in length, without a tuberculate base (the predominant type); III
thin-walled hairs, round at the apex, of practically uniform diameter,
or slightly clavate (few); and IV very small, ampulliform thin-walled
hairs (mostly in the inflorescence). Lower stem leaves with blades
about 16 cm. long, 4.5 cm. wide, lanceolate, acute, distantly denticu-
late, tapering at the repand-dentate base to a petiole about 4 em. long.
Uppermost stem leaves short-petioled, forming a gradual transition to
the lower bracts, 10 cm. long, 3 em. wide. Lower leaves of the
branches (subtending neither branches nor flowers) ovate, acute,
5.5 em. long, 3 em. wide. Leaf-like lower bracts of both primary and
secondary axes passing gradually to practically entire narrowly lanceo-
late bracts about 25 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, (i: e., 24 times as long
as the ovary at flowering time), clothed with hairs of type II above
and types II and III below. Flowers of medium size. Ovary 10 mm.
long. Hypanthium 35 mm. long, slender, expanding from a diameter

1 In this connection see —

Hitchcock, A. S.: Types of American Grasses. Cont. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xii (1908)
p. 115.

2Am. Nat., xlv (1911) p. 587.

1913] Bartlett,— Systematic Studies on Oenothera 53

of 1.3 mm. near the base to 3 mm. at the orifice, sparsely pubescent
with a few arcuate hairs of type II and more numerous perpendicular
hairs of type III. Calyx segments deflexed in pairs, about 23 mm.
long and 4 mm. wide above the base, bearing slender, strictly terminal,
red-tipped free appendages 3 mm. long, moderately pubescent, hairs
of type II sparse near base but very abundant on the free calyx-tips,
hairs of type III predominant except on the free tips, where they are
lacking, hairs of type IV abundant on the free tips but absent else-
where. Petals yellow, becoming darker on fading with a reddish area
at the base, obcordate, 20 mm. long, 27 mm. wide. Stigma lobes 6-7
mm. long, appressed, lying at the center of the unopened bud (there-
fore shorter than the corolla after expansion) surrounded by the
slightly longer anthers. Capsules loosely aggregated but still over-
lapping in the lower part of the fruiting spike, rather more densely
aggregated above, mostly between 23 and 27 mm. in length, shorter
than the subpersistant foliaceous bracts except above, subquadrangu-
lar, apices of the valves neither spreading nor conspicuously emargi-
nate, sparsely pubescent with arcuate hairs of type II and densely
viscid-puberulent with very short hairs of type III. Seeds light
brown, rather large, 1.7 to 2 mm. long.— Seed received in 1910 from
Professor de Vries with data as follows: “Oenothera biennis. Pure
seed, fertilized by myself in my garden from plants whose parents
were collected in the sand-dunes of Holland.... The pure race,— the
biennis often contains the var. sulphurea.” Plants set out at Beth-
esda, Md., in the spring of 1911 did not flower during that season and
were winter-killed. Sister plants, however, flowered in the garden
of Prof. B. M. Davis at the Bussey Institution, and were self-polli-
nated by him. Their progeny, forced by being started in the green-
house in the winter and set out early in the spring, flowered in 1912
both at Philadelphia and Bethesda. Herbarium specimens; Bartlett
2723, 3113 and 3160.

Oenothera biennis var. sulphurea de Vries in litt. Formae speciei
typicae omnino similis floribus pallidioribus sulphureis exceptis. An
Lysimachia corniculata non papposa, Virginiana, major, flore sulphureo.
Herm. (Hort. Lugd.-Bat. Cat. p. 396. 1687) et Lysimachia lutea.
corniculata flore sulphureo Herm. (Florae Lugd.-Bat. Flores, p. 95..
1690) et Oenothera foliis ovatolanceolatis denticulatis, floribus lateralibus:
in summo caulis, var. a, Linn. (Hort. Cliff. p. 144. 1737)? — Occur~
ring with the typical form in the sand-dunes of Holland.

Bureau or PLaNT Inpustry, Washington, D. C.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate 102. Lower figure: Oenothera biennis, mature rosette of a plant grown
as an annual.
Upper figure: The same plant in flower, showing the long branches of the
lower axils and the simple inflorescence of the main axis.
Plate 103. Branch and lower leaf of the same plant.
Photographs by B. M. Davis, of “11.16 a biennis H,” in cultures grown
from seeds of de Vries at the University of Pennsylvania, 1911. *

54 Rhodora [Marcu

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— XVI.

Tue records on which the reports on the Gramineae are based have
‘been unusually full, except in the case of some of the more recently
described species. Over 3500 of these records are already on file with
the Committee. These represent the Gramineae of the Gray Her-
barium, the Herbaria of the New England Botanical Club, Boston
Society of Natural History, Peabody Academy of Science at Salem,
Wellesley College and Yale University (Dr. C. W. Swan’s collection),
and the personal herbaria of J. R. Churchill, Walter Deane, F. F.
Forbes, F. W. Grigg, F. Tracy Hubbard, C. H. Knowlton, John
Murdoch, Jr., and R. A. Ware. wy,

The collections from the Peabody Academy at Salem and from the
Swan Herbarium at Yale were sent to the Gray Herbarium, where they
were diligently verified. Prof. M. L. Fernald and Mr. F. Tracy
Hubbard have been of special service in this work. The ranges given
are based on actual specimens.

In studying Panicum constant use has been made of the Hitchcock
& Chase monograph, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 1910.

GRAMINEAE.

ZEA.

[Z. Mays L. Occasional on waste land and along railways. Prob-
ably does not reproduce itself wild.]

ANDROPOGON.

A. furcatus Muhl. Dry open ground, frequent throughout.

A. glomeratus (Walt) BSP. Moist field, Duxbury (C. H.
Knowlton, Sept. 10, 1911); Hingham, according to T. T. Bouvé,
The Botany of Hingham, 1893, as A. macrourus Michx.

A. scoparius Michx. Dry sandy and rocky soil, very common
throughout. Probably our most abundant grass.

A. virginicus Muhl. Dry ground, Blue Hill, Milton (E. & C. E.

14 MN v^ 4 ae

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,——XVI 55

Faxon, Oct. 7, 1878; E. Faxon & J. R. Churchill, Oct. 17, 1884;
W. H. Manning, Aug. 15, 1894); Norwood (E. F. Williams, Sept. 15,
1895); Waltham (S. E. French, Sept. 10, 1888).

TRAGUS.

T. RAcEMOSUS Scop. South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, July 20,
1882, and Aug. 20, 1882). A fugitive plant, native in middle and
southern Europe, the Canary Islands, Afghanistan and India.

SORGHASTRUM.

S. nutans (L.) Nash. Dry sandy soil, frequent throughout.

SORGHUM.

S. HALEPENSE (L.) Pers. South Boston (C. E. Perkins, Sept. 1
and 27, 1880); dump, Watertown (R. Hoffmann, Sept. 18, 1899).

S. vuLGARE Pers. Dumps and made land; Lawrence, Brookline,
Boston and South Boston, not collected recently. Probably seeded
from corn-brooms.

DIGITARIA.

D. filiformis (L.) Koeler. Dry sterile soil; frequent except in
Essex County, where it is reported only from Andover.

D. numirusa Pers. Dry soil; frequent from Hingham and Quincy
northward, probably throughout.

D. SANGUINALIS (L.) Scop. Waste and cultivated ground, a
very common weed throughout.

PASPALUM.

P. Muhlenbergii Nash. Fields and pastures, very common
throughout.

P. psammophilum Nash. Dry sand, Halifax (C. H. Knowlton &
W. P. Rich, July 15, 1906); Duxbury (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 10, 1911).
See Ruopora xiv. 174, 1912.

56 Rhodora [MARCH

PANICUM.

P. Addisonii Nash, ‘ Andover, Blake in 1882" ; see Hitchcock
& Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 244, 1910.

P. agrostoides Spreng. Low open ground, frequent.

P. Ashei Pearson. Rocky woods, Melrose (W. P. Rich, June 28,
1894, July 4, 1894, June 16, 1895).

P. barbulatum Michx. Dry sandy soil; Malden (R. Frohock,
1879); Mattapan, Dorchester (J. R. Churchill, June 21, 1890); Sher-
born (M. L. Loomis, no. 1007, June 14, 1912); Hanson (J. A.
Cushman, no. 2925, June 5, 1908).

P. boreale Nash. Moist soil, occasional in northern half of dis-
trict, also at Sharon.

P. Boscii Poir. Rocky woods, Horn Pond Hill, Woburn (4. S.
Pease, no. 11,364, July 8, 1908); Dorchester (J. R. Churchill, July 1,
1882); Natick (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 4, 1898).

P. calliphyllum Ashe. Medford (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 3, 1881).
The type collection near Ithaca, N. Y., and a collection at Painesville,
O. are the only others known. See Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib. U. S.
Nat. Herb. xv. 178, 1910.

P. capillare L. Gardens, shores and waste land, a very common
weed throughout.

P. clandestinum L. Dry or moist soil, often in thickets or along
streams, frequent.

P. Clutei Nash. (P. mattamuskeetense Ashe of Gray's Manual,
7th ed., 1908; see Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
xv. 188, 1910). Framingham (E. C. Smith, June 21, 1892).

[P. columbianum Scribn. In Rmopoma iii. 126, 1901, this species
is cited from Nantasket Beach, Massachusetts, collected by Dr. Ezra
Brainerd, June 11, 1896; but this specimen has been examined by
Hitchcock € Chase who pronounce it to be P. tsugetorum Nash,
the hairy form called by them “ P. lanuginosum siccanum ” in Contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 245, 1910. This variety was published by them
in Ruopora, viii. 207, 1906.]

P. commutatum Schultes. Dry bank in woods, Wellesley (W.
P. Rich, June 14, 1899; see Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herb. xv. 306, 1910).

P. dichotomiflorum Michx. Wet shores, cultivated and waste
land, frequent.

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,— XVI 57

P. dichotomum L. Woods, usually in dry soil, common through-
out.

P. heterophyllum Bosc. (P. columbianum Scribn; see Hubbard,
Ruopona xiv. 171-2, 1912)... Dry sandy soil, sometimes in rich open
woods; occasional from Holbrook, Canton, Milton, Westwood, New-
ton, Wellesley and Framingham northeastward.

P. heterophyllum Bosc, var. thinium (Hitche. & Chase) Hubbard
(P. columbianum Scribn., var. thinium Hitche. € Chase; see Hubbard,
Ruopora xiv. 172, 1912). Winchester (C. E. Perkins, Sept. 1, 1882);
sandy hillside, Manchester (F. T. Hubbard, Oct. 1, 1912).

P. huachucae Ashe. Dry soil, eight stations in central part of
district.

P. huachucae Ashe, var. fasciculatum (Torr.) Hubbard (var.
silvicola Hitche. € Chase; see Hubbard, Ruopona, xiv. 171, 1912).
In moister soil than the typical form, often in woods; common from
North Scituate, Canton and Norwood northward, probably through-
out.

P. implicatum Scribn. Dry and moist soil, common.

P. languidum Hitche. & Chase. North side of Prospect Hill on
new road, Waltham (E. F. Williams, Oct. 6, 1895). Mr. F. Tracy
Hubbard published in Ruopora xiv. 37, 1912, P. languidum, no. 205,
from West Gloucester, specimens having been submitted to Mrs. Chase
at Washington. Since then Mrs. Chase has decided that the plant
is P. tennesseense Ashe.

P. latifolium L. Sandy and rocky soil, usually in open woods;
frequent in northern and central portions, apparently rare southward.

P. Lindheimeri Nash. Dry soil, rare or local; Manchester, South
Boston, West Roxbury, Canton Junction, Wellesley, Framingham.

P. linearifolium Scribn. Dry soil, mostly in woods; occasional,
especially in central section.

P. lucidum Ashe. Rich woods, rare; Manchester, Melrose,
Quincy, Framingham.

P. macrocarpon Torr. (P. Seribnerianum Nash; see Hubbard,
Ruopora xiv. 184, 1912). Dry sand and gravel; common in most
of the district, but not reported from the extreme south.

[P. mattamuskeetense Ashe. 'The plant reported under this name
in Ruoponma ii. 114, 1901, proves to be P. commutatum Schultes
according to Mrs. Chase in litt.]

P. meridionale Ashe. Rich open woods; Beverly Farms, one

58 Rhodora | [Marcu

specimen (F. T. Hubbard, no. 475a, Sept. 29, 1912); near Silver Lake,
Wilmington (G. G. Kennedy, June 11, 1899); Wellesley, no data, speci-
men in Herb. Wellesley College;' top of Blue Hill, Milton (G. G. Ken-
nedy, July 10, 1899); woods by Purgatory Swamp, Norwood (F. F.
Forbes, June 27, 1903).

P. microcarpon Muhl. Blue Hills (W. H. Manning, Aug. 11,
1894); “ The Pines," Milton (G. G. Kennedy, Aug. 23, 1894); Mil-
ton, woods near Crossman’s (J. R. Churchill, July 4, 1910); Milton
(H. H. Bartlett, no. 844; see Hitchcock € Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herb. xv. 182, 1910); Blue Hills, West Quincy (J. R. Churchill,
July 11, 1891); Wellesley (W. P. Rich, June 14, 1899).

P. uiLTACEUM L. Waste land, occasional.

P. oligosanthes Schultes. Rocky soil, reasonably common,
Waverly, Belmont (F. T. Hubbard, Oct. 13, 1912). An extension of
range northward from New Jersey.

P. oricola Hitchc. & Chase. Sand dunes, Ipswich ( K. M. Wiegand,
June 25, 1908; F. T. Hubbard, Oct. 5, 1911; M. L. Fernald, Oct. 15,
1911); Scituate (F. F. Forbes, Aug. 15, 1909).

P. philadelphicum Bernh. Muddy and sandy pond shores, rare;
Foster's and Long Ponds, Andover; Chadwick's Pond, W. Boxford;
Johnson's Pond, Groveland; Winter Pond, Winchester.

P. sphaerocarpon Ell. Dry sandy and gravelly woods and fields,
frequent.

P. spretum Schultes. Swamps and marshes, common.

P. strictum Pursh. (P. depauperatum Muhl.; see Hubbard,
Ruopora xiv. 169, 1912). Dry sandy and gravelly soil, common
throughout.

P.subvillosum Ashe. Dry soil, Gloucester, Ipswich, Wilmington,
Malden, Woburn, Natick.

P. tenesseense Ashe. Woods and fields, usually in coarse soil;
Gloucester, Manchester, Wenham, Winchester, Cambridge, Boston,
Framingham, Milton, Scituate, Sharon, Stoughton.

P. TEXANUM Buckl. Cotton waste from mills, Malden (F. S. Collins
& C. W. Swan, Sept. 14-15, 1888). A fugitive weed, native in Texas
and northern Mexico.

P. tsugetorum Nash. Dry sandy fields and woods, frequent.

1 The specimens reported in Ruopona xi. 82, 1909, from Wellesley prove to be P.
isugetorum; those reported from Ipswich, in the same notice, prove to be P. tsuge-
torum and P. oricola.

1913] Fernald € Wiegand,— Variety of Erigeron ramosus 59

P. umbrosum Le Conte. (P. Ashei Pearson; see Hubbard,
Ruopora xiv. 173, 1912). Dry rocky woods; Manchester, Lynn,
Melrose, Malden, West Roxbury, Weston, Blue Hills, West Quincy,
Walpole.

P. villosissimum Nash. Parker Street, Boston (C. W. Swan,
June 19, 1885); Framingham (E. C. Smith, June 29, 1898).

P. virgatum L. Meadows and edges of marshes along the coast,
reaching inland to Boxford, Concord and Bridgewater.

P. virgatum L., var. cubense Griseb. (var. obtusum Wood of Gray's
Manual, 7th ed., 1908; see Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herb. xv. 92, 1910). Occasional near the coast.

P. Werneri Scribn. Dry soil, Winchester, Wellesley, Dover,
Natick, Sherborn, Westwood, Walpole, Holbrook, Norwell.

P. xanthophysum Gray. Gravel pit, Lowell Junction, Andover
(A. S. Pease, Aug. 7, 1903); railway spur, Wellesley (K. M. Wiegand,
July 24, 1912); Framingham, not uncommon (E. C. Smith in RHODORA
i. 98, 1899).

C. H. KNOWLTON
S. F. BLAKE

J. A. CUSHMAN
WALTER DEANE jJ

Committee
on

Local Flora.

A NORTHERN VARIETY OF ERIGERON RAMOSUS.
M. L. FERNALD and K. M. WIEGAND.

For several years botanists collecting in the northern United States
and Canada have been puzzled by a plant which seemed to be near
Erigeron ramosus, as known farther south, but which in its sparser
and more divergent pubescence often seemed referable to E. annuus.
In studying the plants of western Newfoundland it was found that -
there the only Erigeron of this group had these transitional characters,
and in the absence of E. annuus from the island obviously could not
be considered a hybrid between that species and E. ramosus. A recent
study of all available material shows that this tendency of E. ramosus,
with the foliage greener than in the ordinary plant and with the stem

60 Rhodora [MARCH

and leaf-surfaces sparsely hispidulous or nearly glabrous, is the char-
acteristic form of E. ramosus in western Newfoundland, the Mari-
time Provinces and northern New England, where typical E. ramosus
is apparently very local. This same form is found across northern
New York, around the Great Lakes, and in the northwestern states,
where it was long ago noted by Gray, who, on account of its pubescence
placed it with E. annuus of eastern America, with the comment: “also
in Oregon, &c., in a form quite intermediate between this [E. annuus]
and the following [E. strigosus Muhl. i. e. E. ramosus (Walt.) B S P.]”.!
In its habit and in the entire margin of the upper leaves the plant so
strongly resembles E. ramosus that, in spite of the more spreading
character of the pubescence, it seems better treated as a northern
variety of this widely distributed species. In its geographic range
it is closely paralleled by a large number of plants occurring in the
cooler moist regions of the Canadian zone. South of northern New
England the plant is apparently rare in the East, but a few specimens
indicate that, like many other Canadian plants, it extends southward
through the hill country of western Connecticut.

A specimen in the Gray Herbarium from western New York, bearing
the Torrey «€ Gray label, is marked E. strigosus 8, and from its nearly
glabrous stem and leaves is undoubtedly the plant described by Torrey
& Gray as E. strigosus B with “stem and leaves nearly glabrous;
the latter almost constantly entire, except the lowest.” ? Torrey €
Gray, however, cited as a synonym E. integrifolium Bigelow,’ which
was described by Bigelow with the stem “smooth....with barely
perceptible pubescence”; but, although a fragment of Bigelow's plant
preserved in the Gray Herbarium shows his E. integrifolium to
have a smoothish stem, the leaves are closely cinereous-strigose as in
the ordinary form of the species.

Since no name seems to have been previously applied to the northern
plant it may be called:—

ERIGERON RAMOSUS (Walt.) B S P., var. septentrionalis, n. var.,
caule foliisque tenuiter hispidulis vel fere glabris.— Resembling E.
ramosus but with the stem and leaves sparingly hispidulous or nearly
glabrous, instead of cinereous-strigose.— Newfoundland and eastern

Quebec to northern and western New England, northern and western
New York, and Michigan; and from Washington to California and

l Gray, Synop. Fl. i. pt. 2, 219 (1884).
? Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. 176 (1841).
? Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 302 (1824).

Ei d a TEE ^

1913] Fernald € Wiegand,— Variety of Erigeron ramosus — 61

Idaho. Type specimen in the Gray Herbarium: gravelly thickets
along Harry’s River, Newfoundland, August 18, 1910, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 4137.

Specimens examined:— NEWFOUNDLAND: see above. MAGDALEN
IsLANDS: rocky slope of East Cape, Coffin Island, August 17, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6170. QueBEC: dry open soil, Doug-
lastown, August 21 & 22, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; dry pasture,
Bic, July 18, 1905, J. R. Churchill; boggy meadow, Bic, July 20, 1907,
Fernald & Collins, no. 1189; ledges, west shore of Lake Memphrema-
gog, August 5, 1903 (unusual form with villous base of stem), J. R.
Churchill. Prince Epwarp IÍsLAND: dry railroad bank, Mt. Stewart,
July 30, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 6168; dry sandy
open fields, Tignish, August 6, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no.
6169. Nova Scotia: Pictou, July 21, 1907, C. B. Robinson, no. 532.
MAINE: moist clayey slope, upper St. John River at Little Black
River Rapids, September 11, 1907, J. A. Cushman, no. 2079; dry
larch swamp, Presque Isle, July 12, 1902, Williams, Collins & Fernald;
fields, Orono, September 19, 1889, Fernald; gravelly bank, Dover,
September 1, 1894, Fernald; dry thicket, Sangerville, June 29, 1895,
Fernald; Gilead, 1897, Kate Furbish; Fayette, 1876, K. Furbish;
South Poland, 1893, 1895, K. Furbish; Brunswick, 1890, K. Furbish.
New Hampsurre: Sinclair’s Hill, Franconia, September 28, 1896,
Faxon; open ground, Jaffrey, July 14, 1897, B. L. Robinson, no. 214.
Vermont: Willoughby, July 24, 1896, G. G. Kennedy. CONNECTICUT:
Middlebury, June 28, 1896, W. M. Shepardson; dry fields, Greenwich,
July 9, 1907, Cushman & Sanford, no. 1139. New York: Axton,
July 9, 1899, Howlee, Wiegand & Hastings; western N. Y., A. Gray.
MICHIGAN: fields and slashings, Turin, Marquette County, August 8,
1901, Bronson Barlow. Ipamo: neglected orchards and ditch banks,
New Plymouth, June 24, 1910, J. F. Macbride, no. 278. WASHING-
TON: Cascade Mountains to Fort Colville, 1860, Lyall; Pullman,
July 10, 1894, Piper, no. 1821; Cheney, Mrs. Susan Tucker, no. 99.
OREGON: Union County, 1878, Cusick; wet meadows, John Day’s
River, July 5, 1897, Cusick, no. 1695. CALIFORNIA: Plumas County,
1875, J. G. Lemmon, no. 1005.

62 Rhodora [Marca

JUNCUS MONOSTICHUS IN OHIO.
ALMON N. Roop.

On Oct. 13th, 1912, while walking across a large pasture field I
noticed a strange and, to me, new species of Juncus growing among
the somewhat brown and half dried grasses and sedges. A hasty
collection of several specimens was made and upon returning home a
more careful examination convinced me that the plant was Juncus
monostichus Bartlett. An examination of records showed that if it
was indeed this species my find was east of any reported range so, in
order to check any possible error, specimens were sent to Prof.
Robinson of the Gray Herbarium and to Prof. Schaffner of the Ohio
State University, both of whom confirmed my identification.

This plant has not, so far as I can learn, been reported from Ohio.
It appears distinct from any Juncus with. which I am acquainted and
the plants would at once attract the attention of a botanist because
of the peculiar arrangement of the flowers which are erect in a single
row on the upper side of the branches of inflorescence. These branches
at this time had curled inward at the tips, presenting an almost scor-
pioid appearance.

This latter characteristic would probably not be evident earlier
in the season but a dry summer and several severe frosts had partially
turned their color from green to brown and caused the tips of the
branches to roll inward.

Though several plants were found in this one spot I did not search
the surrounding region to see if it was at all prevalent elsewhere but
think the find is rare for this locality. There was nothing to indicate
that the plant had been introduced as the station was in a large,
natural pasture which had never been plowed and not near any evi-
dent source of plant introduction.

Growing with it were an abundance of typical Juncus tenuis Willd.
and occasional plants of a form of Juncus marginatus Rostk. Next
season I shall try and make a more thorough examination of the
locality with respect to this species.

PHALANX, TRUMBULL Co., Ogro.

EU dk d SAP OE P A aos i Se SEyR 137 di
whe To

1913] Stone,— Magnolia tripetala in Springfield, Mass. 63

MAGNOLIA TRIPETALA IN SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHU-
SETTS.

GEORGE E. STONE.

Some time ago my attention was called to one of our cultivated
southern magnolias (Magnolia tripetala L.) growing apparently spon-
taneously in Springfield, Mass. Being interested in the occurrence
of this species in a locality so remote from its native habitat and wish-
ing to learn more of its occurrence there, one day last summer I made
a trip to the location. Dr. W. H. Chapin, of Springfield, who discov-
ered these trees, was the first to call my attention to them. He had
observed them growing in two distinct localities in Springfield and
has been familiar with these groups for some years.

One small tree about nine years old is now growing in Edgewood
swamp, which is only a few rods from a much travelled highway and
near the Boston & Albany railroad. The other station, which I did
not visit, is on the edge of a pond about a mile from the swamp and
about two miles east of the center of the city, towards Wilbraham.
The group located on the pond shore has, I understand, been practi-
cally exterminated by the woodsman’s axe, although a number of
fairly good sized trees formerly grew there. The Edgewood swamp tree
is seven or eight feet high and is growing in rather dense shade, sur-
rounded by tall trees and such undergrowth as poison sumach, lez,
Osmunda cinnamomea and other ferns. The tree was making good
growth and appeared to be perfectly athome. From its habit of growth
it would seem easy for this tree to become established in this location.

There are a number of these trees in cultivation in Springfield,
and it is presumed that the ripened seeds were gathered by birds and
dropped at these two stations. As an ornamental tree M agnolia
tripetala thrives better in our range than some of our native species,
notwithstanding its typical southern habitat.

The factors underlying plant distribution and adaptation are quite
complex and difficult of solution; and in these days of soil surveys it
would be of some importance to agriculture if we could know more
about the subject. It is by no means easy to explain why a tree like
Magnolia tripetala, which grows so well under our climatic conditions,
is not indigenous to this region, or even why M. glauca, which is re-
garded as indigenous here, should be restrieted to such a narrow range.

AMHERST.

64 Rhodora [Marca

A PANICUM UNREPORTED IN NEw ENGLAND.— While collecting this
fall on Arlington Heights I noticed an unusual looking Panicum.
Field observation led me to believe that though it resembled P.
macrocarpon Torr. (P. Scribnerianum Nash) it was not that species,
and more careful study of my specimens, at home, verified my belief.
It proved to be P. oligosanthes Schultes, a species hitherto unrecorded
from New England or north of New Jersey.

P. oligosanthes Schultes closely resembles P. macrocarpon Torr.,
but is distinguishable from it, in the vernal state, by its more pubescent
culms, rather taller growth and longer more hirsute spikelets which
have a relatively longer, more acute first glume. The harsh puberu-
lence of the lower surface of the blades is also in contrast with the
glabrous or appressed pubescent (not the common form) lower sur-
face of the blades of P. macrocarpon. In the autumnal state P.
oligosanthes is usually more heavily branched than P. macrocarpon
and is often top heavy in consequence, as were the specimens which
first called my attention to the difference. Moreover the branches
which also occur sparingly from the lower as well as middle and upper
nodes are always shorter than the vernal culm which noticeably
exceeds them, — whereas in the late state of P. macrocarpon the
elongated autumnal branches exceed the relatively short vernal culm
and panicle. Another rather striking difference is that the autumnal
blades of P. oligosanthes are noticeably reduced in size, especially the
later ones, and are widely spreading,— while the autumnal blades of
P. macrocarpon are only slightly reduced in size and are strongly
ascending. The panicles are even more included than in P. macro-
carpon and are commonly reduced to a few spikelets.

The most northern specimens of P. oligosanthes in the Gray Her-
barium are from Norfolk, Va., but Hitchcock and Chase Contr. Nat.
Herb. 15:285 (1910) report it from Atsion, New Jersey. My speci-
mens are Nos. 497, rocky soil, Waverley, Mass., Oct. 13, 1912 and 498,
same locality, Oct. 17, 1912. Specimens of the first number were sent
to Washington, D. C., and verified by Mrs. Agnes Chase.

This species seems to be relatively plentiful in some of the rocky
fields and along the roadside of the Waverley portion of Arlington
Heights and was noted by me in small plots in several different places
along about a mile of road. I did not see any plants of P. macrocarpon.

- — F. Tracy Hussarp, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Vol. 15, no. 170, including pages 21 to 44, was issued 4 March, 1913,

|

Rhodora Plate 100

OENOTHERA ANGUSTISSIMA, Sp. nov.

AE wo AM OA ule. i Mor LE
T OWN j

Rhodora Plate 101

OENOTHERA ANGUSTISSIMA, Sp. nov.

Plate 102

BIENNIS

OENOTHERA

Rhodora

3

.
LI

Plate 10

Rhodora

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. April, 1913. No. 172.

SOME PLANTS OF THE SOUTHBURY TRIASSIC AREA.
E. B. HARGER.

THE small area of Triassic sandstone with its accompanying trap
ridges, which lies in the towns of Southbury and Woodbury, Connecti-
eut, has long been of interest to geologists, and full descriptions of it
from a geological point of view may be found in publications of the
U. S. Geological Survey.

During the past few years the writer has had occasional opportuni-
ties for botanizing in parts of this area, and has found it unusually
rich in species rare in the state and in New England.

The area underlaid by Triassic rocks is roughly oval in outline and
is some six miles in length (north and south) by about three miles
in width. It is generally below the level of the surrounding country
and is divided into an eastern and a western valley by a group of trap
ridges which run a little east of north through the central part. A
small river, the Pomperaug, is formed at the northerly end of the
valley by the junction of smaller tributaries and flows at first south-
westwardly in the western valley but soon turning passes through a
break in the central ridge and flows southerly through the eastern
valley, then turning westerly sweeps in a broad curve around the end
of the central highland and entering the western valley again flows
northward as if bent on returning to its source. After about a mile,
however, it turns in an acute angle to the southwest and enters the
Housatonic river opposite its circuit of the ridge.

Three villages lie in the area,— Woodbury in the western valley
at the north, Southbury in the central and southern part of the eastern
valley, and South Britain in the southerly part of the western valley.
The towns of Southbury and Woodbury divide the area between them,

66 Rhodora [APRIL

with perhaps the greater part in Southbury, which includes South
Britain.

My explorations have to a large extent been made from South
Britain as a base but have included most of the territory to some
degree. A locality of special interest is formed at South Britain by
the river shores and alluvial meadows extending southerly from the
acute angle of the river some half a mile until the river enters the
granitic rocks. Here, close to the caving river bank, I collected,
three or four years ago, a Panicum which at the time was taken for
P. villosissimum Nash and some specimens were distributed under
that name. Later, Mr. C. H. Bissell reported that his specimen from
this collection had been determined by Prof. A. S. Hitchcock as P.
pseudo-pubescens H. & C., but on sending my specimens to Prof.
Hitchcock they were named P. scoparioides Ashe. I was somewhat
puzzled but visited the locality again and found that both the latter
species were growing there together, so that my first collection must
have been of mixed material.

On the alluvial meadows here we find an abundance of Tradescantia
virginica L. growing over a considerable area, perhaps a quarter of a
mile in either direction from the Panicum station and on both sides
of the river. The region was settled very early and this is possibly
introduced but it appears to be native and, if so, this is probably the
most northeasterly known native station. The river banks and
thickets here furnish Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh. and an abundance of
Floetkea proserpinacoides Willd. both of which seem to be rare in the
state. In the summer of 1911 as I was passing by a thicket where
Floerkea made a carpet in the spring, I saw a dodder which appeared
to be strange. I was somewhat skeptical at first as our common
Cuscuta Gronovii Willd. has a way of appearing in strange forms, but
this proved to be Cuscuta obtusiflora HBK. new to New England and
scarcely more than 300 feet from the only known New England station
for Panicum pseudo-pubescens: while the single New England station
for Phlox pilosa L. (see Ruopora 1: 76) is about a mile distant. As
far as yet known these meadows yield no more species unique in New
England or even in Connecticut, but several rare or interesting forms
occur, among them Carex trichocarpa Muhl. which has been known
from Connecticut only a few years but here as elsewhere grows in
masses in the swales, then Viola scabriuscula Schwein. and Claytonia
virginica L. are abundant in their season, while Antennaria canadensis
Greene and Monarda fistulosa L. occur sparingly.

1913] Harger,— Some Plants of Southbury Triassic Area 67

Turning now to the trap ridges which overlook the village of South
Britain from the east we find a little pool near the summit bordered
by a growth of Populus heterophylla L. not known elsewhere within
25 miles; while on the drier rocky slopes Cypripedium parviflorum
Salisb., Aristolochia Serpentaria L., Parietaria pennsylvanica Muhl.
and Ranunculus fascicularis Muhl. grow sparingly. A small amount
of Pellaea atropurpurea Link. grows here in crevices of sandstone
and is also found in Woodbury on trap.

On the second ridge eastward Mr. A. E. Blewitt discovered the
showy Cynthia, Krigia amplexicaulis Nutt., growing on a rather dry
stony roadside remote from dwellings or cultivation.

At the southern end of one of these ridges overlooking the river is
the type locality of Arabis viridis Harger (Ruopora 13: 37). This
also occurs sparingly near the station for Populus heterophylla L.
and was collected by Dr. E. H. Eames in Orenaug Park, Woodbury
on a trap ridge at the northerly end of the area.

Returning again to the lowland, as we go from South Britain toward
Southbury we find the roadside bordered with Dipsacus sylvestris L.
while a meadow near is yellow with Galium verum L. and nearly oppo-
site is found Physalis virginiana Mill. Along the parallel road south
of the river Agrimonia parviflora Ait. and Linum sulcatum Riddle,
have been found, the latter occasional through the eastern valley into
Woodbury. Just at the southern limit of the Triassic is located the
station for Phlox pilosa L. already mentioned and with it or near by
grow Anemone cylindrica Gray and Convolvulus spithamaeus L. while
another dodder, Cuscuta arvensis Beyrich, was collected in a field near
by.
Passing now into the eastern valley we find staminate Salix alba L.
var. vitellina Koch. along a tributary of the Pomperaug and formerly
there was a quantity of Monarda didyma L. in a fence-row along the
road. A little farther north Cuphea petiolata Jacq., Verbena angusti-
folia Michx. and Aster amethystinus Nutt. grow in dry soil on one
farm and near the northern limit of Southbury one of the “king devil”
weeds, Hieracium pratense Tausch. (probably), is gaining a good foot-
hold in a dry field. On a roadside near by the writer discovered
Senecio Balsamitae Muhl. var. praelongus Greenm., the first record
for this part of the state. "This was later collected in Woodbury by
Eames and Godfrey.

Passing now into the town of Woodbury we find a small sphagnum

68 Rhodora [APRIL

bog at the southerly end of the village which contains a quantity of
Kalmia polifolia Wang., the most southerly record for the state.
Across a sandy ridge from this bog on the banks of the Pomperaug
I found in 1884 Hibiscus Moscheutus L. The date of this record is of
interest as the adjacent country has since been planted with native
and exotie showy species and the present-day collector, if he found the
rose-mallow there, would be apt to take it for a planted specimen,
but in 1884 the place was entirely “ unimproved.”

Along a road leading westerly from the village of Woodbury and
in the adjacent fields are a quantity of Avena pubescens Huds. and
Galium Mollugo L., the former new to the state. Farther to the
westward the upper reaches of a pond are covered with Wollfia co-
lumbiana Karst., here discovered by Eames & Godfrey, and near by
along a brook grows Carex tribuloides Wahlenb. var. reducta Bailey.
Other noteworthy species of Woodbury have been mentioned in con-
nection with their occurrence farther south.

OXFORD, CONNECTICUT.

SOME NORTH AMERICAN RELATIVES OF POLYGONUM
MARITIMUM.

M. L. FERNALD.

IN studying a glaucous large-fruited Polygonum which abounds on
the sandy beaches of the Magdalen Islands and on some of the sands
of western Newfoundland, Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island,
it has been necessary to examine in some detail the plants which have
passed in America as Polygonum maritimum. One of these, P.
Fowleri Robinson, is sufficiently distinct in aspect as well as in habitat
to need little discussion here, although it is worthy of note that this
species of damp saline shores from the Straits of Belle Isle to the
mouth of the Kennebec seems nowhere to encroach on the areas
occupied by either of the other two plants to be discussed; for, while
one of them is known only from the sands of western Newfoundland
and the islands of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the other follows the

1913] Fernald,— Polygonum martimum 69

sands of the Atlantic from northeastern Massachusetts to Georgia,
P. Fowleri of somewhat heavier and damper soils has not, so far as
the writer can determine, been detected in western Newfoundland,
on the Magdalen Islands, nor on Prince Edward Island but occurs
on the outer or eastern coast of Newfoundland and follows the main-
land shores from Labrador and the lower St. Lawrence around the
coast of New Brunswick and the coasts of Nova Scotia, to the islands
between the lower Kennebec and Casco Bay — perhaps 120 miles
by the coast from the northern limit of the third member of the group.

'The plant which has long passed as Polygonum maritimum on the
coast of the Atlantic United States, the whitish plant of sea-sands
from Massachusetts southward, is a prostrate annual which by the
earlier students of our flora was taken to be a purely American repre-
sentative of the European P. maritimum L. To be sure, Linnaeus had
included the American plant with his frutescent Mediterranean spe-
cies, P. maritimum, saying: “Habitat Monspelii, in Italia, Virginia.
h "s but by Pursh it was treated, with a very inaccurate statement
of its characters, as an American variety, his P. marinum, 8. roseum,
said to be a “small prostrate evergreen [!] plant, with white or rose-
coloured flowers."? Nuttall, however, better understood the situa-
tion when he treated the plant of our Atlantic sands as a new species,
P. glaucum, and said: “Has. On the sandy beach of the sea, around
Egg-Harbour, New Jersey; possesses much the aspect of P. aviculare,
but produces flowers which are conspicuous and elegant, and occurs
in situations which pronounce it native; not naturalized as aviculare,
the seed is also remarkably distinct. A. [P.] maritimum of Europe has
never yet been found on the American sea-coast."? And Torrey also
evinced a close knowledge of the plant when, taking up Nuttall’s
P. glaucum in 1824, he said: “It can hardly be P. maritimum of Lin-
naeus, a native of the shores of the Mediterranean, for that species
is frutescent and evergreen, while our plant appears to be decidedly
annual.’”4

Nevertheless, in spite of Linnaeus’s statement that his Mediter-
' ranean Polygonum maritimum was frustescent and the emphasis laid
upon this character by Torrey, Nuttall's annual P. glaucum was soon

1 L. Sp. Pl. 361 (1753).

? Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 269 (1814).

3 Nutt. Gen. i. 255 (1818).

‘Torr. Fl. N. & M. U. S. i. 401 (1824).

70 Rhodora [APRIL

re-merged with P. maritimum and has been so denominated by prac-
tically every subsequent student of the group, although the duration
of the plant has caused considerable embarrassment. Thus Torrey
himself, in 1843, placing P. glaucum again in P. maritimum, said:
* Annual (in the Southern States apparently perennial, and even
suffrutescent as in the plant of the Mediterranean shores)"; but in a
succeeding paragraph he further qualified his statement by adding:
* It is not improbable that the southern plant may be only an annual;
for I have not seen the root, and ours is hard and woody at the base,
particularly late in the season." ! The first edition of Gray's Manual
indicated it as annual, doubtfully perennial; the second, third and
fourth editions called it annual but further confused its identity by
reducing it to the very different P. aviculare, var. littorale Link and
adding as synonyms the equally different P. maritimum Ray (P. Rai
Bab.) and the even more distinct P. Roberti Loisel. In the fifth edi-
tion of the Manual P. glaucum somewhat cleared itself of these en-
tangling alliances but still passed as P. maritimum and was said to
have *a hard and somewhat woody and perennial root...at the
north apparently only annual"; in the Sixth edition, as P. maritimum,
it is called “Perennial, at length woody at base (or sometimes
annual)"; and in the seventh edition, as species no. 1, P. maritimum,
it is indicated with no. 2, P. Fowleri (always annual so far as the
writer has observed at numerous stations) as an exceptional species
of the section Avicularia, which is said to consist of “ glabrous annuals,
except nos. 1 and 2." Wood, also, passed through a similar psycho-
logical (not to say imitative) change in regard to the plant, in the
second edition of his Class Book (1847) saying it was annual and
treating it as Polygonum aviculare, B. glaucum, a treatment which
also occurs in the so-called * Forty-first Edition" of 1856. In the
edition of 1861, however, he swung with the general tide, treated the
plant as P. maritimum and said that it was perennial. Small, also,
in his Monograph of the North American Species of Polygonum ?
and in Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora and the different editions
of Britton's Manual has accepted the traditional statement and says
of the plant, as P. maritimum: “Perennial or sometimes annual."
'The conspicuous feature of these characterizations, it will be seen,
is that, when treated as Polygonum maritimum, the description of

1 Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii. 153 (1843).
? Small, Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Col. i. 100 (1895).

1913] Fernald,— Polygonum maritimum 71

Nuttall’s P. glaucum has been forced to fit the Linnean definition
as a perennial, but usually with apologies for its annual character
on our coast. When, however, the plant has stood upon its own
merits it has as regularly been described as an annual. In his experi-
ence with the plant in the field the writer has never seen any reason
to question Torrey’s original statement that P. glaucum is “decidedly
annual," nor do the herbarium specimens available give any evidence
that this is not the fact.

When, however, we examine authentic material of Polygonum
maritimum, the plant of the sands of the Mediterranean, but found
locally northward on the Atlantic coast as far as the Channel Islands
and possibly England, we find that, although it may sometimes
flower as an annual or biennial, it is, as described by Linnaeus, Torrey, |
and the Mediterranean botanists, ordinarily a suffruticose plant with
stout branches 1.5-4 mm. thick at base, and usually closely invested
with very conspicuous overlapping white hyaline stipules, which are
1-2 em. long and have numerous (usually 12) nerves, the longest of
which are 8-18 mm. long. The annual American P. glaucum, on the
other hand, has the tough but scarcely ligneous branches only 1-2 mm.
thick, the lower internodes commonly exceeding the stipules, which
are only 7-10 mm. long, with the longest nerves only 5-8 mm. in length.
In their extremes the measurements of these two plants slightly over-
lap, but when good fruit is examined it is found that the European
P. maritimum has achenes 4.5-5 mm. long, with faces 2.5-3.5 mm.
broad; while the American P. glaucum has the achenes distinctly
smaller, 3-4 mm. long, with faces 1.6-2.2 mm. broad. In view of
this aggregation of characters there seems, then, no good reason for
longer confusing the endemic American P. glaucum Nutt. with its
cousin of southern Europe, P. maritimum L.

'The other glaucous large-fruited and petaloid-flowered Polygonum
of the sands, the plant which abounds on the Magdalen Islands and
is found on the neighboring sands of Prince Edward Island, Cape
Breton and western Newfoundland, has also had an unfortunate
experience in maintaining its own identity. This plant, like P.
glaucum, is an annual, but it has greener usually less revolute leaves,
shorter and therefore less conspicuous stipules, only 4-8 mm. long
and with the longest nerves 3-5 mm. in length; and its achenes are

1‘* Very rare and perhaps extinct in England.... In the Channel Islands it is
much more plentiful.” — Syme, Engl. Bot. viii. 70 (1873).

72 Rhodora [APRIL

as large as in the European P. maritimum, in well developed plants
4.5-5.3 mm. long, with faces 3-3.5 mm. broad. Its handsome white-
rimmed flowers, too, are more obviously herbaceous below than in
either P. glaucum or P. maritimum. This plant from the Gulf of St.
Lawrence closely matches P. Raii Babington, a species of maritime
sands from Scandinavia and Great Britain to northeastern France,
and there seems no reason for not so calling it.

But unfortunately the name Polygonum Raii (often spelled Rayi)
has recently been set aside by many European botanists and has
been replaced by the name P. Roberti Loiseleur; and following this
European lead American students have begun to use the name E
Roberti instead of P. Raii.! This understanding of the matter arose,
apparently, from the fact that Meisner states in DeCandolle's Pro-
dromus that material sent to him by Loiseleur was a mixture, but that
the name properly belonged to P. aW. Loiseleur's species was de-
scribed from maritime sands of the Mediterranean, and since P. Rati,
according to Rouy,? does not occur south of the shores of the English
Channel (la Manche), it is hardly probable that P. Roberti, collected
by Robert on the sands near Toulon, is identical with the northern
plant. Furthermore, Rouy maintains? as P. Roberti a very distinct
plant of the Mediterranean sands, with achenes only 2-3 mm. long.
Under these circumstances it is apparently wiser to reinstate the name
P. Raii for the northern plant to which it was originally applied.

As already pointed out by Dr. Robinson,‘ the plant which for some
time passed in America as Polygonum Rai, the plant of damp brackish
or saline shores from southern Labrador to southern Maine, is an
endemic American species, P. Fowleri. This species, which occurs
also upon our northwestern coast (but apparently not from “New
Brunswick to Vancouver Island," as stated by Small?) and was de-
scribed by Meisner from Sitka as P. littorale, B. buxifolium 5 (as shown
by the original material in the DeCandolle herbarium), lacks the
glaucous hue of P. maritimum, P. glaucum, and P. Rai, ordinarily
having a warm green or purplish tone. It is also quickly distinguished
from those three species of the sands by its blunt or round-tipped

1 See Robinson, Ruopona, iv. 67 (1902); Eames, ibid. xi. 93 (1909); Fernald, ibid.
xiii. 138 (1911).

? Rouy, Fl. Fr. xii. 110, 111 (1910). 3 Rouy, l. c.

4 Robinson, Ruopora, l. c.

5 Small, Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Col. i. 98 (1895).

6 Meisner in DC. Prodr. xiv. 98 (1856).

1913] May,— Cypripedium acaule 73

usually flat leaves, by the short faintly nerved stipules, by the smaller
very herbaceous calyx with oblong (not oval or obovate) narrowly
crimson- or pink-margined lobes, and by its olivaceous (not casta-
neous or blackish) achene. In fact, P. Fowleri in its characters and
aspect as well as its habitat is quite unlike the three plants with
which it has sometimes been confused and has its affinities much
more with the boreal P. islandicum Meisner, the range of which it
overlaps on the Straits of Belle Isle.

Gray HERBARIUM.

A TERATOLOGICAL SPECIMEN OF CYPRIPEDIUM
ACAULE.

JoHN B. May, M. D.

ABNORMALITIES among flower forms are often of great interest to
the student of botanical morphology, in that they sometimes furnish
a clue or a connecting link to an earlier and now extinct form of the
plant. I therefore make these notes of a specimen of Cypripedium
acaule, found May 26, 1912, growing in the wild garden of Mr. Francis
Southwick, at Waban, Mass. The two upper or lateral petals were
enlarged, with irregular, wavy edges, part of each petal showing the
parallel veining of the typical form, and part presenting the pink
coloring, netted veining, and in-curved edges of the third petal or
labellum. ‘The relationship between the three petals was shown very
plainly, while in the normal blossom the layman usually considers the
lateral petals as sepals. The sepals and column were apparently
normal. Y

After photographing and sketching the flower, I rubbed some of
its own pollen on the stigma in an attempt at fertilization, with the
rather remote possibility of seedlings appearing which would per-
petuate the oddity.

Henry Baldwin, in his “Orchids of New England," describes a
specimen of Cypripedium spectabile found in 1881 near Lake Michi-

74 Rhodora [APRIL

gan. “The monstrosity was an almost regular flower growing on the
same stem with one of the ordinary form. ... It had no lip but
three regularly formed pure white petals all of the same size and shape.
... Here, in a genus affording some of the most strikingly irregu-
lar flowers in Nature was a flower all but regular." My specimen
was not such an interesting or so extreme a case of reversion of form,
but it fits in well with the theories of the development of the orchid.

As a sidelight on one of Nature's many methods of preventing the
perpetuation of abnormalities, let me describe a specimen of Arethusa
bulbosa found in Gloucester in late summer, in 1906. Two faded
blossoms were growing from a single.root, the only two-flowered
specimen I ever found. The scapes were parallel and the same
length, ànd the two flowers faced each other in such a way that the
parts were interlaced like the fingers of folded hands and the entrance-
of insects was effectually prevented. "The flowers in fading had stuck
together firmly, and the shrivelled ovaries showed plainly that fer-
tilization had not taken place.

WaABAN, MASSACHUSETTS.

SOME NOTEWORTHY VARIETIES OF BIDENS.
M..L. FERNALD.

In 1908, the writer recorded! the occurrence of the common Euro-
pean Bidens tripartita L. as an apparently native plant of swamps at
Percé, Gaspé County, Quebec, and at that time called attention to
the characters which differentiate it from the American species, B.
frondosa and B. connata, to which it is related. It was, therefore,
gratifying, while exploring in August last with Messrs. Bayard Long
and Harold St. John on the Magdalen Islands in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, to find, as we had expected to do, B. tripartita abundant
there, growing either in shallow water at the margins of brackish
ponds or in boggy spots near the sea-strand, and later in August to

' 1 Fernald, Ruopona, X. 200 (1908).

1913] Fernald,— Some Noteworthy Varieties of Bidens 75

find it growing abundantly on the marshes near the Hillsborough
River in Prince Edward Island.

Upon studying the specimens collected, however, the somewhat
striking fact comes out that, though in all the material from the
Magdalens and from Gaspé the awns and margins of the achenes are
retrorsely barbed as in the European Bidens tripartita, the achenes
of all the material (thirty or more sheets representing three different
collections) from Prince Edward Island have the margins and awns
uniformly upwardly barbellate, so that the achenes suggest those
of the local B. frondosa, var. anomala Porter,! which is known to the
writer only from marshes of the lower Schuylkill and Delaware rivers
(in Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Delaware), from the mouth of the
Androscoggin in Maine, and from the regions of Halifax, Nova Scotia
and of St. Ann's, Cape Breton. This fact, in conjunction with the
incident that the three collections of B. tripartita gathered without
field-study in Prince Edward Island should all show a parallel pe-
culiarity, indicates that this class of varieties is worthy more atten-
tion than some students have been inclined to give them.

On account of its upwardly barbed awns, the plant of the Phila-
delphia region, Bidens frondosa, var. anomala, was supposed by Asa
Gray? to be a hybrid of B. frondosa and B. (or Coreopsis) bidentoides,
a species known only from the region of Philadelphia. But as al-
ready pointed out by Wiegand “it does not show the necessary inter-
mediate condition of other characters, and can scarcely be considered
as such [a hybrid]. "* And in a recent letter to the writer Mr. Bayard
Long remarks: “ All the localities, you see, are along the lower Schuyl-
kill and Delaware waters. ... There can be no doubt that anomala
represents, at least in our area, a tide-water form. All the localities
definitely point to this. ... Typical frondosa seems very often to
grow with anomala. ... But despite this, I imagine you are quite
right in believing anomala to be a real geographic variety. It cer-
tainly does not have anything to do with B. bidentoides, even in the
Delaware system. Furthermore, the occurrence of var. anomala in
the marshes of northeastern Cape Breton or of the Halifax region,
900 and 750 miles respectively from the locality of B. bidentoides, as
well as on the lower Androscoggin, all regions which show in their

1 Porter ex Fernald, Ruopona, v. 91 (1903).
? Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 296 (1878).
3 Wiegand, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 407 (1899).

76 Rhodora [APRIL

floras a large number of identities! with the flora of southern New
Jersey and adjacent districts, indicates that it is a positive geographic
variety.

It is remarkable that this variation of the awns in Bidens, known in
America in at least six species (B. discoidea,? B. Eatoni,® B. frondosa,
B. connata,* and B. tripartita, and in B. aristosa to be discussed below),
should not have been noted in Europe. A somewhat detailed search
through European treatments of Bidens has failed, at any rate, to
reveal any mention of such a variation in Europe. It seems, therefore,
that the Prince Edward Island variation of B. tripartita should be
treated as an endemic variety of this species, which in its typical form
is known in America only from the neighboring coasts of the Gaspé
Peninsula and of the Magdalen Islands. The plant may be called

BIDENS TRIPARTITA L., var. heterodoxa, n. var., formae typicae
habitu statura etc. simile; foliis inferioribus mediisque 3-5-partitis,
lobis lanceolatis argute serratis; foliis superioribus subsimplicibus vel
simplicibus, eis ramorum simplicibus lanceolatis serratis; achaeniis
biaristatis, margine aristisque sursum barbellatis.

Like the typical form in habit, stature, etc.: lower and median
leaves 3-5-parted, with lanceolate coarsely serrate lobes; the upper
leaves subsimple or simple; those of the branches simple, lanceolate,
serrate: achenes 2-awned; their margins and awns upwardly bar-
bellate.— Prince Epwarp IsLaND: border of salt marsh, Bunbury,
August 28, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8206 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.), also no. 8207 (form with many undivided leaves); fresh
spring-fed marsh, Southport, August 28, 1912, no. 8205.

1 On the lower Androscoggin and confluent lower Kennebec waters such excessively
localized plants (most of them known from no other area in Maino) as Lophotocarpus
spongiosus, Eleocharis rostellata, Scirpus Smithii, var. setosus, Lilaeopsis lineata,
Samolus floribundus, and Limosella aquatica, var. tenuifolia; near Halifax such species
as Woodwardia virginica (in Maine unknown east of the lower Penobscot), Schizaea
pusilla (unknown in New England), Typha angustifolia (unknown in Maine from east
of the lower Kennebec), Salicornia mucronata (unknown in Maine from east of York
County) and Ilex glabra (unknown in New England from east of the Boston district);
in Cape Breton such plants as Schizaea pusilla, Lycopodium inundatum, var. Bigelovti
and Iris prismatica (unknown between York County, Maine and Cape Breton).

?'"T[ have observed downwardly barbed awns in Coreopsis discoidea.''— Britton,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xx. 280 (1893).

* B. Eatoni, var. fallar Fernald, Ruopona, v. 92 (1903).

4“ Specimens from Ithaca, N. Y., and Ohio (Selby) as well as one in the National
Herbarium collected by Dr. Vasey near Washington have upwardly barbed awns
but other characters the same as in the type. At Ithaca these upwardly barbed
plants grow over a considerable area almost to the exclusion of the normal form;
but many transitional specimens were found in which the awns bore barbs extending
in either direction." — Wiegand, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 415 (1899). This is B.
connata, var. anomala Farwell, Ann. Rep. Comm. Parks and Boul., Detroit. xi. 91
(1900).

19131 Fernald,— Some Noteworthy Varieties of Bidens 77

In 1858, J. Q. A. Fritchey sent to Dr. Gray from the neighborhood
of St. Louis a plant which in all outward characteristics was Bidens
(at that time considered a Coreopsis) aristosa (Michx.) Britton, but
differing from typical Coreopsis aristosa, which has the awns upwardly
barbellate, in having retrorsely barbed awns. Dr. Gray was natur-
ally interested in the anomalous plant and requested more informa-
tion and material. This was sent by Mr. Fritchey on September 12,
1859, his letter saying: “Today I again examined the flower pro-
nounced by you Coreopsis aristosa and which I had called a Bidens
from the awns being barbed downwards. The awns of all achenia that
I examined were barbed downwards, none were even spreading. ‘The
flowers which I examined grew in the same location that those grew
in which I pressed last year and sent you. ... In this neighbor-
hood the plant is very abundant along the North Missouri Railroad
between this [Bridgeton] and St. Louis, frequently for a mile in length
and a rod in width. This plant grows so thick that at a short dis-
tance even it appears like solid gold." There are three sheets of the
Fritchey material preserved in the Gray Herbarium and upon them
Dr. Gray marked “C. aristosa in Bidentem transformata (C. aristosa
turned to a Bidens)!!" and in a discussion of Coreopsis, published in
1862, he said: “Coreopsis and Bidens are separated by a single, arti-
ficial, and not wholly constant character. The group of species on
which Nuttall grounded his genus Diodonta wholly accords with the
Platycarpea section of Bidens, except that the awns or teeth are
antrorsely hispid or naked. Recently we have received, from Mr.
Fritchey of Missouri, specimens of C. aristosa, Michx., or perhaps of
a wild cross between that species and some Bidens, with retrorsely
hispid awns.”! And in the Synoptical Flora Dr. Gray treated the
plant as a hybrid of Coreopsis aristosa “with Bidens frondosa or others.”

Subsequently, however, a considerable amount of material has
accumulated, which shows that this variety of Bidens aristosa with
retrorsely barbed awns is widely distributed, collections coming in
from several different sections of Illinois and Missouri. The imme-
diate stimulus which has led the writer to study the plant was the
receipt through Mr. John H. Lovell of material sent to him from
Illinois for determination with the statement that it is found “in the
swamps of Illinois and along the Mississippi River” and is highly
esteemed-by bee-keepers on account of its great yield of honey. A
close study of the seven collections at hand fails to indicate that the

1 Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. v. 125, 126 (1862).

78 Rhodora [APRIL

plant has any admixture of B. frondosa, for except in the barbing of
the awns it exactly simulates true B. aristosa; but so attractive is the
suggestion of hybridity as an explanation of anomalous plants that
one of the collections from the Mississippi Valley was labeled by its
collector “Coreopsis bidentoides Nutt. X Bidens frondosa L.,” a re-
markable combination to find in Illinois and Missouri since Coreopsis
(or Bidens) bidentoides is known only from the lower Delaware River!
The status of the plant will be better indicated if we call it

BIDENS ARISTOSA (Michx.) Britton, var. Fritcheyi, n. var., formae
typicae habitu foliis achaeniis etc. simile; aristis retrorse barbatis.
— Like the typical form in habit, leaves, achenes, etc.: awns re-
trorsely barbed.— Wet prairies and swamps of Illinois and Missouri.
ILLINOIS: received through J. H. Lovell; Athens, September, 1868,
E. Hall; Champaign, September 29, 1898, H. A. Gleason. MISSOURI:
St. Louis County, September 21, 1858, September 22 and October 3,
1859 (TYPE), J. Q. A. Fritchey; Webb City, September 25, 1908, B. F.
Bush, no. 5175. Adventive in Marne: about wool waste, North
Berwick, Sept. 25, 1897, J. C. Parlin.

Another variation of Bidens aristosa which is anomalous is the plant
with awnless achenes, which is found at various stations «in Ohio,
Tennessee, Missouri and Louisiana, and is adventive in Massachusetts
(Soldier's Field, Brighton, A. S. Pease; Sharon, S. F. Poole) and Con-
necticut (waste land, South Windham, C. B. Graves, no. 259"). This is

B. ARISTOSA, var. MUTICA (Gray) Gattinger, Fl. Tenn. 172 (1901).
Coreopsis aristosa, var. mutica Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 295 (1878).

The combination is here ascribed to Gattinger with hesitation, for
according to a strict interpretation of the rules covering the transfer
of names, Gattinger did not make the combination, for he ascribed it
to Gray, who had called the plant a Coreopsis, and gave no biblio-
graphical citation or synonymic reference. Unfortunately botanical
literature is too full of such vaguely, hesitantly or unintentionally
published names and it is a serious question whether they should be
given more nomeclatorial weight than their authors actually intended.!
By inference only can the combination be ascribed to Gattinger who
merely said: "B. aristosa (Michx.) Britton. Var. mutica A. Gray”;
but by the above complete citation the name is here given a more
definite status.

GRAY HERBARIUM.
1 The writer is glad to note, since this paper went into type, a similar protest by

Christensen against this unintelligent or unconscious publication of new combina-
tions.— See Am. Fern Journ. iii, 1, 2 (1913).

Pide N
are E.
ae naar

IT S

1913] Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs 79

PHLOX DIVARICATA IN VERMONT.— It may be interesting to the
botanists of New England to know that on June 13, 1912, I found a
station for the Blue Phlox, Phlox divaricata L., in Sheldon, Vermont.
I was driving from Fairfield to Sheldon, intent upon business, when
I noticed this blue flower some distance ahead. As I passed it rapidly
I thought it Geranium maculatum L. but it occurred to me that I did
not recall collecting the latter so far North. So I stopped the team
and went back, finding to my delight that the plant was something
new to me. On reaching Sheldon I secured a Manual and quickly
determined it. The station was rather small — though there might
be more in the neighborhood. It was in the damp shade of a maple
sugar grove, the land somewhat rocky. I understand this is the first
station for New England, although the plant has long been known in
northern New York and adjacent Canada.— J. G. UNDERWOOD,
Hartland, Vermont.

THE EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL WINTER MEETING OF THE VERMONT
BorANICAL CLUB was held at St. Johnsbury, January 31 and Febru-
ary 1, 1913, in conjunction with the Vermont Bird Club, with about
the usual attendance. There were eleven botanical papers on the
program. The principal ones were “Misapprehensions Regarding
Some Northern Violets," by Dr. Ezra Brainerd, of Middlebury, who
showed that some of the northern violets are called by wrong names
at the present time; “The Franklin Bog," by Dr. George P. Burns,
of the University of Vermont, a humorous warning against going too
far in calling puzzling things hybrids; “The Botanical Manuals of
the United States," by A. K. Peitersen of the University of Vermont,
showing the territory covered by each, and “Notes on the Flora of
Stratton, Berkshire, Franklin, Newport, Island Pond and Hartland,”
by Jay G. Underwood of Hartland, a resumé of his season’s botaniz-
ing. The summer meeting of 1913 will be held in the West River
' valley, July 1 and 2, which may be extended by those so wishing, by
a camping trip to Stratton Mountain.—Mnmns. Ne ur F. FLYNN,
Secretary.

Tue JOINT SUMMER MEETING OF THE VERMONT BOTANICAL AND
Birp CLubs will be held in the West River Valley with headquarters
at Townshend Inn, Townshend, Vt., July 1 and 2, 1913. Expeditions

80 Rhodora [APRIL

have been planned by the members of the Committee, especially by
Mr. L. A. Wheeler of Townshend who has made a special study of
the Flora of this Valley, to the local points of interest. Hotel rates,
trains and all details will be sent on application to members of this
committee.

A supplementary meeting will follow. Members who decide to
attend will go on July 3 to the town of Stratton in the wildest part of
Southern Vermont. Headquarters will be in the abandoned mill
village known as Grout’s Mills. From this point explorations will
be made of the forests, bogs, etc. of the surrounding country, especially
of the wild meadows and bogs which are reported to lie South of
Grout’s on the Deerfield River, and will be flooded next year by the
Somerset Dam. It should be thoroughly understood by all planning
to attend this supplementary trip that it is strictly a camping trip.
The villages are all abandoned. While there will be a roof over the
heads of the party, everything else will need to be taken in. This
includes, of course, bedding, food and clothing. All should be of the
simplest kind. Everyone who plans to go should be prepared for a
strictly camp trip, with all its inconveniences, its fun, and its joy of
the woods. The committee expect that a forest ranger will be with
the party and will assist in finding trails and in other ways. All the
members of the Committee visited this county last summer and a
partial list of plants found appears in the current bulletin of the Ver-
mont Botanical Club. Persons interested are invited to correspond
with members of the committee who will send detailed circulars.

The Vermont Botanical Club extends a most cordial invitation to
all members of the New England Botanical Club to attend both its
regular summer meeting and its supplementary meeting.

Jay G. Unprerwoop, Hartland, Vt. | Joint Committee on Summer
Leston A. WHEELER, Townshend, Vt. ? Meeting of the Vermont Bo-
Hanorp G. Ruaa, Hanover, N. H. tanical and Bird Clubs.

Vol. 15, no. 171, including pages 45 to 64 and plates 100 to 103, was issued
12 April, 1913. .

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. May, 1913. No. 173.

SYSTEMATIC STUDIES ON OENOTHERA, — III. NEW
SPECIES FROM ITHACA, NEW YORK.

HarLeY HARRIS BARTLETT.

In 1911 Prof. G. F. Atkinson cultivated experimentally several
Oenotheras of the Oc. biennis alliance found wild by him in the vicinity
of Ithaca, New York, in order to carry on a study of the hybridization
phenomena exhibited by these plants. At the suggestion of Dr.
Heinrich Hasselbring he sent herbarium material and seeds of three
strains to the writer so that they might be compared with certain
species which had already been cultivated and given provisional
names in the writer’s garden at Bethesda, Maryland. One of the
Ithaca strains represented a species quite distinct from any which
had been previously received, and was treated in this article, as first
submitted for publication, as a new species, under a name proposed
by Prof. Atkinson. What seems to be the same species, however,
was named Oenothera angustissima by Gates! in an article which
reached the editor a few days before this one. The name Oe.
angustissima has therefore been substituted for Prof. Atkinson’s but
it has not seemed desirable to withdraw the diagnosis, which is di-
rectly comparable with the diagnoses of the other species from Ithaca.
The other two strains belonged to species already represented in the
writer’s collection. The one described as Oenothera nutans had been
cultivated not only in the Bethesda garden but also, by Prof. B.
M. Davis, at Philadelphia, from seed collected at Havre de Grace,
Maryland. The other, Oenothera pycnocarpa, was one of several types
which Dr. Hasselbring had recognized as distinct, and had collected

1 Gates, R. R. A new Oenothera. Ruopora, xv, pp. 45-48. 1913.

82 Rhodora [May

for the writer near Flint, Michigan. Because neither the strain from
Havre de Grace nor that from Flint has been used in experimental
work, it seems best to designate the strains from Ithaca as types of
Oenothera nutans and Oenothera pycnocarpa. Only thus is it possible
to insure the unquestionable applicability of the names which will be
used shortly by Prof. Atkinson in reporting on his hybrids, since the
Ithaca strains may, when grown side by side with those from Mary-
land and Michigan, show characteristics which one would fail to
detect in herbarium specimens. Even in the vicinity of Ithaca there
are forms of dubious identity with Oenothera pycnocarpa which indicate
the propriety of taking every precaution in designating the type of
this species. It may therefore be understood that the types of Oe.
nutans and Oe. pycnocarpa described below are specimens collected
at Ithaca and preserved in the Cornell University Herbarium. The
descriptions have been drawn up from portions of the types in the
writer's collection and from notes on the Cornell cultures and speci-
mens kindly supplied by Prof. Atkinson.

OENOTHERA ANGUSTISSIMA Gates. Biennis. Rosula autumnalis
compacta depressa viridis, hieme rubescens; foliis planis acutis
auguste oblanceolatis 10-19 cm. longis, 2-2.5 cm. latis, utrinque
exigue et minutissime puberulis, nervis margineque rubris, lamina
plerumque sine maculis rubris, exterioribus longe petiolatis, et, prae-
cipue infra mediam, valde sinuato-dentatis. Planta matura 0.5-
1 m. alta, parte inferiore vel simplex vel ramos cauli primario similis
sed tertia parte humiliores ferens, superne usque ad inflorescentiam
ramis axillaribus vel abbreviatis vel rosulatis praedita. Caulis ruber
teres minutissime pilis curvatis acutis verrucosis, pluribus brevissi-
mis, paucis aliquantum longioribus puberulus. Folia sinuato-
denticulata utrinque subglabra autumno ignicantia, apice basique
acuta, anguste lanceolata, inferiora ca. 13 em. longa, 17 mm. lata,
brevipetiolata, superiora 5 em. longa, 8 mm. lata, sessilia. Inflores-
centia juvenalis propter rubros calycum apices spectabilis, e spicis
terminali aliisque lateralibus brevioribus composita. Bracteae per-
sistentes foliorum modo superiorum obscure denticulatae, 3—4 cm.
longae, 4-6 mm. latae, floribus 5-6 cm. longis superatae, apice acu-
minatae, basi valde rubrotinctae, obtusae vel rotundatae. Ovarium
10-12 mm. longum, sub lente pilis erectis apice rotundatis viscido-
puberulum. Hypanthium 25-30 mm. longum etiam viscido-puberu-
lum. Calycis segmenta nondum explicata gemmam quadrangulam
20 mm. longam 4 mm. crassam apicibus liberis rubris distantibus
infraterminalibus 3-4 mm. longis coronatam formantia, ad basin
versus solum exigue viscido-puberula, sed apicem rubrum versus
pilis sparsis longioribus curvatis acutis praedita. Petala flava propter

1913] Bartlett,— Systematic Studies on Oenothera,— III 83

texturam valde membranaceam cito marcescentia, obcordata, 15-18
mm. longa, 12-15 mm. lata, paululo plicata. Stamina stigmata
attingentia, 12-14 mm. longa. Fructus ca. 20 mm. longus, infra
mediam ca. 4 mm. crassus, sursum angustatus, quadrangulus, minute
viscido-puberulus, costis plerumque rubris.— Atkinson No. 9, Ithaca,
New York.

Oenothera nutans Atkinson & Bartlett sp. nov. Biennis. Rosula
autumnalis compacta, depressa, rubro-maculata; foliis valde undu-
latis, acutis, lanceolatis, 20-30 cm. longis, 5-6 cm. latis, utrinque
sparsim pubescentibus, exterioribus ad basin petiolatam versus solum
modice sinuato-dentatis, apicem versus distanter denticulatis, fere
integerrimis. Planta matura 1-1.5 m. alta, deorsum ramosa, raris
numerosis, collo tumido enatis, cauli primario similibus sed 20-30 cm.
brevioribus, sursum usque ad inflorescentiam ramulis brevissimis
abortivis axillaribus praedita. Caulis ruber et viridis conspicue sul-
catus, deorsum modice pilosus, sursum minute puberulus et pilosus,
longioribus pilis basi rubro-tuberculatis. Folia lanceolata distanter
denticulata, utrinque pubescentia, praecipue subtus in nervis; in-
feriora petiolata apice basique acuta 15-24 cm. longa, 3.5-5 cm. lata,
mediocria 12 em. longa, 3.5 em. lata, superiora, infra inflorescentiam
sita, acuminata, ca. 5.5 em. longa, 1 em. lata. Inflorescentia caulem
primarium terminans e spicis pluribus composita, lateralibus longis
patentibus, aliae, ramos inferiores terminantes saepe simplices, axe
deorsum rubro, sursum viridi. Bracteae cito caducae, lanceolatae
ca. 2 cm. longae 5 mm. latae, textura coloreque calycis segmentis
valde similes. Flores mediocres ca. 70 mm. longi cito marcescentes,
tum deinde nutantes. Ovarium, ca. 9 mm. longum et hypanthium
gracile ca. 38 mm. longum pilis paucissimis longis curvatis acutis
instructa, et exigue pilis rectis apice rotundatis viscido-pubescentia.
Calycis segmenta nondum explicata gemmam quadrangulam ca. 22
mm. longam, 4 mm. crassam, inferne fere glabram superne sparsim
pubescentem formantia, apicibus liberis viridibus inter se appressis
terminalibus 4 mm. longis, pilis numerosis patentibus acutis vestitis.
Petala obovata retusa vix emarginata, sub-erosa, ca. 22 mm. longa,
19-20 mm. lata. Stamina petalis aequilonga stigmata attingentia.
Fructus ca. 23 mm. longus, infra mediam 5 mm. crassus apicem versus
angustatus, viridis, absque pilis rubro-tuberculatis, sparsim pilosus
et exigue viscido-pubescens, aetate nitidus fere glabratus, valvulorum
apicibus truncatis. Semina diametro ca. 1 mm. castanea.— Type,
Atkinson No. 2, Ithaca, New York. :

Oenothera pycnocarpa Atkinson & Bartlett sp. nov. Biennis.
Rosula autumnalis compacta, depressa, viridis; foliis oblanceolatis,
utrinque pubescentibus, exterioribus 20-35 em. longis 4—5 cm. latis,
longe petiolatis, infra mediam profunde pinnatifidis, planis vel plus
minusve undulatis, albo-nervatis. Planta matura 1.5-2 m. alta
deorsum ramosa, ramis strictis numerosis collo tumido enatis, caule
primario dimidio brevioribus, sursum usque ad inflorescentiam ramulos

84 Rhodora [May

brevissimos vel rosulatos ferens. Caulis viridis vel aetate paulum
rubro-tinctus, superiore parte fere teres, inferiore parte interdum sub-
angulosus, pilis brevibus arcuatis crispis aliisque multo longioribus
patentibus basi rubro- vel viridi-tuberculatis vestitus. Folia utrinque
pubescentia, acuminata, petiolata, denticulata, inferiora spatulata
15-24 cm. longa, 3-4 cm. lata, saepe ad basin versus pinnatifida,
mediocria anguste lanceolata, 12-18 cm. longa, 22-33 mm. lata, supe-
riora 6-8 cm. longa 10-20 mm. lata. Inflorescentiae plerumque
simplices, vel primaria spicis paucis lateralibus strictis quam terminali
multo brevioribus instructa. Bracteae virides foliaceae persistentes
sessiles ca. 5 cm. longae, 6-7 mm. latae, denticulatae, apicem hypan-
thii plerumque attingentes, pubescentes. - Flores mediocri ca. 72 mm.
longi, textura firmiusculi, non cito marcescentes. Ovarium ca. 14
mm. longum dense cum pilis ascendentibus longis acutis aliisque
rectis brevibus apice rotundatis viscidis tectum. Hypanthium ca.
38 mm. longum viscido-pubescens etiam pilis longioribus curvatis
exornatum. Calycis segmenta nondum explicata gemmam quadran-
gulam 23-25 mm. longam, 5 mm. crassam, ambabus pilorum speciebus
dense vestitam formantia, apicibus liberis viridibus inter se appressis
terminalibus 3-5 mm. longis. Petala cuneato-obcordata profunde
emarginata firmiuscula plana flava. Fructus 2.5-3.3 cm. longus a
bractea persistenti superatus basi 5 mm. crassus apicem versus angus-
tatus, pubescens, valvulorum apicibus truncatis. Semina 1.5 mm.
longa.— Type, Atkinson No. 1, Ithaca, New York.

The following summary will serve to indicate the characters which
distinguish these three species from one another. It will of course
prove entirely misleading if any attempt is made to apply it in the
identification of Oenotheras from other localities, without checking
up other characters included in the foregoing diagnoses. Neverthe-
less it is presented in the hope that it may be useful to local botanists
who would take an interest in the problem of differentiating their
local elementary species of Oenothera if they knew the nature of some
of the characters which have been found constant in heredity and
which should therefore be looked for in the field.

Free tips of the calyx segments infraterminal; therefore widely separated

m-bud ub eo ee ae ae es ee el Oe. angustissima.

Free tips of the calyx segments terminal; therefore in contact in bud.
Bracts caducous when the flower wilts............... Oe. nutans.
Bracts persistent until the capsules ripen......... Oe. pycnocarpa.

Oenothera angustissima. Rosette leaves flat, green, not spotted,
red-nerved, becoming red in the winter, outer ones sinuate-dentate.
Stem red, terete with no red-tuberculate hairs. Leaves almost
glabrous, fiery red in autumn. Bracts persistent, red at the base.

bh $e rs: ais Ya ue ho c

1913] Bartlett,— Systematic Studies on Oenothera,— ITI 85

Free tips of the calyx segments bright red. Petals of very delicate
texture, somewhat plicate, quickly wilting.

Oenothera nutans. Rosette leaves crinkled, red-spotted, with red-
dish mid-vein, not becoming uniformly red in the winter, outer ones
slightly sinuate-dentate. Stem red and green, channeled, with red-
tuberculate hairs. Leaves moderately pubescent on both sides.
Bracts yellowish-green or nearly colorless, short, quickly deciduous.
Free tips of the calyx segments green. Flower of delicate texture,
quickly wilting and then nodding; petals somewhat plicate.

Oenothera pycnocarpa. Rosette leaves flat or only somewhat
crinkled, green, white-nerved, outer ones deeply pinnatifid. Stem
green, nearly terete, with red-tuberculate hairs. Leaves rather
densely pubescent on both sides. Bracts leaf-like, persistent. Free
tips of the calyx segments green. Flowers of firm texture, not wilting
quickly, and not noticeably nodding when wilted. Petals not plicate.

Oenothera angustissima, is not closely related to the two other
species. It has its nearest allies in two undescribed species which are
known in Maryland and Virginia and which doubtless have a wider
distribution.

Oenothera nutans and Oenothera pycnocarpa would be placed by
most botanists in Oenothera biennis. Both of them differ from that
species, as it is interpreted in the last article of this series, in the mode
of branching. Oe. biennis has either an inflorescence-bearing branch
or a flower in every axil. The leaves grade uniformly into the bracts
so that the lower flowers are much exceeded in length by the leaf-like
bracts which subtend them. Oe. nutans and Oe. pycnocarpa agree
in that the long basal inflorescence-bearing branches are separated
from the inflorescence of the primary stem by an interval in which
the leaf-axils are occupied by abbreviated, frequently rosette-like,
vegetative branches. Prof. Atkinson has in preparation a paper
on hybrids of these two species which will include illustrations of the
type plants.

Bureau or PLANT Inpustry, Washington, D. C.

86 Rhodora [May

FORMS OF OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM IN EASTERN
NORTH AMERICA.

SIDNEY F. BLAKE.

SEVERAL years ago during a month’s collecting in southern New
Hampshire I discovered a rather large colony of Ophioglossum vul-
gatum, from which when the spikes became ripe over four hundred
specimens were collected. The plants, which grew in two adjacent
bits of sphagnous meadowland, usually in the open but occasionally
on the edges of thickets, show great variation in size, shape, and posi-
tion of leaf, size of spike, and number of fronds, sufficient to consti-
tute half a dozen “species” if brought back by collectors from as
many regions. Usually there is but one frond on a rootstock, but
not rarely two are present, either both fertile or one sterile, and equal
or unequal in size. The presence of two fronds on a rootstock, which
has been emphasized as a more or less distinctive mark of Ophioglossum
arenarium (= O. vulgatum var. minus Moore), is shown by specimens
in the Gray Herbarium to be of not infrequent occurrence practically
throughout the American range of O. vulgatum, and is not correlated
with any other characters either of size or leaf form. It apparently
occurs rather more frequently in O. Engelmanni Prantl, but can
hardly be considered of any importance in distinguishing species or
varieties in this immediate group.

'The ordinary leaf form in this series seems to be oblong, obtuse or
rounded at tip, broadest about the middle and only slightly narrowed
at the ends, with the base somewhat decurrent on the stem. An
average specimen measures 5 by 1.5 cm., with extremes of 7 by 2 to
3.8 by 1 cm. The sterile segment is situated almost always at or
above the middle of the hypergean axis, but occasionally at a con-
siderable distance below it, a feature upon which stress has also been
laid in descriptions of O. arenarium, but which frequently occurs in
some individuals of a colony of otherwise normal O. vulgatum. This
common oblong leaf grades on the one hand into a form with shorter
and broader ovate leaf, more conspicuously contracted at the base,
and on the other connects with a larger form having oblong or ovate-
oblong sterile segment as much as 96 mm. in length. Some broader-
leaved intermediates lead to plants with oval leaf more than half as

CERES uos

1913] Blake,— Forms of Ophioglossum vulgatum 87

broad as long, in an extreme case 45 by 27 mm. All these forms, al-
though dissimiliar enough in their extremes, intergrade so gradually
and completely that their recognition even as formae does not seem
practicable, but the following plant, though it also
inosculates with the other forms, is so distinct
and generally recognizable as to deserve a name.

OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM L. f. pseudopodum,
n. forma, folio oblongo obtuso basin versus peti-
oliforme angustato. Sterile segment oblong, ob-
tuse, 69-122 mm. long, 9-26 mm. wide, situated
at or below middle of axis, tapering into a con-
spicuous petiole-like base one-fourth to two-thirds
the length of rest of leaf. Specimens examined:
Marne: Bridgton, Cumberland Co., Aug. 1905,
M. H. Grant; Vermont: Ferrisburg, 19 June
1881, Faxon; New HAMPSHIRE: sphagnous mead-
ow, Sharon, Hillsboro Co., 2 Aug. 1909, Blake
(TYPE SHEET no. 682 in my herb.); other speci-
mens collected at various dates; CONNECTICUT:
Manchester, 1899, A. W. Driggs; MicHIGAN: low
dump ground, Aug. 1888, Farwell 584; ARIZONA:
Huachuca Mts., Sept. 1882, Lemmon.

The following plant, lately described by Clute
as a variety of O. vulgatum, should be reduced
to formal rank as a mere ecological development,
which the plant above described certainly is not.
Through the kindness of Mr. W. A. Poyser, its
discoverer, I possess a fertile specimen, which has
a sterile segment with lamina 5 cm. long and 1.5
cm. wide on an attenuate base 12.5 cm. long.

O. VULGATUM f. lanceolatum (Clute), n. comb.
O. vulgatum var. lanceolatum Clute, Fern Bull. xix.
72 (1911). Sterile segment with a very long
linear base, as above described, due to growth
among clumps of sedge. Specimen examined:
PENNSYLVANIA: between hummocks in Pratts
Swamp, Lima, Delaware Co., 3 July 1908, W. A. i

Fig. 1, 0. yuga-

Poyser. tum f. pseudopodum,
The plant described from New Jersey some Leaf from type.

years ago as Ophioglossum arenarium E. G. Britton

seems, as already noted by Clute, to be merely a starved form of O.

vulgatum, with narrowly lanceolate leaf situated below the middle of

88 Rhodora [May

the axis, and as a forma should be known as O. VULGATUM f. ARENA-
rium (E. G. Britton) Clute, Our Ferns in their Haunts, 316 (1901).
O. arenarium E. G. Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, xxiv. 555, pl. (1897.)
O. vulgatum var. minus Moore, Ferns Gt. Brit. and Ireland, t. 51B3
(1857). O. vulgatum var. microstichum Moore, Octavo Nat. Pr. Brit.
Ferns, ii. 336 (1859). O. microstichum Acharius (1809), fide Moore
lc. 0. Grayi Beck, Bot. N. and Mid. St. 458 (1833). It is repre-
sented from North America in the Gray Herbarium only from New
York and New Jersey.

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

gi

Y NOTES ON THE ALGAE OF GEORGIAN BAY.

A. B. Kiuan, M. A.

DurinG the latter part of August and the first three weeks of
September, 1912, I was engaged in an investigation of the Algae of
Georgian Bay, Ontario. The work was done in connection with the
Biological Station, Go-Home Bay, Muskoka.

From August 17 to 19 was spent at the Station. On August 20th
I started on a trip round Georgian Bay in company with Mr. A. D.
Robertson in a motor-boat. We carried a tent and camp outfit, and
spent from one to four days at the following points:— Waubaushene;
Shawanaga, Parry Sound District; French River, Nipissing District;
Killarney, Algoma District; Big Burnt Island; Wekwemikongsing
Manitoulin; Rattlesnake Harbour, Fitzwilliam Island; Tobermory;
MacGregor’s Harbour, Bruce Peninsula; and Collingwood. From
these points short runs were made each day for collecting.

It will be noticed that the number of species of Chlorophyceae re-
ported is small; this being due to the lateness of the season as most of
the Chlorophyceae are vernal plants, and even if they have not com-
pletely disappeared by midsummer they are only in a vegetative con-

` dition and not recognizable with certainty. The genera Spirogyra,

Zygnema, and Oedogonium were present in many collections but none
were in fruit.

1913] Klugh,— Notes on the Algae of Georgian Bay 89

CYANOPHYCEAE.

Chroococcus turgidus, Naegeli. Among stems of plants in a dried
up marsh on the shore of Georgian Bay at Collingwood, Sept. 19.

Glococapsa fusco-lutea, Kuetzing. On rocks in Georgian Bay near
Rattlesnake Harbour, Fitzwilliam Island, Sept. 8. Sheaths mostly
brownish but some reddish, in color. This is the first Canadian
record.

Glococapsa rupestris, Kuetzing. In a pool in flat limestone rock on
the shore at Tobermory, Sept. 9.

Glococapsa ambigua, Naegeli. On rocks near Rattlesnake Harbour,
Sept. 8. In pool in limestone rock at Tobermory, Sept. 9. ‘This
species has not been previously recorded from Canada.

Aphanothece saxicola, Naegeli. On rocks in Georgian Bay near
Rattlesnake Harbour, Sept. 8.

Microcystis marginata, Kuetzing. Shawanaga River, Parry Sound,
Aug. 26.

Coelosphaerium | kuetzingianum, Naegeli. In plankton, Miiller’s
Bay, Go-Home Bay, Aug. 17.

Merismopedium glaucum, Naegeli. In the French River, Aug. 31.

Oscillatoria tenuis, Agardh. In a small stream into the Shawanaga
River, Aug. 27. On dead twigs in a little lake off the Shawanaga
River, Aug. 27.

Lyngbya aestuarii, Liebmann. In the North River at Waubaushene,
Aug. 24.

Lyngbya aerugineo-caerulea, Gomont. Along the banks of the North
River at Waubaushene, Aug. 24. "This is the first Canadian record
for this species.

Nostoc verrucosum, Vaucher. Shore of the Severn River, Mus-
koka, Aug. 23.

Nostoc commune, Vaucher. Among stems of plants in a dried
up marsh on the shore of Georgian Bay at Collingwood, Sept. 19. Re-
corded previously in Canada only from Davis Strait.

Nostoe pruniforme, Agardh. Shore of the Severn River, Aug. 23.
Not previously recorded from Canada.

Anabaena circinalis, Rabenhorst. Plankton, Go-Home Bay, Aug.
17. This is the first Canadian record for this species.

Anabaena catenula, Bornet & Flahault. On dead twigs in a little
lake off the Shawanaga River, Aug. 27.

90 Rhodora [May

Anabaena sphaerica, Bornet & Flahault. On leaves of Nymphaea
advena in lake off Shawanaga River, Aug. 27. This species has not
been previously recorded from Canada, or from the Eastern or Middle
States.

Cylindrospermum minutum, Wood. Marsh, Killarney, Sept. 4.
This is the first Canadian record for this species.

Cylindrospermum muscicola, Kuetzing. On leaves of Nymphaea
advena in a lake off the Shawanaga River, Aug. 27. Not previously
recorded from Canada.

Seytonema myochrous, Agardh. On gneiss rocks at water’s edge on
Station Island, Go-Home Bay, Aug. 17. In pool in flat limestone -
rock on the shore at Tobermory, Sept. 9.

Tolypothrix tenuis, Kuetzing. On dead twigs in lake off the Shaw-
anaga River, Aug. 27. Floating at the shore of Georgian Bay,
Waubaushene, Aug. 24.

` Tolypothrix penicillata, Thuret. Forming a coating of little dark

brown tufts on gneiss rocks at the water’s edge on Station Island, Go-
Home Bay, Aug. 19. Occurring as little brownish-black tufts on
limestone rocks just beneath the water near Rattlesnake Harbour,
Fitzwilliam Island, Sept. 8. Not before recorded from Canada.

Tolypothrix distorta, Kuetzing. Forming a close brownish hairy
coating on gneiss rocks at the water’s edge on an island near Collin?s
Inlet, Algoma District, Sept. 3. This is the first Canadian record.

Calothrix adscendens, Bornet & Flahault. On dead shells of Unio
complanatus in Georgian Bay at Waubaushene, Aug. 21. Not pre-
viously recorded from Canada.

Calothrix parictina, Thuret. On limestone rocks in Georgian Bay
near Rattlesnake Harbour, Sept. 8.

Rivularia laurentiana, sp. nov. Coloniis ad 5 mm. diam., glo-
bosis, subviridibus, pleurumque solitariis, solidis, firmis sed non calce
incrustatis. Filamentis ad 750 u longis, 5-8 u diam., densis. Tricho-
matibus 4-7 u diam., sensim in setas achroas attenuatis. Vaginis
spissis et aequis, 1 u. crassis. Cellulis 2-10 u longis. Heterocystis
10-12 u diam., globosis aut ovatis minore extremitate deorsum versa.
Gonidiis semper absentibus.

Colonies up to 5 mm. in diameter, spherical, light green, usually
solitary, solid, firm but not incrusted with calcium carbonate. Fila-
ments up to 750 y in length, 5-8 y in diameter, crowded. Trichomes
4-7 u in diameter, tapering to a colorless hair. Sheaths close and
even, 1 y thick. Cells 2-10 u in length. Heterocysts 10-12 y in diame-
ter, spherical or ovoid with the small end downwards. Gonidia never
present.

1913] Klugh, Notes on the Algae of Georgian Bay 91

Common on aquatic plants. On Vallisneria spiralis, Potamogeton
heterophyllus and Elodea canadensis at Waubaushene. On submerged
leaves of Eleocharis acicularis in the Severn River, Muskoka. On
Potamogeton perfoliatus at Shawanaga, Parry Sound. On M yriophyl-
lum spicatum in the French River, Nipissing District. I have found
this Rivularia before in lakes and streams in the Laurentian region
and as it seems characteristic of this region I have named it as
above.

CHLOROPHYCEAE.

Pandorina morum, Bory. Pool, Shawanaga River, Aug. 27.

Rhaphidium falcatum, Cooke. Pool, Shawanaga River, Aug. 27.

Rhaphidium falcatum aciculare, Hansgirg. Pool, Shawanaga River,
Aug. 27.

Nephrocytium agardhianum, Naegeli. Floating at shore, Wau-
baushene, Aug. 24.

Tetraedron regulare, Kuetzing. Plankton, Waubaushene, Aug. 24.

Scenedesmus bijuga, Wittrock. Plankton, Waubaushene, Aug.
24. French River, Aug. 31.

Scenedesmus obliquus, Kuetzing. Pool, Shawanaga River, Aug. 27.

Scenedesmus quadricauda, Brébisson. Among other Algae on leaf
of Nymphaea advena in lake off the Shawanaga River, Aug. 27. Wau-
baushene, Aug. 21. French River, Aug. 31. Fishing Island Cove,
Manitoulin, Sept. 7.

Coelastrum microporum, Naegeli. Plankton, near Collin's [nlet,
Sept. 3.

Pediastrum boryanum, Meneghini. Plankton, Müllers Bay, Go-
Home Bay, Aug. 17. Plankton, Waubaushene, Aug. 24, Fishing
Island Cove, Manitoulin, Sept. 7.

Pediastrum tetras, Ralfs. Pool, Shawanaga River, Aug. 27. Marsh,
Killarney, Sept. 4.

Ulothrix zonata, Kuetzing, On limestone rocks near Rattlesnake
Harbour, Sept. 8. On limestone rocks, Bear’s Rump Island, near
Tobermory, Sept. 9.

Chaetosphaeridium globosum, Klebahn. On other Algae on leaf of
Nymphaea advena in lake off Shawanaga River, Aug. 27.

Chaetophora elegans, Agardh. On dead shells of Unio complanatus
at Waubaushene, Aug. 21.

Chaetophora incrassata, Hazen. Shore of Severn River, Aug. 21.

92 Rhodora [May

Gloiococcus mucosus, A. Braun. Shawanaga River, Aug. 27. Fish-
ing Island Cove, Manitoulin, Sept. 7. Stream into Georgian Bay,
Collingwood, Sept. 19.

Coleochaete orbicularis, Pringsheim. On leaves of Potamogeton
lucens in the French River, Aug. 31.

Coleochaete irregularis, Pringsheim. On leaves of Nymphaea
advena in lake off Shawanaga River, Aug. 27. This is the first record
for this species for Canada.

Cladophora fracta, Kuetzing. Fishing Island Cove, Manitoulin,
Sept. 7.

Queen’s UntversrrY, Kingston, Ontario.

A NORTHEASTERN VARIETY OF CAREX DEWEYANA.
M. L. FERNALD.

Carex Deweyana Schwein. is one of the most characteristic sedges
in open woods and thickets from the Straits of Belle Isle to British
Columbia and south in the Canadian zone, so-called, into the northern
States. The species is ordinarily an easy one to distinguish at sight
on account of the long interval which separates the remote long-bracted
lowest spike from the approximate upper ones. This internode of the
rhachis between the lowest spike and the lowermost of the upper ones
varies in length from 1 to 3 cm.; and the remote terminal cluster
of 2 to 6 spikes usually nods in such a way as to suggest the inflores-
cence of an overgrown C. trisperma.

In the Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec, however, Carex Deweyana de-
parts in its inflorescence from the typical plant above described and,
as found along the Grand Cascapedia, Grand and Ste. Anne des
Monts Rivers, has the spikes all approximate or overlapping, the
lowermost subtended by a short or nearly obsolete bract. In luxuri-
ant plants the spikes are often 12 mm. long, so that with its over-
lapping long spikes and often shortened bract the plant very closely
simulates the closer-headed form of the western C. Bolanderi Olney, a
species with which the writer was at first inclined to place it. Sub-
sequent study, however, shows that in its nerveless perigynia and

1913] Howe,— An additional Note on Nantucket Lichens 93

smooth scales (somewhat inconstant characters relied upon to sepa-
rate C. Deweyana from C. Bolanderi) the Gaspé plant belongs with C.
Deweyana. In the large mass of specimens of this species examined
occasional tendencies toward the Gaspé extreme are found but in all
these cases the tendency to crowded spikes is confined to one or two
culms on an otherwise typical plant of C. Deweyana. As a pro-
nounced variation the Gaspé plant seems to be confined to that limited
geographic area. It may be designated:—

Carex DEWEYANA Schwein., var. collectanea, n. var., spicis con-
tiguis.— Quebec: alluvial woods, Grand Cascapedia River, July 12-
15, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald, TYPE in Gray Herb.; woods,
banks of Grand River, June 30-July 3, 1905, Fernald; woods at 600 m.
altitude, Macoun's Ravine, north slope of Mt. Albert, August 8-15,
1905, Collins & Fernald.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

AN ADDITIONAL NOTE ON NANTUCKET LICHENS.
R. HEBER Howe, Jr.

Mr. Eugene P. Bicknell has kindly sent me another small collection
of lichens collected on Nantucket Island, Massachusetts (see RHODORA
14: 88-90. 1912) adding the following species:

Group: Radiatae Hue.

Family: Usneaceae.

Ramalina farinacea (L.) Ach., on “red cedars” at Coatue, July 13,
1912.

Teloschistes flavicans (Sw.) Norm., on “red cedars” at Coatue,
July 13, 1912.

Group: Stratosi-Radiatae Hue.

Family: Cladoniaceae.
Cladonia cristatella Tuck., “on ground,” Gibbs’ Swamp, July 6, 1912.
* — squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm., Tom Never's Swamp, July 2,
1912.

94 Rhodora [May

Cladonia uncialis (L.) Web., “on ground,” Tom Never’s Swamp,
July 2, 1912.

Cladonia verticillata Hoftm. var. cervicornis (Ach.) Flk., “on ground,”
Gibbs’ Swamp, July 6, 1912. .

Group: Stratosae Hue.

Family: Parmeliaceae.

Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Ach. var. sulcata (Tayl) Nyl., on “red
cedars," at Coatue, July 13, 1912, and * on boulder," Altar Rock Hill,
July 6, 1912.

Family: Lecanoraceae.

Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach. (intermediate toward var. distans Ach.),
on “red cedars,” at Coatue, July 13, 1912. Kindly determined by
Dr. H. E. Hasse.

The Cladonias were kindly determined by Prof. Bruce Fink.

THoreEau Museum, Concord, Massachusetts.

EXTENDED RANGES OF SOME CONNECTICUT PLANTS.— In a former
note (Ruopona, 13:68) I reported Carex umbellata Schkuhr var.
brevirostris Boott from Franklin, a town of eastern Connecticut, twenty
miles north from Long Island Sound. 1 have since examined the
central part of the town with considerable care, in order to learn to
what extent this variety, having perigynia with short broad beaks,
here replaces the more slender beaked species. Franklin is traversed
by several ranges of hills, whose broad flat tops, rising to an average
altitude of 150 meters, are free from glacial deposits and covered with
soil derived from underlying soft micaceous rocks. The slopes of the
hills have a similar soil, but in the valleys the surface is mostly gravel.
My examination was restricted to the central range of hills and the
broad central valley. On the hills, brevirostris can be found in every
field. It is abundant where conditions favor, and often fairly carpets
the ground. In starved soil the plant is small and inconspicuous,
but in more fertile spots it grows larger and the leaves are often 30
cm. long. A favorite location is where flat rocks are overlaid by a
few inches of dark soil, rich in humus, and it is in such situations, that
the most luxuriant tufts are to be found. The plant is less common
in the low lands, but it is present on most of the gravel knolls and

1913] Woodward,— Some Connecticut Plants 95

ridges and sometimes forms extensive colonies. As a rule it is smaller
here and does not fruit so freely, but I have seen beds on the gravel
that were loaded with fruit. Both on the hills and in the valley
search was made for specimens with slender beaked perigynia. While
there is naturally considerable variation in individual plants, I do
“not feel sure that any of the material collected can properly be classed
as a good example of the species, and I conclude that Carex umbellata
Schkuhr is at least rare in the region examined, although the variety
brevirostris Boott is so common.

In this connection certain field characters seem worthy of mention.
Even when quite ripe and ready to fall, the perigynia have a broadly
truncate base, and rarely give any indication of the strongly stipitate
base so characteristic of herbarium specimens, and which develops
also in the Franklin specimens after drying in the press. Except for a
narrow green midrib the scales are essentially white, and this color
makes the fruiting spikes contrast prettily with the green of the leaves.
There is also a marked tendency toward white in the perigynia, and
at some stations the entire body up to the beak is white.

Carex umbellata Schkuhr var. brevirostris Boott occurs on the trap
ridges about New Haven, and is here associated with the species.
Mr. A. E. Blewitt has reported it from the trap ridges of Cheshire,
fifteen miles north of New Haven, and it occurs in the towns west of
New Haven, the indications being that it is more generally distributed
through Southern Connecticut than has been supposed to be the case.

A couple of winters ago I noticed in my herbarium some specimens
of Thalictrum from Franklin, which had an odd look. Plants collected
the next spring and sent to the Gray Herbarium proved to be Thalic-
trum dasycarpum Fisch. & Lall. This is a considerable extension of
range, Gray's Manual giving New Jersey as the northern limit of the
species in the East.

Festuca rubra (L.) var. subvillosa Mert. & Koch is an occasional grass
on dry hillsides in Franklin. In 1912, in consequence of “labor
troubles” a considerable portion of the lawn remained uncut till
midsummer, when I learned to my surprise that the above variety is
practically the only grass on this section of the lawn. It is an ideal
lawn grass. It forms a soft dense carpet of green, which has not
faded perceptibly during the prolonged drouths of recent summers.

Bidens laevis (L.) BSP., hitherto unreported from eastern Connecti-
cut, occurs in Franklin. Its golden yellow flowers are conspicuous,

96 Rhodora [May

in late September, in the low wet meadows of the central valley.
Specimens of this plant from Franklin have been verified at the Gray
Herbarium.— R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven, Connecticut.

A New Coron Guipe.'— A new color guide by Dr. Robert Ridgway,
the well known ornithologist, is practically an entirely revised and
much enlarged edition of his earlier nomenclature of colors (1886)
with 17 plates and 186 colors as against 53 plates and 1115 colors in
the present work. The color work was done by A. Hoen & Co., of
Baltimore and is much more uniform in different copies than in the
earlier edition, which was hand stenciled from several mixings of the
same color; while in the present work each color for the whole edition
of 5000 copies was prepared from one lot of color and uniformly coated
at one time. While the present work does not contain quite as many
colors as are included in the more bulky French work by Rene Ober-
thur, the gradation between colors is more uniform, and the colors
are on dull instead of glossy-surfaced paper as in that work, which
gives a slightly different, but more natural color effect, and no metallic
color effects are included. The proportion of darker broken colors
is greater, which will appeal especially to the ornithologist and mam- :
malogist, although the work is designed to be equally useful to botan-
ists, florists, artists, dyers, merchants, and chemists who require a
standard color scheme. The colors have evidently been standardized
to a degree of accuracy not hitherto attained in any color chart.
The colors are one-half by one inch, arranged on a heavy gray paper
in three vertical columns of 7 colors each. The plates are divided
into 6 series. In plates I-XII the middle row of horizontal colors
represents the 36 colors and hues most readily distinguished in the
spectrum, although it is said to be possible to distinguish 1000. Above
these colors each succeeding horizontal row of colors is the spectrum
color mixed with 9.5; 22.5; and 45 per cent of white. Below they are
mixed with 45; 70.5 and 87.5 per cent of black. ` Plates XIII-XXVI
represent the colors in plates I-XII dulled by 32 per cent of neutral
gray; plates XXXII-XXXVIII are dulled by 58 per cent of neutral
gray; plates XXXIX-XLIV are dulled by 77 per cent of neutral gray;
plates XLV-L are dulled by 90 per cent of neutral gray; and plates
LI-LIII are dulled by 95.5 per cent of neutral gray. If the color to
be matched is darker than in the first series of plates turn to the
same position in the succeeding 5 series of plates until one is found that
is dark enough to match. "This is readily done by referring to the
numbers at the head of the vertical columns and to the letters at the
left of the horizontal rows. In numbering and lettering the rows of

1 Color Standards and Color Nomenclature. By Robert Ridgway, [3447 Oakwood
Terrace, N. W.], Washington. Published by the author 1913. Pp. 1-44; pls.
I-LIII. $8.00.

1913] A Flora of the Connecticut Valley in Massachusetts 97

colors every other number and letter has been omitted so that colors
that do not exactly match any in the present work, but are inter-
mediate can be designated by a symbol. For example, in plate [ the
vertical columns are 1, 3, and 5; the tints b, d, and f; and the shades
i, k, and m. All the colors are named as well as symbolized, but if
a given color comes between Hermosa Pink (1f) and Eosine Pink
(1 d) it could be designated 1 e. In this manner about 2385 additional
colors or a total of 3500 can be designated. Undoubtedly exception
will be taken to some of the names, but in this the personal equation
plays such a large part that decisions must be rather arbitrarily ren-
dered. 'The primary colors have been standardized by Dr. P. G.
Nutting of the U. S. Bureau of Standards.

It was originally expected that six months would suffice for the
preparation of the colors, but unforeseen difficulties in reproduction
have extended this period to about three years.

A list of color synonyms as shown by the immense list of trade
samples that must have accumulated would have formed an exceed-
ingly interesting and valuable addition to the work.

A table of percentages of color, together with an explanation of the
amount of white, black, or neutral gray used as above, will give an
approximately ready clue to the reproduction of any color in the guide,
the only uncertain factor being the possible lack of standardized prim-
ary colors to begin with.

Definitions of the principal color terms, such as color, shade, tint,
hue, tone, etc., which are used almost interchangeably by many people,
will repay careful study by those not familiar with their exact use.

A slight error on page 12, due to a misunderstanding, should be
corrected. Mr. F. A. Walpole had no connection with the color
project of the American Mycological Society, the preparation of which
was delegated to the late Dr. L. M. Underwood, Dr. W. A. Murrill,
and the writer. Mr. Walpole died before the committee was ap-
pointed, and the project was abandoned after two years' work by the
committee in favor of Doctor Ridgway's work, which had not pre-
viously come to their notice.— P. L. Ricker, Washington, D. G

A FLORA OF THE CONNECTICUT VALLEY IN MASSACHUSETTS. —
The region centering about Amherst, Massachusetts, has furnished a
number of the scholarly “local floras” of New England, beginning
with Edward Hitchcock’s Catalogue in 1817 and including the lists
of Tuckerman & Frost and of Cobb. The last of these was published
in 1887 and it is natural that many alterations in the knowledge of the
flora of the region should have been noted in the intervening period.
For this reason the revised List, by Professor George E. Stone,’ with

1 A List of Plants growing without Cultivation in Franklin, Hampshire, and Hamp-
den Counties, Massachusetts. By George E. Stone, Professor of Botany at the Massa
chusetts Agricultural College. Amherst, Mass. 1913. pp. vii + 72.

98 Rhodora [May

its boundaries extended to include all of Franklin, Hampshire and
Hampden Counties, will interest many students of our flora. The
present list “contains in all 1190 native and 303 naturalized and
adventive species, a total of 1493”; but of this number several, upon
critical inspection, must obviously be omitted: such plants as Lyco-
podium sabinaefolium and L. complanatum, boreal plants which extend
southward only into northern New England and which were not stricken
from the list when their Massachusetts representatives, L. tristachyum
and L. complanatum, var. flabelliforme, were inserted; Glyceria
fluitans whose place in Massachusetts is taken by G. septentrionalis
and G. borealis; Carex adusta, known in New England only from
Hancock County, Maine, but here entered upon the basis of Tucker-
man’s specimens which, as represented in various herbaria, are typical
C. foenea; Epipactis decipiens, known in New England only in north-
ernmost Maine but often confused (without apparent reason) with our
Massachusetts E. tesselata; and Vitis cordifolia, a plant unknown as
far northeast as New England but formerly (and apparently still by
some people) confused with our common and distinct V. vulpina.

The opportunity for further additions to the list for the Connecticut
Valley counties and the value of the field work now being actively
prosecuted by the New England Botanical Club are clearly indicated
by the fact that collections brought back to the Club Herbarium,
chiefly by those who took part in the Greenfield field-day in 1912,
contain forty species which are not mentioned in Professor Stone's
List: Equisetum pratense, Scirpus Peckii, Carex Crawfordii, C. cepha-
loidea, C. communis, Juncus brachycephalus, Spiranthes Romanzoffiana,
Oxalis filipes, Teucrium Botrys, Antennaria occidentalis, A. Brainerdii,
A. petaloidea, Xanthium canadense, Bidens vulgata, etc.; while many
local species, listed by Stone from a single station each, were collected
at what now appear to be unrecorded stations: Cryptogramma Stelleri
at Montague and Gill; Poa alsodes at Greenfield and Amherst; Alnus
mollis at Montague and Shelburne; Dentaria maxima at Northfield,
Gill and Coleraine; Waldsteinia fragarioides at Greenfield; Prunus
cuneata at Montague; etc. From these facts it is clear that our
knowledge of the flora of the Connecticut Valley counties is far from
complete; and to those who are situated to explore that diversified
region, Professor Stone’s new List will be welcome as a convenient
basis for further detailed notes.— M. L. F.

Scirpus Peck in Connecticut.— While spending my vacation
at my brother’s home in Barkhamsted and during my time not spent
“farming it” I was studying and collecting the flora in that vicinity
as I have done on many previous occasions. In an old and wettish
meadow, at an elevation of 1025 feet, where an abundance of Scirpus

1913] A Summer Course on the Flowering Plants 99

atrocinctus grew, I noticed a few small clumps of a Scirpus which, while
resembling it, was taller and more erect, with upright spikes and long
slender spikelets. The S. atrocinctus that grew all about was ripe
and falling to pieces, while this sedge was just passing out of blossom.
The following day, July 13, 1912, I was collecting in a similar wet
meadow about a half mile west of there in the town of Winchester at
an elevation of 900 feet, where I came across a small stand of this same
Scirpus. The nearly related S. atrocinctus was also abundant in this
meadow with its var. brachypodus and with many variations between
the typical form and the variety. I identified this Scirpus as S.
Peckii and Mr. C. A. Weatherby, who kindly compared it with speci-
mens at the Gray Herbarium, confirmed my identification. ‘The
species is new to Connecticut. This rare sedge has been found in
Berkshire Co., Massachusetts, since the publication of the New Gray's
Manual, thus greatly increasing its southern range.— ARTHUR E.
BrEwiTT, Waterbury, Connecticut.

A SUMMER COURSE ON THE FLOWERING PLANTS is being planned in
connection with the Summer School of Harvard University. It will
be given from July 1 to August 12 in the new George Robert White
Laboratories of Systematic Botany, connected with the Gray Herba-
rium, at the Botanic Garden. The course is to be conducted by Prof.
Fernald and will be devoted to the classification and distribution of
the Flowering Plants, with special reference to the Flora of New
England and the Maritime Provinces. It will consist of lectures,
laboratory work, and excursions. Five times a week; lectures at 9,
laboratory exercises 10-1. Excursions one afternoon and one whole
day each week. The fee for the course is $30. For further informa-
tion apply to Pror. M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium, Cambridge,
Mass.

Two Recorps oF PANICUM CALLIPHYLLUM AsHE.— Mr. F. T.
Hubbard has lately identified as this rare species my no. 4465, col-
lected at Lakeville, Massachusetts, 25 August 1912, on a sand bank
sloping down from dry woods. The only previous collection of the
plant known from New England is that made by C. E. Perkins at
Medford, Mass., 3 August 1881, recorded by Hitchcock and Chase in

100 Rhodora | ¡May

their monograph. It has been found also in New York (the type
locality) and Ohio, and has recently been collected at Galt, Ontario,
by Mr. W. Herriot, to whom I am indebted for information regarding
his find, with permission to record it. Mr. Herriot writes me that he
discovered a large clump, growing in company with Panicum latifolium,
P. linearifolium, and P. xanthophysum, in land now covered with dry
open woods but formerly thickly forested, chiefly with white pine, on
20 July, 1910, since which date he has not met with the species else-
where.— SirpxEv F. BLAKE, Stoughton, Massachusetts.

Cyperus Gmayu IN RuopkE IsLanD.— While walking along the
beach at Westerly, on September 9, 1912, I saw Cyperus Grayii in
several places and made collections at one of them. This station is
of interest, since the report of the species in Rhode Island given in
the preliminary list of New England Cyperaceae (Rnopona, 10:135)
rests upon a printed record and not upon herbarium specimens actu-
ally seen. Specimens from Westerly will be deposited in the Gray
Herbarium.— R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven, Connecticut.

Vol. 15, no. 172, including pages 65 to 80, was issued 23 April, 1918.

3.37 pO >d E E De des Pe, Umm

“Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. : June, 1913. No. 174.

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF MARYLAND AND VIRGIN IA,-—I.
Ivar TIDESTROM.

In a booklet! on the Coniferae of Maryland and Virginia, the
writer presented a review of the species growing in Maryland and
Virginia. A fairly complete synonymy was there given so as to
enable any one who might be interested in the history of our Coniferae
to trace their record in literature to the earliest sources. In the last
five years a good deal has been added by several workers to our
knowledge of the distribution of the species. This information is
summarized in these notes.

In regard to the genus Pinus which occupies fully as important a
place as Quercus in our flora there is much to be added and — cor-
rected. The several distinct floral regions of our area have each some
particular pine, which along with certain oaks is characteristic of the
landscape, as for instance, Pinus virginiana in the western part of the
coastal plain of Maryland, or Pinus Taeda on the Eastern Shore. It
is often true that whatever pine inhabits a region constitutes the
most characteristic element in the scenery.

PINUS VIRGINIANA Mill. The range of this species is given in the
most recent book covering our region? “from Long Island to South
Carolina, Alabama and Southern Indiana. I have observed the
species throughout Maryland with the exception of Garrett County
in the western extremity of the state. My observations in western
Maryland extend only to a point two or three miles west of Cumber-
land where I found the species common on slopes. In Virginia my

1 Elysium Marianum 1: pt. 2, 1908.
? Gray's Manual ed. 7, p. 64.

102 Rhodora. [JUNE

westernmost record is Clifton Forge [Tm. no. 36] where I observed
it at the base of the mountain and to some extent on the slopes, while
Pinus pungens crowned the ridges. Some miles westward at Coving-
ton, I noticed no Pinus virginiana, but found Pinus Strobus Tm.
3153] scattered, Pinus rigida |Tm. 3154], and Pinus pungens [Tm.
3158] frequent. On the Eastern Shore, Pinus virginiana is frequent
and sometimes abundant. I have observed it associated with Pinus
Taeda near Cape Charles and in many localities northward. The
densest stands, however, are not found on the Eastern Shore but in
the western portion of the coastal plain and in the Piedmont region.
It was first recorded by Plukenet in 1696 under the name Pinus
virginiana binis brevioribus de crassioribus setis etc., and also by
Clayton. In the stamping ground of that enthusiastic pioneer — at
Gloucester Court House and adjacent region — I have found the scrub
pine frequent, even forming forests here and there.

Prxus EcuiNATA Mill. appears to be a rare tree in our region. I
have collected specimens of it from a tree (introduced?) in the park
of the U. S. Soldiers Home, Washington, D. C., and in St. Mary's
County, Md., between Leonardtown and Millstone ['Tm. 5113]. In
the latter region it was mixed with the prevalent Pinus virginiana.
There is a single tree in a field one mile west of Warrenton, Virginia,
from which I collected specimens this spring [Tm. 6239].

Pinus PUNGENS Lamb. This interesting little pine was first dis-
covered by Michaux on Massanutten Mountain in Virginia. I had
never seen the tree growing wild until August 2, 1907, when I botanized
at Clifton Forge. At this place I found it scattered among several
species of oaks, particularly Quercus alba and Quercus prinus monti-
cola. Since that time I have found the tree in several localities —
at Pen-Mar on Mount Quirark |Tm. 5889] at an elevation of 630 m.;
on Sugar Loaf Mountain, Maryland, at an elevation of 360 m. At
the latter place there is a number of trees on the very rocky and steep
slopes besides those crowning the summit. The tree is also present
at Thoroughfare Gap, Virginia. There are a few trees in Rock Creek
Park, Washington, D. C., and also some along the rocky bluffs of the
Potomac River, about 15 miles above Washington. The tree is pre-
eminently an inhabitant of the high ridges and plateaux — hence its
name Table Mountain Pine.

1 Gronovius [and Linnaeus] Flora Virginica, p. 190, 1743.

1913] Tidestrom,— Flora of Maryland and Virginia 103

Pinus Tarna L. This stately tree is an inhabitant of the coastal `
plain. It forms forests in the southeastern quarter of our region,
particularly about Norfolk and Cape Charles, Va., and on the opposite
mainland. As one descends the Potomac River towards its mouth -
this weird pine attracts attention on account of its loftiness. Where
it forms forests, with the ocean for a background, the tall, straight
trunks, devoid of branches to within a few feet of the top, give the
impression of countless pillars supporting an uninterrupted roof of
branches.

My own observations as to the distribution of the species are as
follows: At Franklin, Va., it is one of the characteristic trees on
higher ground beyond the river area, which is inhabited by Taxodium
distichum, Quercus nigra, Quercus lyrata, and species of Alnus, Betula,
and Nyssa. It also forms more or less broken forests eastward towards
the ocean. At Petersburg, Va., it is also the characteristic pine on
the higher ground, while the area immediately adjoining the Appomat-
tox River is inhabited by Liquidambar, Quercus nigra, and other
species usually associated with these. Proceeding northward to
Fredericksburg we find the tree losing itself, so to speak, among the
oaks, hickories, and scrub-pines. ;

Going northeastward from this point towards the Potomac River
and crossing into Maryland, we meet with the tree in Charles County
mixed with the scrub pine and shrubs. In June, 1911, I traversed
Charles County from a point near the mouth of Nanjemoy Creek
northward into Prince George’s County to Washington, observing
the tree occasionally. After passing Pisgah, Charles County, how-
ever, I did not observe a single tree of Pinus Taeda. It may occur
north of that point but if so it must be rare and out of its range. The
solitary trees which occur here and there in northern Charles County,
as for example, at Marshall Hall, are lost sight of before one reaches
the Prince George’s County line. In August, 1911, I explored the
region lying between Leonardtown and Millstone, at the mouth of
the Patuxent River. In this region I found the scrub pine to be the
characteristic conifer, although Pinus Taeda was quite frequent. At
the mouth of the Patuxent River Pinus Taeda is common. North
of this point about 30 miles — at Chesapeake Beach, in Calvert
County, I have observed scattered individuals, but I have not seen
the tree inland from this point — at least not west of the Patuxent
River. My own observations, therefore, lead me to believe that

104 Rhodora. [JUNE

Pinus Taeda does not exist except as a planted tree in Prince George’s
County, although accredited to this County by Professor Chrysler."
It is possible that Pinus rigida may have been taken for Pinus
Taeda in this instance. The former is common in Prince George’s
County, while the latter has never been observed wild there, as far
as I know, by any of the local botanists of Washington who are per-
haps more familiar with the situation than botanists from a distance.?
Pinus Taeda can always be distinguished from Pinus rigida as the
cones in the former are fully twice as long as those of the latter, not
to mention any of the leaf-characters. On the Eastern Shore of
Chesapeake Bay I have noticed Pinus Taeda at Claiborne, Easton,
Wye Mills, Queen Anne, Denton, Md., and at Lewes, Delaware, and
throughout Accomac and Northampton Counties, Va. In those
places it forms forests or is scattered among deciduous trees and
Pinus virginiana.

Pinus RIGIDA Mill. This pine is a northern tree *: It disappears
from the coastal plain in Virginia. In the mountains I have observed
it in a number of places; at Cumberland, Md., it is common; at
Covington, Va., it is mixed with Pinus pungens and sparingly with
Pinus Strobus. It is frequently found mixed with Pinus virginiana
in the Piedmont region and on the coastal plain. It sometimes forms
forests or smaller colonies as at Lewes, Delaware, where I have seen
it and Pinus Taeda in almost equal numbers. I have no knowledge
of its occurrence south of this place except further inland at higher
altitudes towards the fall line.

Pinus Srrosus L. This picturesque pine is frequent throughout
the western counties of Maryland and Virginia. I have observed.
it at Pen-Mar [Tm. 5875], at Covington, Va. [Tm. 3157], and elsewhere.
Mr. H. H. Bartlett has found it at Rockville, Md., and Mr. H. S.
Barber near the Potomac River in Virginia some ten miles upstream
from Washington, D. €.

Pinus skROTINA Michx. This tree has been observed by Mr. R.
M. Harper * between Portsmouth and Suffolk, Va. It is an inhabitant
of sandy swamps in the coastal plain and ranges from Virginia to

1 Plant Life of Maryland, p. 155.

? Much argument ecological falls of its own weight when the entities considered are
not known to the observers.

3 It was known in Europe under the name

as early as 1768 or earlier.
4 Torreya 3: 122, 1903.

the Three-leaved Virginian Pine Tree?”

1913] Tidestrom,— Flosa of Maryland and Virginia 105

Florida. Mr. Harper reports it also from the sand hills of North
Carolina. I have seen no specimens from Virginia.

Pinus PALUSTRIS Mill. is another very rare tree in our region. It
has been reported from the Dismal Swamp, but I have not seen any
specimens of it from that place. Mr: Harper (l. c.) reports it common
on the coastal plain of North Carolina, “especially on the sandhills.”

Picea. Too little botanizing has been done in our mountains to
give us any adequate notion of the distribution of our spruces. The
same is true of our firs and the tamarack. The latter was not known
from Maryland at the time I prepared the booklet on the Conifers.

T'suGA CANADENSIS L. The hemlock is frequent throughout the
mountains of Maryland and Virginia. I have observed it in many
places: in West Virginia it is quite common. Solitary trees are to be
found along the Potomac River within 15 miles of Washington. So
fas as I know we have only one published record of this tree from the
coastal plain: it is mentioned in the Plant Life of Maryland by Mr.
Shreve,” who records it from Watts Creek, Caroline County, some three
miles south of Denton. While on a botanical trip to the Eastern
Shore, September 23, 1912, Mr. Stevens of Queen Anne, Md., took me
to a colony of what the inhabitants called the “ yew-pine," some three
or four miles south of that village, along the Tuckahoe River. I was
astonished to find a large number of Tsuga canadensis lining both
banks of the river. There was a considerable mixture of species,
for many of the swamp species, as Nyssa, Liquidambar, and Quercus,
were represented. The largest hemlocks were 3 dm. in diameter.
There were also a large number of saplings, and Mr. Stevens estimated
the number of hemlocks at 3000. The presence of a great number of
robust saplings leads us to the belief that these trees are native and
not by some agency or other introduced.

Owing to lack of facilities for crossing we examined only the right
bank of the river, so we have little knowledge of the conditions on
the other bank, which, however, appeared still more favorable to the
hemlock. The vernacular name is of some significance and leads us
to believe that it could not have been applied to our tree except by a
people who were familiar with the yew. So we must draw the conclu-
sion that the first colonists gave it the name yew pine. Being familiar
with the European tree and finding our tree with “yew-leaves” dif-

1 Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 28, 1903.
? Plant Life of Maryland, p. 122.

106 Rhodora. [JUNE

ferent from it they applied the name “yew-pine” to it. It should be
noted also that the people of the Eastern Shore are not possessed with
that restive spirit which characterizes those of other sections and that
traditions have remained intact in a higher degree here than elsewhere.
Besides the scant means of communication of earlier days, the natural
barrier — Chesapeake Bay, and the great distance to other localities.
for the species — would naturally prevent the people from learning
the common name which the tree bears throughout New England
and the Middle States.

Taxoprum pisticuum L. The weird Bald Cypress is frequent in
swamps in Eastern Maryland and southward. I have observed it
along Pocomoke River where it is the prevalent tree and also along
Blackwater River at Franklin, Va. Bartram has eulogized it in his
Travels (p. 88) and a few lines of his may not be amiss: “its majestic
stature is surprising; and on approaching it, we are struck with a
kind of awe, at beholding the stateliness of the trunk, lifting its cum-
brous top toward the skies; and casting a wide shade upon the ground,
as a dark intervening cloud, which, for a time excludes the rays of the
sun.” I have seen them in all their magnificence in F lorida.

WasnINGTON, D. C.

IS VIOLA ARENARIA DC. INDIGENOUS TO NORTH
AMERICA?

Ezra BRAINERD.
(Plate 104.)

European students of Viola have recently reduced V. arenaria
DC. (1805) to varietal rank, as differing from the older V. rupestris -
Schmidt (1791) only in being "densely short-hairy or downy.’
This requires a corresponding change in the name of the American
species, that has been generally passing as V. arenaria since the publi-
cation of the Illustrated Flora in 1897. But before doing this, it
seems a fitting time to review critically the claim that the plants of

1 Reichlich kurzhaarig oder pflaumig,— W. Becker, Flora Bayerns.

1913] Brainerd,— Viola arenaria 107

the two hemispheres are of the same species. Through the kindness
of Dr. Millspaugh, of the Field Museum, Chicago, I have had the loan
for several months of 45 excellent specimens of the European V. aren-
aria, and of 577 additional specimens of allied European species of
the canina group. The opportunity thus afforded for a careful
comparison has convinced me beyond a doubt that our so-called V.
arenaria is specifically different from the Old World V. arenaria DC.
Without going into a detailed discussion of the points of difference,

I would present them concisely in the following table: — (See plate
104.)
V. RUPESTRIS Var. ARENARIA (DC.) Beck. AMERICAN ALLY
Leaves: roundish, not much longer than broadly ovate, bluntly
wide, rarely over 2 cm. long; pointed, usually 2-5 em. long.
STIPULES: ovate to oblong, with acute linear to lanceolate, with scat-
close-set deltoid teeth; tered setulose teeth mostly
near the base.
FLOwERs: much overtopping the leaves; slightly overtopping the
leaves.
Bracts of peduncles usually on a level usually much below the
with the flower; flowers.
PETALs: broadly obovate, 4-6 mm. wide; narrowly obovate, commonly

3-4 mm. wide.

SPUR: 3-4 mm. long, straight, blunt; 5-7 mm. long, often curved
upward or hooked.

CAPSULE: pubescent; glabrous.

It should be noted that occasional specimens from the Old World
labeled * V. arenaria" are not typical, but rather hybrids of this with
allied species of the same group. Six such hybrids are listed in W.
Becker's VroLAE EUROPAEAE; some of them closely simulate the
American plant.

The task, then, is before us to determine what name, if not V.
arenaria nor V. rupestris, rightfully belongs to our native species. We
note, first, that though the plant is not infrequent along the whole
northern border of the eastern United States and adjacent Canada,
its occurrence in this tract was not recognized until within the last
twenty-five years. Dr. Gray, indeed, had once before him a specimen
collected by Dr. Engelmann in loose sands on the shore of Lake
Superior; but he considered it “a summer form" of V. canina var.

108 Rhodora. [JUNE

Muhlenbergii, that “imitates the European V. arenaria.” In the
Gray Manual the plant is first recognized in 1890, by Dr. Watson,
under the name V. canina var. puberula, “sandy or stony shores and
islands of Lakes Huron and Superior." Six years later, in the Synop-
tical Flora, the range of this variety is extended across the continent,
from Maine to Washington and Oregon.

This wide stretch of range is not uncommon among our northern
plants, and a thorough study of the abundant material in five of our
largest herbaria,! affords emphatic confirmation of Dr. Robinson’s
statement in the Synoptical Flora. The specimens vary considerably
in size, in the amount of pubescence, and in the presence of flowers
with hooked spurs; but not more so in the western plants than in the
eastern.

Now, the plant of the Pacific coast is evidently what Sir J. E.
Smith published in 1817 as Viola adunca.2 But Dr. Gray conceived
Smith’s species to be “nearly glabrous,” and subsequent authors
have simply echoed his statement*; but the author of the species
says the leaves are “downy,” and emphasizes this character as chiefly
distinguishing his species from V. canina. I quote Smith's descrip-
tion in full, that the reader may see for himself how well it applies
to the eastern plant under discussion: —

“63. VIOLA ADUNCA. Hooked Violet.— Stems simple, ascending. Leaves
ovate, somewhat heart-shaped, obtuse, crenate, downy, dotted. Stipulas
loosely fringed. Flower-stalks longer than the leaves. Nectary hooked.—
Brought by Mr. Menzies from the west coast of North America. This species
has the size and habit of V. canina; and their stipulas, flower-stalks, and
bracteas are similar. The calyx-leaves too are extended, in like manner, at the
base. The whole of the herbage is minutely speckled, as in our last species,
as well as in canina. But the plant is more or less downy, and clearly dis-
tinguished by the strongly recurved form of the spur, which if straight would be
as long as the lip. The two lateral petals are downy at the base. Perhaps
this species is more akin to canina than to any other, and ought to stand near
it; at least if the rubella * and maculata have no elongation [auricles] at’the
base of their calyx.”

1 | am under especial obligation to Prof. Trelease, recent Director of the Missouri
Botanical Garden, for the loan of 126 sheets of this species.

2 Rees’ Encyclopedia vol 38; no. 63 under article on Viola.

3“ Herbage glabrous or nearly so," Piper in Flora of Washington; ''glabrous or
nearly so," Nelson in New Manual of Rocky Mt. Botany; in key, unqualifiedly
*' Leaves glabrous.”

t No. 62. V. maculata Cavan., from the Falkland Islands.

5No.61. V. rubella Cavan., native of Chili, South America.

Bod). cS Rob

1913] Brainerd,— Viola arenaria 109

‘Downy,’ though here used three times, is infrequent as a botanical
term; but it is good Saxon English for a soft pubescence more pro-
nounced than puberulence; conversely, Webster defines ‘puberulent’
as “very minutely downy.” In the canina group there is but one
species “from the west coast of North America,” that is either downy
or puberulent; and if so, we can hardly do otherwise than regard it
as the V. adunca of Smith, and the V. canina var. puberula of the
Synoptical Flora.

At the same time it should be said that forms of V. adunca occur on
both sides of the continent that are “glabrous or nearly so." This
fact, however, does not embarrass the situation; for there is not a
single pubescent species of Viola in the western United States that
does not furnish forms nearly or quite glabrous. We may question
the need of giving a special name to every glabrous form of a pubescent
violet, or to every white-flowered form of a purple violet; but in the
case of V. adunca it will save confusion thus to recognize the occasional
loss of this prominent character of the type,— marking a distinction
just the reverse of that now made between V. rupestris Schmidt and
its var. arenaria (DC.) Beck.! I would therefore propose: —

VIOLA ADUNCA var. glabra, var. nov. Planta foliis, stipulis, cauli-
busque glabris; aliter typo similis, ad quem transit,— Leaves, stipe
ules, and stems glabrous; otherwise as in the type, into which it
passes.— Eastern specimens seen are: QUEBEC: — gravelly beach, Carl-
ton, Bonaventure Co., Collins & Fernald 111, July 19, 1905. Prince
Epwarp Istanp: — L. W. Watson, 1904 (live plants, still in culti-
vation at Middlebury, Vt.). New Brunswick:— sand plain, Miscou
Island, W. F. Ganang, August 15, 1905; Grand Menan Island, J.
Vroom, May 9, 1880. Ontario:— Drommond's Island, Niagara,
Macoun, May 13, 1901. Micumican:— Isle Royale, W. S. Cooper,
Aug. 20, 1909. N. Daxota:— Peninsula of Lake Ibsen, Benson Co.,
Dr. J. Lunell, May 10, 1907.

Some further comments may be permitted, in order to clear up
other misapprehensions regarding V. adunca and its allies.

The hooked spur that suggested the specific name, though doubtless
seen in all the specimens before the author of the species, is far from
being a constant character, and occurs occasionally in such allied

1 The following observation of Wilhelm Becker applies equally well to the allied
American species, if we omit the word ''only ":— ‘‘ V. rupestris varies only as respects
pubescence, which is + evident or quite lacking. The completely glabrous form occurs,
sometimes, exceptionally; but sometimes it is the exclusive form of a whole region.

* * The two are connected by transitional forms." Translated from VioLak Euro-
PAEAE, p. 48.

110 Rhodora. [JUNE

species as V. rostrata and V. conspersa. Sir William J. Hooker ob-
serves ! that “the greater number [of spurs in V. adunca] are straight,
thick and very obtuse," though they are generally uncinate “in the
state of bud." The spurs of these species are unusually long, and
apparently are doubled up in aestivation, and when the flower expands
often do not quite straighten out. The spur not infrequently displays
other aberrant forms,— tapering to a more or less acute point, or
bearing one or more small protuberances on the upper side. Several
pseudo-species have been founded on these trivial malformations:
V. oxyceras, V. odontophora, V. unguiculata, V. drepanophora, V.
mamillata, V. uncinulata. Dr. Watson, with more reason, would
distinguish all the forms with straight blunt spurs as var. longipes
(Nutt. pro sp.). But both kinds of spur, straight and hooked, are
at times to be seen on the same plant! Nuttall's V. longipes is by
others taken to designate the glabrous forms; but his description
reads “glabrous or slightly pubescent”; and one of the two plants
collected and labeled by himself as his type (or at least marked with
an asterisk, his way of writing ‘n. sp.’) shows marked puberulence.
Should not the name be allowed to pass into the ‘limbo of synonymy’?
The dotted, or minutely speckled, herbage ascribed by Sir J. E.
Smith to V. adunca is not a proper character, but rather a condition
not found in the living plant, but in specimens poorly dried, or later
exposed to heat and moisture. It is the effect of fermentation in-
duced by enzymes. It may be observed on old specimens of many
species of Viola that are but remotely related to each other. Its
presence, however, has suggested several specific names, such as V.
punctata Schwein., V. conspersa Reichenb., V. maculata Cavan.
Hooker, confirming Smith’s account of dotted leaves in V. adunca,
says that all his own specimens, and these from very remote localities,
are “so thickly covered with distinct brown dots as to give a dusky
hue to the foliage, and to bring the species near to some of the South
American kinds, which present that appearance in a remarkable
degree.” Dr. Gray, among the characters separating V. striata and
V. canina from his V. Howellii, says the leaves of the former are “apt
to be brown-dotted in age," those of the latter are *dotless."? — But

1 Flora Bor.-Am. i. 79. 1830.

? I am indebted to Prof. Burns of the University of Vermont for a microscopic in-
vestigation of this phenomenon.

3 Synop. Fl. N. Am. I. pt. 1. 204 & 205.

A

1913] Brainerd,— Viola arenaria 111

Dr. Gray had before him only fresh and well-dried specimens from
Howell and Suksdorf. As a matter of fact, good specimens of V.
Howellii, markedly punctate with minute dots, are to be seen in the
herbaria both at St. Louis and at New York; in the latter herbarium
is also an older specimen,? marked in pencil by Dr. Gray as “large
V. canina."

The acaulescent appearance that V. adunca sometimes assumes at
vernal flowering has been a cause of further confusion. The American
caulescent species that bear violet-colored flowers all belong to the
group “RosuLANTEs,' marked by bearing in spring at the crown of the
rootstock a cluster of leaves. From the axils of these the stems later
appear, and often petaliferous flowers on long scape-like peduncles,
especially if the growth of the stems is retarded. These undeveloped
forms are easily mistaken for stemless species. Even Dr. Gray, thus
misled, has in the Synoptical Flora placed V. Langsdorfii ( a stemmed
violet of the Northern Pacific coast, allied to V. adunca and the Eura-
sian V. mirabilis) in the section of species "strictly acaulescent."
Dr. Greene has published as a species (V. filipes) a seemingly
acaulescent form of V. adunca. (Pitt. iv. 289.) On the other hand,
Howell and others have distributed V. nephrophylla, a truly stemless
species as V. Howellii, supposing it the form with undeveloped stems.—
In Garcke's German Flora, at the end of his treatment of the stemless
violets, there is a sign-board, warning every one not to locate there
forms of V. mirabilis that are stemless at first flowering? We may
need to have a like caution inserted in our American manuals.

MIDDLEBURY, VERMONT.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 104.

1. Viola adunca J. E. Smith, (E. Brainerd, Bristol, Vt., May 26, 1912), X $.
‘A. stipule X 2; B. immature capsule X 3.

2. Viola rupestris Schmidt var. arenaria (DC.) Beck.; after Schlechtendal
revised by Hallier, fig. 1273. X $. C. stipule X 2; D. capsule X 2;
both after Reichenbach, Pl. crit. Ixxii.

1 Pt. Reyes, Marin Co., Cal, July, 1903, A. D. E. Elmer; labeled ''V. cuneata.”

? Swamps at Noyo, Mendocino Co., Cal. Bolander, coll. 1867.

3 Man hüte sich, die zuerst blühenden, stengellosen Pflanzen von V. mirabilis
hieher zu rechnen.”

112 Rhodora. [JUNE

NOTES ON NEW OR RARE VIOLETS OF NORTHEASTERN
AMERICA.

Ezra BRAINERD.

I have had the privilege of examining the violets collected by Prof.
Fernald the past season in Prince Edward Island and the Magdalen
Islands, and also those collected the two previous years in Newfound-
land. They conform for the most part to the forms found in eastern
Quebee and in the mountainous regions of northern New England.
In Newfoundland, V. labradorica seems to take the place of V. con-
spersa. The only white violets are V. renifolia var. Brainerdii, V.
pallens (often with the petioles of summer leaves quite hirtellous),
V. incognita, and its var. Forbesii. Not unexpectedly, V. septen-
trionalis and V. nephrophylla were found in Newfoundland. We miss,
however, all forms of V. canadensis and V. pubescens, and the acaules-
cent V. rotundifolia, V. sororia and V. affinis, — five species rarely,
if ever, found to the north or east of Maine.

V. CUCULLATA is widely distributed in these islands, and quite
variable. The most common form, as in the Green Mts., is one in
which the leaves under a lens appear more or less hirtellous, and the
margin of the sepals “often interruptedly serrulate-ciliolate." This
is the V. prionosepala of Dr. Greene. (Pitt. v. 99.) We do not
believe it specifically distinct, but it may well pass as V. cucullata Ait.,
forma prionosepala (Greene).

Another departure from the quite glabrous form of the Middle
Atlantic States is more serious. The long auricles of the persistent
sepals have been considered a reliable character in V. cucullata. But
in Newfoundland and the Magdalen Islands plants occur with short
appressed auricles, though in other characters — foliage, flowers and
seeds — conforming to normal V. cucullata. This we would mark off
as:

VIOLA CUCULLATA Ait., var. microtitis, var. nov., auriculis sepa-
lorum 1-2 mm. longis, multo brevioribus quam in forma communi.—
Auricles of the sepals 1-2 mm. long, much shorter than in the ordi-
nary form.— NEWFOUNDLAND:— damp thickets and open woods,
Grand Falls, July 4, 1911; wet mossy spruce and larch woods, Grand
Falls, July 5, 1911; low mossy and boggy spruce woods along Gander
River, Glenwood, July 12 & 13, 1911; bog, Black Island, July 20,

1913] Brainerd,— Rare Violets of northeastern America 113

1911; Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5856, 5857, 5861, 5864. QUEBEC.-—
wet woods and thickets, Grindstone Island, Magdalen Islands, Fernald
& others, no. 7773, July 17, 1912.

In the northwestern portion of the region covered by the Gray
Manual we have to record the appearance of V. NOVAEF*ANGLIAE,!
heretofore known only from northern and central Maine.? It was
collected by the late Dr. Fletcher at Maple Lake, near Parry Sound,
Ont. Living plants, furnished by Dr. Fletcher in 1904, were for
several years grown at Middlebury, Vt. In June, 1909, Dr. H. V.
Ogden of Milwaukee sent live plants, collected *on a small sand
island" Mercer, Wis.: and a year later, other plants, from Saxesville,
Wis., 250 miles further south. From seeds of both, vigorous plants
with large handsome flowers were obtained. Prof. Fernald has shown
me also a specimen from Duncan Bay, Isle Royale, Mich., W. 5.
Cooper, Aug. 18, 1910. The species, thus, seems to occur with more
or less frequency in the region of the Great Lakes.

V. RUGULOSA Greene, found in Minnesota, Iowa, and eastern Ne-
braska, should be added to the Gray Manual list. V. Rydbergüi
Greene, published a page later, is from the eastern slope of the Rocky
Mts., but is hardly distinguishable from the Minnesota plant. Both
have root-leaves much broader and larger than those of V. canadensis,
and the upper stem-leaves are densely short-pubescent beneath,
especially along the veins. But the most pronounced character is
the presence, well underground, of long vigorous branching root-
stocks, by means of which the plant spreads rapidly in the garden or
in the wild. But this character is rarely seen in herbarium specimens
and was apparently unknown to Dr. Greene when he described the
species. I observed it first in plants under cultivation from Boulder,
Colo. To ascertain whether this was also the habit of the Minnesota
plant I applied to Prof. Clements, who kindly sent me living speci-
mens with abundant stolons, not only from the University grounds
but from its native haunts at Ft. Snelling.

V. EccLEsTONIL? a fine species with rich purple flowers, is also
entitled to recognition in the Gray Manual. 'The type specimens

1 RHopona vi. 226, pl. 59; and vii. 1-3.

? Since the above was written, I have received specimens, both in flower and in
fruit, of V. novae-angliae from the Province of New Brunswick:— Wet sandy shores,
Lake Utopia, St. George, Charlotte Co., N. B.; J. Vroom, July & August, 1883. This
is the earliest known collection of this species.

3 Bull. Torrey Bot. Club xxxvii. 526, plates 34 & 35. 1910.

114 Rhodora. [JUNE

were collected by Mr. Eggleston at West Nashville, Tenn., May 26,
1909. But there is a specimen in the National Museum, collected
near Nashville July, 1897, by Mr. Williamson, but named by Mr. C. L.
Pollard V. viarum Pollard. A still older specimen is in the herbarium
of the Missouri Botanical Garden, collected by Dr. A. Gattinger at La
Vergne, Tenn. (15 miles southeast of Nashville), May 13, 1881.
But it was of more interest to find at St. Louis a specimen from Bowl-
ing Green, Kentucky, collected by Miss Sadie F. Price April 11, 1899,
labeled “V. faleata Greene.”

V. SEPTEMLOBA LeConte, a most distinct and beautiful species of
the coastal plains from N. Carolina to Mississippi, seems to occur,
at least sporadically, in Virginia and even in Delaware. It was
admitted into the revised edition of the Illustrated Flora on the
evidence of a specimen from Virginia Beach collected by Mrs. N. L.
Britton. Later a good specimen of LeConte’s plant was seen in the
herbarium of the Field Museum, Chicago, the ticket reading: “ Viola
cucullata var. palmata L. Newcastle Co’y, Del., W. M. Canby, coll."
Unfortunately the date and the name of the town where found are
lacking. But collectors 1n these localities should be on the watch for
this species.

I take this opportunity to emend the names of three hybrids, two
described from Lexington, Mass., and one from the Middle Atlantie
States; the change is required by the recognition of V. triloba Schwein.
as a species distinct from V. palmata L. But both species are found to
cross with V. fimbriatula, with V. cucullata, and with V. sagittata, as
follows: —

1. Viola fimbriatula X triloba, nom. nov.— V. fimbriatula X
palmata Robinson, Ruopora viii. 53, pl. 70. March, 1906.

2, Viola fimbriatula X palmata, hyb. nov.— Not V. fimbriatula
X palmata Robinson, from which in aspect it is markedly distinct.—
Leaves ovate in outline, subcordate, obtuse, 3-5-lobed or -cleft on
either side chiefly below the middle, finely pubescent especially on
the petioles and along the veins of the lower surface; flowers, capsules
and peduncles intermediate between those of the parents; plants
quite infertile; offspring diversiform,— some with leaves like those
of the hybrid parent, others with leaves uncut as in V. fimbriatula,
and still others with deeply lobed leaves as in V. palmata, in all cases
the width of leaf being intermediate.— East Lyme, Ct., Miss A. M.
Ryon, Oct., 1905; rocky woodlands, Yonkers, N. Y., Brainerd, Sept.
9, 1905; Spring Valley, N. Y., Miss E. M. Kittredge, May 26, 1911;
Sylvan Beach, Oneida Co., N. Y., H. D. House 1244 (in part), July 11,

| 1913] Sage,— Arenaria caroliniana in Rhode Island 115

1905; Palmer's Glenn, N. Y., J. Bishop, 1909; Mt. Tryon (alt. 760 ra.)
Tenn., E. Brainerd, April 21, 1910.

3. Viola cucullata X triloba, nom. nov., V. cucullata X palmata
[var. dilatata authors not Ell.], Ruopora viii. 56 (March 1906).

4. Viola cucullata X palmata, hyb. nov., not V. cucullata X pal-
mata of Ruopora viii. 56.— Leaves nearly glabrous, broadly cordate-
ovate, lobes as numerous as in V. palmata, but shorter; cleistogamous
flowers intermediate in form to those of the parent species, on elongate
ascending peduncles; auricles long, slightly setulose, sepals otherwise
glabrous; capsule bearing few seeds.— East Lyme, Ct., Miss A. M.
Ryon, Oct. 4, 1906.

5. Viola sagittata X triloba, nom. nov., V. palmata |var. dilatata
authors not Ell.] X sagittata, Ruopora viii. 54, except specimen last
cited.

6. Viola palmata X sagittata hyb. nov., not V. palmata Ivar.
dilatata authors not Ell.] X sagittata, Ruopora viii. 54.— Leaves
ciliate and more or less pubescent, subcordate, with 6-8 acute slender
lobes chiefly towards the base; capsules infertile.— Garrison’s,
N. Y., Ed. S. Denton, May, 1886 (characterized by Dr. Gray as “V.
palmata towards sagittata”); Staten I., N. Y., Philip Dowell 4518 b,
July 18, 1906; West Orange, N. J., Philip Dowell 4795, June 22, 1907.

MIDDLEBURY, VERMONT.

ARENARIA CAROLINIANA IN RHODE IsLAND.— Several plants of
Arenaria caroliniana Walt. were found by the writer in the salt-marsh
back of the sand-dunes at Weekapaug, Rhode Island, Sept. 1, 1912.
They were growing on a slightly elevated, but dry, spot in the meadow
and were confined to the one locality. Some of them were still in
blossom on the 22nd of the month.

Through the kindness of Prof. Fernald, I am enabled to give the
previously printed records (under the synonymous name Arenaria
squarrosa) of this plant for New England, as follows:

“ Arenaria squarrosa Michx. Torrey & Gray, i, 179.
In Block Island, Dr. Robbins, Sept., 1829."
Oakes in Hovey's Magazine, xiii, 218 (1847).
* Arenaria squarrosa Mchx., Robbins, 1829.
S. T. O." (Stephen T. Olney) in note on the rare plants of
Block Island, in Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, v, 38 (1874).

The above records seem to have been overlooked by all the manual-
makers.

Specimens from Weekapaug have been placed in the Herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club.— Jonn H. Sace, Portland, Con-
necticut.

116 Rhodora. [JUNE

HIERACIUM FLORENTINUM AT WELLESLEY HiLLs, MASSACHUSETTS.
— On October 22, 1912, I found an unfamiliar plant growing rather
abundantly in dry sandy soil by the side of Cliff Road, Wellesley
Hills. Prof. K. M. Wiegand identified this as Hieracium florentinum
All. The American range of this plant is given in Gray’s Manual as
"eastern Quebec to northern New York." There is, however, a
sheet of it in the Gray Herbarium collected by Mrs. Ella L. Horr
on June 11, 1911, at Worcester, Massachusetts, “in a pasture, well
established," and a sheet in the Herbarium of the New England
Botanical Club, collected by Mr. F. F. Forbes, June 16, 1912, in
Brookline, Massachusetts, where found in abundance in * dry sandy
ground off Pond Ave." With these three Massachusetts stations the
range is extended far to the south and east of that given in the
Manual.— Ruru S. Ropman, Wellesley College.

THE NINETEENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE JossELYN BOTANICAL
Society will be held at Thomaston, Maine, August 12-16, with head-
quarters at the Knox Hotel. Further notice, with program, will be
sent to members, and to any persons interested, on request, at least
two weeks previous to the meeting.— Dana W. FELLOWS, Secretary,
Portland, Maine.

Vol. 15, no. 173, including pages 81 to 100, was issued 19 May, 1913.

Rhodora Plate 104

F. Schuyler Mathews del.

1. VIOLA ADUNCA J. E. Sm.
2

VIOLA RUPESTRIS Schmidt var. ARENARIA (DC.) Beck.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15.

July, 1913. No. 175.

SOUTHERLY RANGE EXTENSIONS IN ANTENNARIA.
BAYARD Lona.

THE appearance in print of the New Gray in 1908 with its prepos-
sessing treatment of Antennaria — descriptions with actual distinc-
tions; dichotomous keys with ample contrasting characters; excellent
drawings by Mr. Schuyler Mathews which illustrate and do not

obscure — was largely responsible for the increased interest which
some of us at Philadelphia began to take in this genus which we had
previously considered as sacred to the specialist.

Our determination to collect as extensively as possible in this group
during the following spring was made known to Professor Fernald and
his interest solicited. He very generously agreed to examine and name
all our prospective material. So with such encouragement for ob-
taining a knowledge of a genus so thoroughly neglected by us, we felt
we were making a most auspicious onset upon Antennaria. We were
not so over-sanguine as to hope for new species in the Middle Atlantic
States but we knew that there were additions to be made to the knowl-
edge of at least the local distribution of our species, if not to their
general geographic range.

At that time there had been, apparently, no published records or
notes on the Antennarias to be found in the Philadelphia region since
Professor Porter’s Flora of Pennsylvania in 1903 and Keller and Brown’s
Flora of Philadelphia and Vicinity in 1905. From these two sources
it appeared that there were but three species, Antennaria planta-
ginifolia, A. neglecta, and A. neodioica commonly recognized to be
generally distributed, and two others, A. Parlinii, noted from a single
locality in the one book, and A. fallax recorded in the other volume,

118 Rhodora [Juny

also from but one station. Naturally our interest during local trips
largely centered about these last two supposedly rare species, and it
was not long before a little active collecting showed them to be fre-
quent about Philadelphia or even locally common. :

Professor Fernald had encouraged us with the opinion that A.
canadensis, A. occidentalis, and A. petaloidea ought to be extended
south into our upland counties, so a trip in the middle of May, 1909,
with Mr. S. S. Van Pelt into the glaciated area of N orthampton County,
Pennsylvania, lying just south of the Blue, or Kittatinny, Mountains,
held at least promise of some possibilities in Antennaria. In the
Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences we had seen a speci-
men of A. canadensis from the Catskills and so during this trip we had
this species continually in mind. The hope of finding it was not
realized here but a tall form with large heads and strikingly handsome
white petaloid bracts (suggesting, in general, 4. fallax with round-
tipped leaves) collected at the foot of the Big Offset north of Bangor,
and again between Johnsonville and Mount Bethel, proved to be A.
occidentalis — a northern species heretofore known, in the eastern
part of its range, only as far south as western Massachusetts and New
York.

The work of Mr. Harold W. Pretz in Lehigh County, Pennsylvania,
has given us additional information on the local distribution of
Antennaria and has also added another northern species to our local
flora. Through two seasons he has collected extensively and has
generously allowed me the use of his material. To Mr. Pretz belongs
the credit of making known in our region Antennaria petaloidea — a
species not previously recorded south of New York State. His
station is at Corning, in the red-shale district of the extreme southern
part of Lehigh County, at the head of the Perkiomen Valley which
supports so many interesting and often local species. Two other
collections of his give additional evidence of 4. occidentalis at locali-
ties still farther south than the Bangor stations. The one, of handsome
staminate plants with characteristic basal leaves, Professor Fernald

1 Here occur two of our most southeasterly stations in Pennsylvania for Luzula
saltuensis, as well as stations for L. campestris var. multiflora which finds the extreme
limit of its range on the southeast near Philadelphia. Among species of character-
istic occurrence may be mentioned Juniperus communis, Oryzopsis racemosa, Poly-
gonatum biflorum, Corylus rostrata, Acer spicatum, Lonicera dioica — all types which
come into the Philadelphia area from the north or northwest and which become rare
and localized south or southeast of the Perkiomen Valley.

1913] Long,— Southerly Range Extensions in Antennaria 119

agrees probably represents this species. The colony was found in the
vicinity of the Blue Mountains below Lehigh Gap Station. The
other collection seems to me to be satisfactory A. occidentalis but
Professor Fernald is inclined to feel that it approaches A. fallax.
These plants are also from Corning, where Mr. Pretz tells me Anten-
narias abound in the greatest profusion. The country is here quite
hilly with often abrupt rises of several hundred feet, the general
elevation ranging from four hundred to over a thousand feet.

Our most successful Antennaria hunt, the one most full of surprises,
was during a trip over Decoration Day in 1909 with Mr. E. B. Bar-
tram into the mountains of the western part of Virginia near the
Natural Bridge. The very first morning’s explorations brought to
light, almost within sight of the famous bridge, two of the most in-
teresting additions to the flora of this region. While I was expending
my enthusiasm on two beautifully distinct forms of Polygala Senega
Mr. Bartram was the fortunate discoverer of the first colony of An-
tennaria canadensis. The plants were growing in large tangled mats
on a moist, shaded, woodland bank. The leaves of the first colony
examined seemed to be much longer, narrower and more pointed than
in the common plant of the north but other plants were quite charae-
teristic. Although so far south and occurring at only fifteen hundred
feet elevation, the inflorescences were still mostly quite fresh and in
good collecting condition. Only a few colonies of this species were
found unfortunately, but this deficiency was amply made up by the
abundance of Antennaria Parlinii everywhere in the rich, moist,
rocky woods along Cedar Creek below the Bridge. Considerable
variation on leaf-form was found in the many colonies collected. A
form with oblong, rather obtuse leaves seemed to prevail. Both
typical Parlinw and Prof. Greene’s arnoglossa (with broad, white,
petaloid bracts) occurred, but the former was noticeably the com-
moner. Unlike A. canadensis, plants with fresh inflorescences were
very rare; the heads were commonly quite dried and withered.

These two species showed rather considerable range extensions.
A, Parlinii does not appear to be credited further south than the Dis-
trict of Columbia region, about one hundred fifty miles to the north
of the Natural Bridge, while the nearest station known to me for A.
canadensis is that of Mr. C. S. Williamson at Platte Clove in the
Catskills, approximately four hundred miles distant. The most

! Bartonia, iii, 30 (1911).

,

120 Rhodora [J ULY

southwesterly stations noted in Connecticut in the recent Catalogue !
of the plants of that state are at about the same distance.

In lately re-examining our Antennarias in the general collection of
the Academy two sheets of plants of particular interest were found.
These were both collected by C. W. Short, a name inseparably asso-
ciated in botany with that of Kentucky. His labels, like those of
many of the botanists of somewhat earlier days, ofttimes bear rather
meager information. This is unfortunately true in the present case,
but Mr. Stewardson Brown assures me that when there is no intimate
locality noted the specimen came from the Lexington region of Ken-
tucky, this being his regular and consistent method of labelling. The
one sheet bears two plants, in good condition, with this label in his
own hand: —

* Gnaphalium plantagineum
On thin clayey lanes. Ky-fl: May
C. W. Short"

The other sheet bears three plants with a rather similar label. The
interesting point is that only one of the plants is what is now known as
Antennaria plantaginifolia, while the remainder are specimens of the
large-leaved series in which both the basal leaves and those of the
stolons are bright green and glabrous above from the first — quite
definitely referable to 4. Parlini.?

Although the basis of this record may not be satisfactorily conclu-
sive for Lexington, no doubt need be cast upon it for Kentucky. From
the occurrence of A. Parlinii as far west as Iowa, taken into consider-
ation with its abundance in the lower altitudes of the Blue Ridge at
Natural Bridge, on the Potomac at Washington, and at low elevations
in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Delaware, we would rather expect
to find it occurring in country of no great elevation on the western side
of the southern Alleghanies — country very like the Lexington region.

The extensions of range recorded in these notes seem to be very
logical and natural; they are all southerly extensions along lines of

1 Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut. Ct. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.,
xiv. 389 (1910).

2 The second sheet mentioned shows staminate plants, the only specimens of this
sex of A. Parlinii that have come under my notice, except some from above Wash-
ington along the Potomac, and a single large and luxuriant colony found by Mr. C. 8.
Williamson and myself at Harrington, Delaware. The extreme rarity of staminate
plants would seem to be an actual, demonstrated fact and not one at all to be ac-
counted for by an insufficiency of intensive field-work.

1913] Long,— Southerly Range Extensions in Antennaria 121

distribution well recognized. Antennaria canadensis, A. occidentalis,
and A. petaloidea are species characteristic of the region north of
Pennsylvania. Here they extend through New England and eastern
Canada westward half way or more across the continent. A southerly
advance of Canadian types such as these would be found along the
general line of the Alleghanies, where they find climatic and tempera-
ture conditions similar to those of their northern home. These three
plants will probably be found to belong to a group whose distribution
may be typified by such species as Glyceria Torreya, Tiarella cordi-
olia, Pyrus americana, Acer pennsylvanicum, A. spicatum.

Although Antennaria canadensis has not yet, to the best of my
knowledge, been collected between the Catskills and Natural Bridge,
I feel that with future work in the Alleghanies its occurrence in
Pennsylvania will be established. An interesting analogy would be
shown should its distribution prove to be similar to that of Thuja
occidentalis, which, despite the natural assumption that it extends
from its northern home all along the Alleghanies to its southern limit
in North Carolina, appears to be quite unknown in a native state in the
wide mountain area of Pennsylvania.!

In our present knowledge of A. petaloidea and A. occidentalis ex-
tending down along the mountains only as far as Pennsylvania, their
distribution is closely paralleled by such species as Alnus incana,
Lonicera canadensis, Lobelia Kalmii.

Antennaria Parlinii is found to have a more southerly distribution
than the other three species, occurs at lower altitudes, and extends
well down into the northern coastal plain. It belongs to quite a
different category — not a Canadian but an Alleghanian type. More
properly it might be called an Alleghanian type encroaching on the
Carolinian Zone. The impossibility of sharply separating the several
floras in eastern America is a well-known fact.? There would seem
to be sufficiently good evidence, however, for classing A. Parlinii as
above. Its distribution in Maine — absent from the northern boreal
portion but extending through the southern part (Alleghanian Zone)
and in a broad arm well up the Penobscot Valley — is particularly
interesting and indicative of the life-zone to which it belongs. Its

occurrence through southerly New England in general, up along the

1 See Porter, Flora of Pennsylvania, 3 (1903); Taylor, Torreya, ix. 206 (1909), xii.
103 (1912).
? See Fernald, Expedition to Newfoundland. Ruopora, xiii. 137, 139 (1911).

122 Rhodora | [JULY

Connecticut and Hudson Valleys, as well as its absence in the higher
mountains of Vermont and New Hampshire, points to the same con-
clusion. South of New England and New York it spreads, like a great
many other species, into the northern extensions of the Carolinian.
In all probability it will be shown to belong to a distribution-group
which is typified by Lycopodium complanatum var. flabelliforme,
Populus grandidentata, Quercus coccinea, Q. bicolor, Pyrola americana.
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— XVII.

GRAMINEAE.

ECHINOCHLOA.

E. corona (L.) Link. Cotton waste from mill, Malden (F. S.
Collins, Aug. 19, 1888, specimen in herb. Yale University).

E. cruscaLLI (L.) Beauv. Wet shores and waste places, common
throughout.

E. rRUMENTACEA (Roxb.) Link. Occasionally persistent from
cultivation, and sometimes sporadic in waste land.

E. Walteri (Pursh) Nash. Swamps and salt marshes near the
coast; Swampscott, Medford, Boston, Dorchester, Scituate.

SETARIA.

S. GLAUCA (L.) Beauv. Fields and waste places, common through-
out.

S. rrauica (L.) Beauv. Introduced in waste places from cultiva-
tion, frequent. A variable species, the variations of which are now
being studied.

S. VERTICILLATA (L.) Beauv. Waste land; Newburyport, Salem,
Charlestown, Cambridge, Boston, Dorchester.

S. vrripis (L.) Beauv. Fields and waste places, common through-
out.

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,—— XVII 123

CENCHRUS.

C. CAROLINIANUS Walt. In sandy soil and waste places, apparently
introduced; at ten scattered stations.

ZIZANIA.

Z. aquatica L. Wet borders of Concord and Charles Rivers and
their tributaries, in Lowell, Wayland, Framingham, Newton, Wellesley,
Needham, Medfield. An uncommon species in our region.

Z. palustris L. Rivers and ditches; frequent throughout.

LEERSIA.

L. oryzoides (L.) Sw. Wet places, common throughout.

L. oryzoides (L.) Sw., forma glabra A. A. Eaton. “Tidal shores of
the Merrimac river near ‘the laurels’ in the western part of Newbury-
port ” ( A. A. Eaton, Sept., 1902; A. A. Eaton de M. L. Fernald, Oct. 2,
1902, specimens in herb. N. E. Botanical Club). See RHoponma v.
118, 1903.

L. virginica Willd. Moist woods, occasional from Walpole north-
ward.

PHALARIS.

P. arundinacea L. Swamps, marshes and pond margins, locally
abundant. No reports from southeastern portion of district.

P. arundinacea L., var. picra L. Persistent and occasionally
spreading from old gardens; apparently native in Stoughton (S. F.
Blake, June 15, 1912).

P. CANARIENSIS L. Waste places and dumps around cities and
towns, occasional.

ANTHOXANTHUM.

A. ODORATUM L. Fields, pastures and roadsides; very common
throughout.

A. Puget Lecoq € Lamotte. South Boston (C. E. Perkins, June
25, 1879); Jamaica Plain [W. Roxbury] (E. & C. E. Faxon, July 8,
1883); Milton (G. G. Kennedy, June 27, 1897).

124 Rhodora [JULY

HIEROCHLOE.

H. odorata (L.) Wahlenb. Meadows and marshes, both brackish
and fresh; common along the coast, inland on the Concord and
Shawsheen Rivers; meadow, frequent, Wellesley (K. M. Wiegand,
May, 1912).

ORYZOPSIS.

O. asperifolia Michx. Dry open woods, frequent.

O. pungens (Torr.) Hitche. Dry sandy fields, and open woods,
frequent throughout.

O. racemosa (Sm.) Ricker. Dry rocky woods, rare; Georgetown,
Essex, Malden, Woburn. “Melrose (Wm. Boott; specimen in herb.
of)." according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 126, 1888, as
Oryzopsis melanocarpa Muhl. :

STIPA.

S. avenacea L. Dry open woods, rare; Wakefield, Woburn,
Malden, Medford, Milton.

ARISTIDA.

A. dichotoma Michx. Dry sandy soil, common throughout.

A. gracilis Ell. Sandy soil, frequent from Hingham and Sharon
northward.

A. purpurascens Poir. Dry sandy soil, scattered stations,
throughout.

A. tuberculosa Nutt. Plum Island (J. Robinson, Aug. 31, 1876);
Ocean Spray, Winthrop (H. A. Young, Sept. 28, 1878); Winthrop
(C. E. Perkins, Sept. 6, 1882); Winter Pond, Winchester (C. F.
Perkins, Sept. 6, 1882). The last reference is probably an error,
since this species is ordinarily confined to coastal sands, and Perkins
collected it on September 6, 1882, at Winthrop, as cited above. This
is the same date that appears with the specimen said to come from
Winter Pond. The field-label accompanying the Winthrop material
is in Perkins's own hand, but the material labelled “Winter Pond”
is marked in another band, presumably through a confusion of labels.

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,— XVII 125

MUHLENBERGIA.

M. capillaris (Lam.) Trin. Hingham, rare (T. T. Bouvé, no date;
J. R. Churchill, Oct. 5, 1887). We know of only two other records of
this species from New England, namely, Hamden and New Haven,
Connectieut. See Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut, Conn.
Bot. Society, 62, 1910.

M. foliosa Trin. Moist soil; Andover, Lawrence, Dracut, Groton,
Marlboro, Wellesley, Natick.

M. mexicana (L.) Trin. Woods and thickets; frequent.

M. racemosa (Michx.) BSP. Meadows and low ground; occa-
sional from Blue Hills and Walpole northward.

M. Schreberi J. F. Gmel. Roadsides and fields, introduced around
towns and cities, perhaps native in some places. Scattered stations
from Braintree and Wellesley northward.

M. sobolifera (Muhl.) Trin. Rocky woods and ledges; occasional
from the Blue Hills and Needham northward.

M. sylvatica Torr. Damp woods and roadsides; occasional from
the Blue Hills northward.

M. tenuiflora (Willd. BSP. Damp rocky woods; ten stations,
from Blue Hills northward.

BRACHYELYTRUM.

B. erectum (Schreb.) Beauv. Moist woods, occasional.

HELEOCHLOA.

H. SCHOENOIDES (L.) Host. Made land, South Boston flats, very
abundant.

PHLEUM.
P. pratense L. Fields and roadsides, very common throughout.
ALOPECURUS.

A. AGRESTIS L. Adventive in waste places; Lowell, Charlestown,
Boston, South Boston.

A. geniculatus L. Moist soil, occasional from Norwood north-
ward.

TO A A is

126 Rhodora [Juny

A. geniculatus L., var. aristulatus Torr. Wet places, from
Hingham, Dorchester and Natick northward; also on shore of Massa-
poag Lake, Sharon (S. F. Blake, June 26, 1911).

A. PRATENSIS L. Fields and meadows, generally introduced and
abundant.

SPOROBOLUS.

S. asper (Michx.) Kunth. Dry sand and gravel; Ipswich, Danvers,
Medford, Somerville, Boston, Dorchester, Duxbury; Hingham,
according to T. T. Bouvé, Botany of Hingham, in History of the town
of Hingham i. pt. 1, 134, 1893.

S. cryptandrus (Torr.) Gray. Sandy and gravelly soil at numerous
stations along the coast; also at Lowell, Dracut, and Winter Pond,
Winchester.

S. uniflorus (Muhl.) Scribn. & Merr. Meadows and bogs, common
throughout.

S. vaginiflorus (Torr.) Wood. Dry sterile soil; common through-
out.

AGROSTIS.

A. alba L. Dry and moist soil; not reported from southeast, but
common elsewhere.

A. alba L., var. aristata Gray. Meadows and moist places; Ips-
wich, Woburn, Melrose, Medford, Carlisle, Newton, Dorchester.

A. alba L., var. maritima (Lam.) G. F. W. Mey. Moist soil;
Gloucester, Revere, Saugus, Stoneham, Charlestown, Boston, Hing-
ham.

A. alba L., var. vuLGARIS (With.) Thurb. Fields and meadows,
common throughout. ;

A. antecedens Bicknell. (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxv. 473-475,
1908). West Boston dump (C. W. Swan, June 27, 1881, specimen in
herb. Yale University). Common.on Nantucket and Long Island.

A. CANINA L. Meadows and damp places; occasional in central
and northern portion of district.

A. hyemalis (Walt.) BSP. Moist and dry soil, common through-
out.

A. perennans (Walt.) Tuckerm. Woods, common throughout.

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, — XVII 127

GASTRIDIUM.

G. AUSTRALE Beauv. In wool waste, Lowell and Billerica (C. W.
Swan, July 24, 1883); S. Boston (C. E. Perkins, July 20, 1882).
A native of Europe, but probably adventive here from California,
where it is naturalized (Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 127, 1888).

POLYPOGON.

P. MONSPELIENSIS (L.) Desf. Waste places, rare; North Chelms-
ford, Lowell, Dracut, Billerica, Charlestown, Boston, South Boston.

CALAMAGROSTIS.

C. canadensis (Michx.) Beauv. Swamps and wet places, common
throughout. A peculiar form of this species collected in Boxford,
August 6, 1899, by E. F. Williams was sent to Mrs. Chase and has
been returned by her with the following note, dated April 23, 1913;
“The loose panicle of long slender branches, and the long callus hairs
indicate C. canadensis with which the specimen agrees perfectly except
in having spikelets scarcely 2.5 mm. long. I do not find any speci-
mens with spikelets quite so small as this, but there are a number
with spikelets less than 3 mm. These are from Saskatchewan, Mon-
tana, Wisconsin, and District of Columbia, showing no geographical
limitation."

C. cinnoides (Muhl.) Barton. Low thickets and borders of woods,
never abundant; occasional in other parts of district, but not reported
from west or southwest.

C. Pickeringii Gray. Meadow north of Haggett's Pond, Andover
(J. Robinson, June 26, 1878; June 27, 1879; June 26, 1880); swamps,
Andover (J. H. Sears, September, 1880); meadows along Fish Brook,
Andover (A. S. Pease, July 27, 1903; July 7, 1904); sandy bank,
Wilmington (E. F. Williams, June 11, 1899).

AMMOPHILA.

A. arenaria (L.) Link. Sand-dunes and beaches along the coast,
common.

128 Rhodora [JULY

APERA.

A. sPICA-VENTI (L.) Beauv. Made land, S. Boston (C. E. Perkins,
July 1, 1878 and July 5, 1881; E. & C. E. Faxon, Oct. 5, 1878 and July
3, 1879); "in a field at West Newbury (W. P. Conant)” according
to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 123, 1880 (as Agrostts Spica-venti L.).

CINNA.

C. arundinacea L. River borders, swamps and wet woods; com-
mon elsewhere, but not reported from the extreme south.

[C. latifolia (Trev.) Griseb. “Lawrence, Danvers (J. H. Sears);
West Newbury (W. P. Conant) etc.” according to Robinson, Fl.
Essex Co. 124, 1880, as C. arundinacea, L., var. pendula, Gray. There
are no specimens in the Peabody Academy of Science.]

HOLCUS.

H. naNATUS L. Fields and meadows, very common throughout.

SPHENOPHOLIS.

S. nitida (Spreng.) Scribn. Woods, rare; Melrose, Malden,
Wellesley, Canton, Randolph.

S. obtusata (Michx.) Seribn. Dry shaded ledges north of Crooked
Pond, Boxford (A. S. Pease, June 27, 1912); West Boston flats (C. W.
Swan, June 27, 1881 and June 25, 1882); Blue Hill, Milton (E. &
C. E. Faxon, no date); “Concord (E. S. Hoar; specimen in herb. of);
Watertown (Bigelow's Fl. Bost., under Aira truncata, Muhl.)" ac-
cording to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 129, 1888, as Eatonia
obtusata Gray.

S. pallens (Spreng.) Scribn. Meadows and ditches, rare; nine
stations from Blue Hills northward (1877-1896).

S. pallens (Spreng.) Scribn., var. major (Torr.) Scribn. Danvers
(J. H. Sears, June 4, 1879, specimen in herb. Peabody Academy
of Science).

S. palustris (Michx.) Scribn. Swamps and meadows; Andover
CA. S. Pease, June S, 1903); “well meadow head," Concord (H. D.

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,— XVII 129

Thoreau, June 19, 1859); “Heywood meadow near R. R. spring in
brush, ^ Concord (H. D. Thoreau, June 29, 1859); Needham (T. O.
Fuller, June 9-10, 1887); Purgatory Swamp, Norwood (C. E. Faxon,
June 17, 1879; C. W. Swan, June 17, 1882; E. F. Williams, June 22,
1896 and June 4, 1899).

TRISETUM.

T. spicatum (L.) Richter. Andover (J. Blake, June 26, 1832);
rocky bank of Merrimac and sandy wood-road near Pomp's Pond,
Andover (A. S. Pease, Sept. 19, 1903; June 4 and 20, 1904); Bateman's
Pond, Concord (C. W. Swan & C. W. Jenks, July 6, 1888).

DESCHAMPSIA.

D. caespitosa (L.) Beauv. Shore of Haggett's Pond, Andover
(C. H. Knowlton, June 20, 1903); shore of Merrimac River, Dracut
and Lowell (C. W. Swan, July 20, 1882); introduced on land of J. R.
Churchill, Dorchester (J. R. Churchill, 1884 to date); Chelmsford
(C. W. Swan) according to Dame € Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co., 128,
1888.

D. flexuosa (L.) Trin. Dry ground; not reported from western
and southwestern towns, but frequent elsewhere.

AVENA.

A. HIRSUTA Roth. South Boston dump (C. W. Swan, June 6, 1886).
“Habitat passim in Europae cultis," according to Roth, Catalecta
Botanica iii. 19, 1806. Specimen in herb. Yale University.

A. HYBRIDA Koch. Brickyard, Newburyport (E. F. Williams,
July 31, 1898). An Old World species. Specimen in herb. N. E.
Botanical Club.

A. sativa L. Fields, roadsides and waste places, frequent through-
out.

ARRHENATHERUM.

A. ELATIUs (L.) Beauv. Fields and roadsides, occasional.

130 Rhodora [JULY

DANTHONTIA.

D. compressa Aust. Dry ground, mostly in open woods; frequent,
especially southward.
D. spicata (L.) Beauv. Dry places, common throughout.

SPARTINA.

S. glabra Muhl., var. alterniflora (Loisel.) Merr. Salt marshes,
frequent along the coast.

S. glabra Muhl., var. pilosa Merr. Salt marshes, abundant along
the coast.

S. Michauxiana Hitchc. Wet shores and marshes, both salt and
fresh; frequent, especially on the coast.

S. patens (Ait.) Muhl. Salt marshes, abundant along the coast.

S. patens (Ait.) Muhl., var. caespitosa (A. A. Eaton) Hitchc.
Causeway, Salisbury (4. 4. Eaton, Sept. 2, 1898); Plum Island (4.
A. Eaton, Aug. 29, 1896); Newbury (A. A. Eaton, August, 1897).

S. patens (Ait.) Muhl., var. juncea (Michx.) Hitche. Edges of
salt marshes, occasional; Ipswich, Revere, Cambridge, Boston,
Dorchester. :

CYNODON.

C. DacTYLoN (L.) Pers. South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, Aug.
25, Sept. 2 and Oct. 3, 1879; Sept. 5, 1881).

CHLORIS.

C. ELEGANS HBK. South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 2,
1882). Native of Texas and northern Mexico.

BOUTELOUA.

B. aracinis (HBK) Lag. Made land, South Boston flats (C. E.
Faxon, Oct. 5, 1878). Native of northwestern Canada, western
United States and Mexico.

[B. oligostachya (Nutt.) Torr. “Near the old carpet factory,

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,— XVII 131

Tapleyville, 1880” (J. H. Sears & J. Robinson) according to Robin-
son, Fl. Essex Co. 125, 1880. No specimen seen. |

B. rapicosa (Fourn.) Griffiths. South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins,
1882). Native of southwestern United States and Mexico.

B. TEXANA Watson. South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 2,
1882). Native of Texas and Mexico.

DACTYLOCTENIUM.

D. agayptium (L.) Richter. Cotton waste from mills, Malden
(F. S. Collins, Aug. 19, 1888; F. S. Collins & C. W. Swan, Sept. 14,
1888).

ELEUSINE.

E. INDICA Gaertn. Waste places, rare; Salem, Lowell, Reading,
Malden, Boston, South Boston.

LEPTOCHLOA.

L. FASCICULARIS (Lam.) Gray. Adventive, Boston (C. W. Swan,
Sept. 17 and 19, 1887, specimens in herb. Yale University and in
herb. Walter Deane.

L. FILIFORMIS (Lam.) Beauv. Cotton waste from mills, Lowell
(C. W. Swan, Aug. 16 and Sept. 6, 1883); Malden (F. S. Collins,
Sept. 25, 1887; F. S. Collins & C. W. Swan, Sept. 14, 1888).

L. mpricata Thurb. Woollen mill waste, N. Billerica (C. W.
Swan, Sept. 18, 1885, specimens in herb. Yale University and N. E.
Botanical Club). Native of Arizona.

PHRAGMITES.

P. communis Trin. Wet places near the coast, becoming more
frequent southward; inland at Andover and S. Lincoln.

TRICUSPIS.

T. flava (L.) Hubbard. (Tridens flavus (L.) Hitche. Gray's Manual,
“th ed. See Hubbard, Ruopora xiv. 185-6, 1912). Campus lawns,
Wellesley (K. M. Wiegand, Sept. 16, 1910); abundant in old fields,
Southboro (A. J. Eames, August, 1909).

132 Rhodora [JULY

TRIPLASIS. .

T. purpurea (Walt.) Chapin. Sandy places; Salisbury, Ipswich,
Winthrop, Winchester, Dorchester, Hingham. “Nahant beach ” ac-
cording to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 125, 1880.

ERAGROSTIS.

E. capillaris (L.) Nees. Dry sand and gravel; Essex, Andover,
Lowell, Malden, Needham, Canton; "observed by myself in sunny
situations in the environs of Salem, chiefly about cultivated ground,"
according to C. Pickering, Chronological History of Plants, 810, 1879.

E. MEGASTACHYA (Koeler) Link. Waste ground and roadsides;
abundant around Boston, occasional elsewhere.

E. minor Host. Waste places rare; Westford, Lowell, Cambridge,
Boston, Roxbury, Dedham, Hingham.

E. pectinacea (Michx.) Steud. Dry fields, common throughout.

E. pectinacea (Michx.) Steud., var. spectabilis Gray. Near
Kimball’s Pond, Amesbury (4. 4. Eaton, 1895); Andover (A. S. Pease,
Sept. 22, 1901); Tewksbury (4.'S. Pease, Sept. 17, 1903); Hingham,
according to T. T. Bouvé, Botany of Hingham, in History of the town
of Hingham i. pt. 1, 135, 1893.

E. pilosa (L.) Beauv. Gravel and sand; common and abundant.

Notes and corrections on the preceding list. On page 56, lines 5
and 6 should be deleted. The reference to Panicum Ashei is an unin-
tentional repetition, under a now discarded name, of what is duly
entered, on page 59, under P. wmbrosum. :

On page 56, line 18, for known read recorded.

C. H. KNOWLTON Committee
S. F. BLAKE on
WALTER DEANE ] Local Flora.

1913] Fernald and Wiegand,— Two New Carices 133

À TWO NEW CARICES FROM NEWFOUNDLAND.
M. L. FERNALD AND K. M. WIEGAND.

CAREX GRACILLIMA Schwein., var. macerrima, n. var., 3-5 dm. alta;
foliis 3-5 mm. latis; spiculis lateralibus pendulis 12-20-floris tenuissi-
mis 1.5-2 mm. crassis 1.5-3 cm. longis; squamis 9 albidis 2 mm.
longis; perigyniis nunquam inflatis trigonis utroque acutis vel sub-
acutis brunneis 2-2.8 mm. longis 1-1.2 mm. latis; achaeniis late ellip-
soideis utroque rotundatis 1.6-1.8 mm. longis, 1 mm. latis.

Plant low, 3-5 dm. high: leaves 3-5 mm. broad: lateral spikes
pendulous, 12-20-flowered, very slender, 1.5-2 mm. thick, 1.5-3 em.
long: pistillate scales whitish, 2 mm. long: perigynia not at all inflated,
trigonous, acute or acutish at both ends, brown, 2- 2.8 mm. long,
1-1.2 mm. wide: achenes broadly ellipsoid, rounded at both ends,
1.6-1.8 mm. long, 1 mm. wide.— NEWFOUNDLAND: moist open grass-
land near sea-level, York Harbor, Bay of Islands, July 27, 1908,
E. H. Eames & C. C. Godfrey, no. 5937 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); meadow
on Governor's Island, Bay of Islands, July 28, 1908, Eames & Godfrey,
no. 5938.— Distributed as C. gracillima, var. humilis Bailey and
reported by Eames as “occasional about the Bay of Islands, where
it appears to be a w ell-marked variety.” ! In a letter Dr. Eames says
further: “I was interested in this thing at the time, so had it in mind
thereafter. And, although I collected but two numbers, my ‘notes’
state that it was ‘Frequent in meadows near sea-level’ about York
Harbor. I saw it at intervals near the shore for about two miles,
and on two islands off-shore.”

C. gracillima, var. humilis, as defined by Bailey, is merely dwarfed
C. gracillima: “In open places and on harder soils, the species becomes
dwarfed, and may then be known as Var. HUMILIS. Smaller, the
leaves narrower; spikes often very small, two- to twelve-flowered,
erect or ascending; perigynium mostly smaller."? The plant from
the: Bay of Islands is clearly different in its pendulous many-flowered
spikes and in its uniformly dark brown firm and acute perigynia.
In these characters the plant suggests the narrow-leaved C. capillaris,
var. elongata Olney and it may, when better known, prove to be a
fertile hybrid of C. gracillima with that plant.

1! Ruopona, xi. 90 (1909).
? Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. i. 71 (1889).

134 Rhodora [Juny

CAREX LENTICULARIS Michx., var. eucycla, n. var., a forma typica
recedit perigyniis late ovalibus vel suborbicularibus utroque rotunda-
tis, 1.8 mm. longis; squamis 9 breviter oblongis vel suborbicularibus
1.5-2 mm. longis.

Differing from typical C. lenticularis in having the perigynia broad-
oval or suborbicular and rounded to base and apex, 1.8 mm. long;
scales of the pistillate spikes short-oblong or suborbicular, 1.5-2 mm.
long.— NEWFOUNDLAND: gravelly margin of Birchy Pond Stream,
East Branch of the Humber, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 2826, 2833
(TYPE in Gray Herb.).— In typical C. lenticularis the ovate to narrowly
elliptical perigynia are acutish at base and apex and 2.2-3 mm. long,
and the scales are distinctly longer than in the rounder-fruited variety
from central Newfoundland. Var. eucycla in its short roundish
perigynia suggests var. paullifructus Kükenthal, described from the
state of Washington; but that is said to have the pistillate scales with
broad white-hyaline margins, while var. eucycla has the fuscous scales
with extremely narrcw or almost imperceptible pale margins.

SOME MAINE PLANTS.
RarprH C. Bean.

Tue following plants, collected for the most part during the summer
of 1912, have been of special interest to me and the localities for some
of them are, I think, worth recording.

EUPHRASIA AMERICANA Wettst. I have been interested in watching
this plant, which has occupied the same locality — a country roadside
a half mile south of Clinton Village — for ten years. The area cov-
ered does not appear to vary, nor have I been able to find other sta-
tions in the region. My herbarium specimens were collected August
19, 1904, August 4, 1909, and August 11, 1911.

PoposrEMON CERATOPHYLLUM Michx. I found this plant first in
the summer of 1909 in a brook in Winslow. Its strange appearance
entirely baffled me at the time. I believe it was then the second station
in Maine. I collected it again in the same brook, which is an outlet
for Pattee Pond in Winslow, on July 11, 1912. It was growing
closely adhering to the stones in the shallow water.

1913] Fernald € Wiegand,— Calamagrostis Pickeringii 135

POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA L. was collected in a pasture at Pittsfield,
on July 23, 1912, and in a pasture in Center Minot on August 14,
1912. Before this time I had not seen the plant in any of the towns
near Clinton.

PRUNUS VIRGINIANA L., var. LEUCOCARPA Wats. This was growing
beside a country road in West Minot. I collected on August 14, 1912.
"The amber-colored fruit was entirely new to me. It has been known
in' this locality for thirty years at least.

PYcNANTHEMUM VIRGINIANUM (L.) Durand & Jackson. At a
distance this had the appearance of a white aster. I collected it on
August 27, 1912, in a field near woods one mile south of Clinton
Village. This was an entirely new plant for this locality.

UTRICULARIA. During the meeting of the Josselyn Botanical
Society at Gardiner in 1912, while on a trip to Nahumkeag pond in
Pittston, I found three Utriculariae. U. vulgaris, L. was growing
in the shallow water at the west side of the pond. U. purpurea Walt.
was found in a similar situation, though but a single plant. U.
gibba L. was growing on small islands near the same shore. "These
plants were about 3 cm. high. All three species were collected August
9, 1912.

WAKEFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS.

CALAMAGROSTIS PICKERINGH Gray, var. debilis (Kearney) n. comb.
C. breviseta debilis Kearney, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. xi.
25 (1898). In Newfoundland we became very familiar with two pro-
nounced tendencies of C. Pickeringii, one of rather coarse habit with
Spikelets large (4-5 mm. long), a comparatively common plant; the
other, the commonest grass of bogs and tundra, with often more
slender habit and with spikelets small (2.8-3.6 mm. long). Examina-
tion of the material in the Gray Herbarium, and especially of 'the
specimens cited by Kearney, shows that the plant with larger spikelets
is true C. Pickeringii (of which the type is in the Gray Herbarium),
while the plant with smaller spikelets closely matches the duplicate
type of C. breviseta debilis. 'The characters emphasized by Kearney,
however: “Of softer texture; culms sometimes only 2 dm. high, very
slender, less rigid, the uppermost internodes much elongated, usually
twice as long as both sheath and blade; leaf-blades thinner and rather
lax; panicle small (mostly 4 to 10 cm. long, about 1 cm. wide), con-

136 Rhodora . [JuLy

tracted, almost spiciform, somewhat flexuous; empty glumes narrower
and somewhat thinner"; do not properly distinguish the plants, for
these characters are found abundantly interchanged in specimens with
both large and small spikelets. We would, therefore, rest the var.
debilis simply on its smaller spikelets rather than upon the inconstant
vegetative characters originally used.

Of the 39 collections of C. Pickeringii, var. debilis examined by us,
the following are from outside Newfoundland and it may be of interest
to New England botanists to have a record of the stations. NEw
Hampsuire: dry bank by B. € M. R. R., 1 mile south of the village,
Lancaster, A. S. Pease, no. 12, 272; head of Oakes Gulf, Mt. Washing-
ton, Faxon; Mt. Monroe, Faxon; Ethans Pond, Mt. Willey, Pringle
(distributed as C. Pickeringii, var.), Faxon; Echo Lake, Franconia,
William Boott, 1861 (labeled by Dr. Gray “var.”), J. W. Chickering
(labeled by Dr. Gray “ = Boott's pl.”), Faxon; Profile Lake, Fran-
conia, Faxon; in sand by cascade, Albany Intervale, W. G. Farlow;
meadows, frequent, West Thornton, A. S. Pease, no. 2513; Pelham,
F. W. Batchelder. MassaAcuusETTS: north of Haggetts’ Pond, An-
dover, J. Robinson; Fish Brook meadows, Andover, A. S. Pease, nos.
2368, 4260.— M. L. FERNALD and K. M. WIEGAND.

Vol. 15, no. 174, including pages 100 to 116 and plate 104, was issued
11 June, 1918.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

No. 176.

Vol. 15. August, 1913.

SOME NOTEWORTHY PLANTS FROM THE ISLANDS AND
COAST OF MAINE.

ARTHUR H. NORTON.

Dunrıne the last dozen years the writer has had frequent occasion
to visit many of the outermost islands of Maine between Eastport and
Saco Bay, and various harbors and other inlets of the coast. Many
of these places, unimportant and probably not destined to receive
attention from botanists for years to come, have furnished one or
more rare or otherwise interesting plants. A number of the raost
interesting plants, seeming sufficiently isolated or having their distri-
bution sufficiently covered, are here mentioned. It should be stated
that the journeys to these islands have had non botanical objects in
view, and many of the landings have been made when long distances
were still to be covered, or when heavy seas or fog were threatening
and time was at a premium. Under these conditions only the more
conspicuous plants have fallen under observation. Some of these
afford ample material for interesting generalizations, which however,
must be omitted for the present. The notes are based primarily
upon the writer's observations but additional records from the Gray
Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club
have been furnished by Professor Fernald.

PINUS BANKSIANA Lam. Attention has been called to the abun-
dance of this pine at Schoodic Peninsula.! It remains to be said that it
extends to the southeastern limits of the town of Gouldsborough,

1 1889 Rand, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 16: 294, 295, and Redfield 1. c. 295, 296.

138 Rhodora [AUGUST

which includes Schoodic, but not to the small islands of the outer
part of Gouldsborough and Dyers Bays. It occurs upon Mt. Desert!
and Great Wass Island;? also on Steele Harbor Island (C. A. Cheever
in herb. New England Botanical Club).

PICEA CANADENSIS (Mill.) B.S.P. Abundant on many of the islands
east of the St. Georges group. At Eastern Ear, Isle au Haut, on the
south side exposed to the force of sea breezes and gales, trees ten or
more feet high are so dense that a person of two hundred pounds weight
may walk from the ground to the summit on the ends of the densely
matted and tangled branches. West of St. Georges it becomes less
abundant, and at Casco Bay is decidedly rare, though a few trees occur
at Trundys Reef, Cape Elizabeth.

JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS Moench. Crumple Island, near Jones-
port; Matinicus Seal Island, in abundance; Big Two Bush and White
Head, Knox County; Pumpkin Knob near Damascove Island;
Western Brown Cow and Marsh Islands, Casco Bay. Known in
some sections as Slink Weed. Distribution local. In the herbarium
of the New England Botanical Club are specimens from Monhegan
Island (Miss Furbish).

TYPHA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. The easternmost recorded stations on the
Maine coast are Great Chebeague, Casco Bay, and Winnegance.?

SPARGANIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx. Rare at Matinicus Island.

IRIS SETOSA CANADENSIS Foster. This plant, the interesting his-
tory of which is shown in the pages of Ruopora,‘ abounds on most of
the islands (excepting Machias Seal Island) east of Petit Menan
Point. West of this point it becomes very local, and generally rare.
It abounds, however, on Cranberry Point in the town of Gouldsboro,
but is recorded as rare at Great Cranberry Island;5 and in 1911 I found
a few plants on Little Duck Island, its southwestern known limit at
this time.

Iris PRISMATICA Pursh. On the 31st of July, 1903, I had occasion -
to visit Flint Island, Naraguagus Bay. While I was occupied with
the object of my visit, Mrs. Norton discovered a number of sterile
plants of a very slender Iris markedly different in appearance from the

1 1899 Rand, Ruopona 1: 135.

2 1909 Cushman, Ruopona 11: 13.

3 1910 Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopona 12: 120.

41902 Kennedy, Ruopora 4: 23-26; J. F. Collins, ibid. 179-180; 1903 Foster,
ibid. 5: 157-159.

5 1908 Shaw, Ruopora, 10: 145.

1913] Norton,— Plants from Islands and Coast of Maine 139

abundant I. setosa canadensis. After careful search she found one
plant in fresh flower, rendering the identification with J. prismotica
certain. This has been presented to the herbarium of the Portland
Society of Natural History.

QUERCUS ILICIFOLIA Wang. An additional coast station is near Hall
Quarry, on Mt. Robinson, Mt. Desert Island.

ARENARIA PEPLOIDES ROBUSTA Fernald. Marshalls Island, Masons
Ledge and Three Ledges, Jericho Bay; Ship Island of the Mt. Desert
Group; Matinicus Seal Island. West of the latter place, it has not
been reported until Old Orchard (Goodale, 1864) is reached. It occurs
at Biddeford Pool (Kennedy in herb. N. E. Bot. Cl.) and was found
at Kittery by the Josselyn Botanical Society in 1905. At Ship Island
in 1904 it attained superior development forming numerous large
glistening mats and fruited plentifully. Eastward it is known from
Jonesport (N. T. Kidder in herb. Gray) and from Roque’s Bluffs."
Harvey and Briggs recorded it from Passamaquoddy Bay;? their
station may or may not have been in Maine. Strictly local.

ARENARIA GROENLANDICA (Retz.) Spreng. Collected at Oceanville,
Deer Isl., July 3, 1903.

CERASTIUM ARVENSE L. Common and often abundant on the
outer fringe of Islands from the Duck Islands to Cape Elizabeth,
forming large mats to the exclusion of other vegetation.

RANUNCULUS LAXICAULIS (T. & G.) Darby. July 23 to 26, 1904,
a colony of small size was found at South Deer Isle, at a muddy pool,
resorted to by cattle as a drinking place.

RANUNCULUS PENNSYLVANICUS L.f. "Though not here regarded as
a coastal plant, it practically reaches sea level at the junction of the
Presumpscot River with tide water, and is not rare along the valley of
the Presumpscot, considerably west and slightly south of Brunswick,
its southwesternmost recorded station in the state.’ Collected at
Cutler.

SISYMBRIUM INCISUM Engelm. Common by roadsides at Bar Har-
bor, July 13, 1911.

ARABIS DRUMMONDI Gray. Crow Nubble at the eastern end of
Bradburys Island, Penobscot Bay, July 17, 1903. Having poor
facilities for preserving specimens, but one was taken. The plants

1 1902 Moulton, Ruopora, 4: 189.
? 1893 Bull. Me. State Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist. 1: No. 2, pt. 2, 6.
3 1911, Fernald, Ruopona 18: 181.

140 Rhodora [August

which were numerous, were very coarse in appearance, and the
specimen taken was a small one. Even the coarse appearance of this
is noticeably different from that of taller specimens of A. drummondi
from western Maine, and the ripe pods reach fully 3 mm. in breadth.
It seems best referred to Arabis drummondi connexa (Greene) Fernald.

ARABIS HIRSUTA (L.) Scop. “Oyster Banks," east side of Damaris-
cotta River, Sept. 15, 1912.

SEDUM ROSEUM (L.) Scop. Reported as new to the flora of Maine
in 1863 by Prof. A. E. Verrill in 1865,! and is admitted in fifth edition
of Gray's Manual? It was next recorded from Cutler by Harvey
and Briggs,’ followed the next year by Rand and Redfield, as rare
at Dog Mountain, and Egg Rock, Mt. Desert.* In 1902 Miss Dora
Moulton published its occurrence at Point of Main, Englishmans
Bay,‘ and later, Mr. Joseph Cushman published the fact of its general
distribution in this and adjacent bays.* To his list of stations should
be added Pulpit and Freemans Rocks. To the westward of Great
Wass Island it is common on Crumple Island and several of the small
adjacent rocks. This seems to mark its limit of general distribution
westward as it is not noticeable on the rocky islands off the eastern
part of Gouldsborough and has not been noticed in Jericho and
Penobscot Bays.” At Matinicus Seal Island and Rock it is abundant,
but I have not myself found it west of these islands. It is not in-
cluded in Miss Mabel P. Cook's list of Monhegan plants,® but there
are specimens in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club
collected on Monhegan in 1901 by C. F. Jenney and in 1910 and 1911
by Miss Kate Furbish. l

RIBES LACUSTRE (Pers.) Poir. Little Sheep Island, a short distance
southwest of Eagle Island Light, Penobscot Bay.?

POTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA L. Common in crevices of ledges of
mica schist and granite on many of the outer islands. Cape Eliza-

1 1865 Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 9: 327, also 373. Of. Porter, 1868 Am. Nat. 2: 39-40.

1 1870 Gray, Man. ed. 5, 100.

? 1893 Bull. Me. State Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist. 1: No. 2, pt. 2, 7.

41894 Flora Mt. Desert, 100.

51902 Rnopona 4: 189.

$ 1909 Ruopora 11: 13.

7 I have not landed on Schoodic Point or Island nor the main island of Isle au Haut;
these bold headlands seem to furnish ideal conditions for the plant, and it is to be
expected there. However, I have not found it at the eastern Ear of Isle au Haut
apparently suitable for its needs.

* 1903 RHODORA, 3: 187-190.

9 1910 See Fernald, Ruopona, 12: 34.

ep A gs E aL TET E ER

1913] Norton,— Plants from Islands and Coast of Maine 141

beth, Cushings and Green Islands, Casco Bay, Seguin, Pumpkin Knob
near Damascove, Haddock Island in Bristol, have furnished herbarium
specimens at hand at this writing; and it is in the herbarium of the
New England Botanical Club from Kennebunkport, Cushing’s Island,
Monhegan Island, Great Gott Island, and Great Head on Mt. Desert
Island, but there are no specimens from farther east; while the Gray
Herbarium shows specimens from the Isles of Shoals, but no stations
between Mt. Desert Island and the Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec.

POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA L. Crumple Island, near Jonesport, has a
small colony.

RUBUS CHAMAEMORUS L. Since this plant has received frequent
notices in print, including the pages of Ruopora, the following sta-
tions only are to be noted. Fishermans Island, near Great Wass
Island Life Saving Station, Aug. 4, 1904. It has already been noticed
from near Prospect Harbor, in Gouldsborough *. In Gouldsborough
it is not confined to this vicinity but occurs also about Corea. The
fruitis gathered here. In 1904 I was told by two young boys at Corea,
that they had sold six quarts of the berries at fifteen cents per quart,
and more had been preserved for home use.

GERANIUM CAROLINIANUM L. Reported as a Maine plant in the
early catalogues, but such of the early herbarium specimens as I have
seen labelled G. carolinianum all have proved to be G. bicknellii Britton.
In the seventh edition of Gray's Manual the range is restricted to
Eastern Massachusetts southward and westward. The occurrence
of G. carolinianum at the junction of the Presumpscot River with tide
water in Falmouth, where it was collected by Edward B. Chamberlain
and the writer in 1907 may be noteworthy.

EUPHORBIA POLYGONIFOLIA L. A noteworthy eastern station is
found at Matinicus Island. It is frequent from Long Island, in Casco
Bay westward, and has been recorded from Phippsburgh and George-
town.?

EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. Common from Mt. Desert eastward.
Westward it becomes local, and seems to disappear on the coast at
the southwesterly entrance to Penobscot Bay. Abundant at Mati-
nicus Seal Island, and occurs at Matinicus. Abundant at White Head,
Knox County, and has spread to the adjacent Browns Islands. This
station has been known to me for upwards of thirty years; here the

1 Fl. Mt. Desert, 91.
21911 Fernald, Ruopona 13: 181.

142 Rhodora [AUGUST

fruit, known as Hog Cranberry, is often gathered for household pur-
poses. In 1904 a small quantity was found on Rackliff's Island,
about a mile distant. Since the berries are freely eaten by "soft
billed birds," and the seeds pass through the alimentary canals of this
(arbitrarily limited) group of birds unbroken, this station which I have
reason to believe to be of rather recent origin is no doubt to be attri-
buted to this agency. Specimens at hand from these stations belong
to the type of the species.

COREMA coNRADI Torr. Gouldsborough, Redfield; Mt. Desert,
Rand & Redfield; ? Isle au Haut, Young? Mt. Batty, Camden, Chick-
ering; * St. George, near sea level (new station); Bristol, Chamberlain;>
Southport, Fernald; Bath, Gambel," Phippsburgh, Lee;* Gun Point,
Harpswell, Furbish;? Great Island, Harpswell and Orrs Island, C. B.
Fuller, 1876. These last stations have long been known, but perhaps
have not been published. Coastal stations east of Gouldsborough
and west of Harpswell would be of especial interest.

KALMIA LATIFOLIA L. Though for many years known to botanists
to occur at Great Island, Casco Bay, the fact seems not to have been
published until 1911.? What seems to be a forgotten station at
Cherryfield, was published by Dr. Aaron Young, Jr., in 1843." In the
paper cited Dr. Young gave a very full account of a visit to the bed of
Rhododendron maximum L. at Standish, and thereby had brought to
his attention the plant at Cherryfield, supposed by his correspondent
to be that species. Specimens were sent him, and proved to be Kal-
mia latifolia, of which he gave an extended account. It is extremely
gratifying to find a Cherryfield specimen from Dr. Young, well pre-
served in the Parker Cleaveland herbarium, at Bowdoin College.

PRIMULA FARINOSA MACROPODA Fernald. Collected at Dog Rock,
near Crumple Island, Jonesport, Aug. 4, 1904, by the writer. The
plant has long been known from this region, at least since 1878 when

11889 Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 16: 296.

? 1894 Flora Mt. Desert, 148.

3 Maine Farmer, 1848, June 7.

1 1859 In Herbaria, also cf. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 16: 296, 1889.
51911 Fernald, Ruopona, 13: 181.

$ Fernald, 1. c.

7 1846 Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. A. & S. 3: ?

8 1906 In Herbaria.

9 1911 Fernald, Ruopona 13: 181.

19 1911 Fernald: Ruopora 13: 182.

11843 Young, Flora of Bangor, in Bangor Daily Whig and Courier. Spring or

early summer.

1913] Norton,— Plants from Islands and Coast of Maine — 143

it was brought to Dr. Wm. Wood of Portland by Hon. Wm. Senter
(also of Portland), who obtained it "while gunning at Crumple
Island." . The exact station for Mr. Senter's plants is unknown.
A detailed notice of several stations about Englishmans Bay has
been furnished by Mr. Joseph Cushman.!

MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray. Local, with distribution in
Maine corresponding somewhat with that of Arenaria peploides ro-
busta: Bailey’s mistake, Lubec (Fernald in herb. N. E. Bot. UL
Roque's Bluffs and Point of Main;? Jonesport (F. H. Peabody in
herb. Gray); Mt. Desert and Cranberry Islands; Ship Island of
the Mt. Desert group; Fog Island, Jericho Bay; Vinal Haven (S.
Watson in herb. Gray); Matinicus Rock (superb mats); Metinic
Green Island; Owl’s Head (A. H. Moore in herb. N. E. Bot. Cl.);
Burnt Island, one of the St. Georges group; Southport (Mrs. Sharpless
in herb. N. E. Bot. Cl); Trotts Island, Kennebunkport (W. H.
Manning in herb. N. E. Bot. Cl); Wells Beach (Miss F urbish in
herb. Gray); recorded from York.*

'TEUCRIUM CANADENSE LITTORALE (Bickn.) Fernald. Sandy Beach,
Matinicus Island. Not common on the islands east of Casco Bay.
Occurs at Mt. Desert.*

PORTLAND SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

11907 Ruopora 9: 217-218.

2 1902 Moulton, RHODORA 4: 189.

3 1894 Flora Mt. Desert, 130.

41864 Goodale, Proc. Portl. Soc. N. H. 1: 59.
5 Flora Mt. Desert, 135.

144 Rhodora [AUGUST

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,— XVII.

GRAMINEAE.

[Melica striata (Michx.) Hitche. “‘ Manchester’ (S. P. Fowler),
banks of the Merrimac, West Newbury," according to Robinson, Fl.
Essex Co. 128, 1880, as Avena striata Michx. Mr. Robinson writes -
that the Manchester record was a quotation from notes by S. P.
Fowler. This cannot be verified. The specimen cited from West
Newbury is Bromus ciliatus L. “Concord (E. S. Hoar; specimen in
herb. of).” according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 128, 1888,
as Avena striata Michx. This specimen, now in the herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club, proves also to be Bromus ciliatus.]

DISTICHLIS.

D. spicata (L.) Greene. Salt marshes. Common along the coast,
but not reported south of Boston.

BRIZA.

B. maxima L. Boston (C. E. Perkins, July 3, 1878, specimen in
herb. Yale University). Native of Mediterranean region and south-

ern Africa.
B. mep1a L. Meadows and fields, scattered throughout.

DACTYLIS.

D. GLOMERATA L. Fields, roadsides and waste places, common

throughout.
CYNOSURUS.

C. cristatus L. Lawns, fields and roadsides; Salem, Cambridge,

- Dorchester and Jamaica Plain.
POA.

[P. alsodes Gray. Specimens recorded from Medford, Malden,
Cambridge and Newton by Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 130,

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,— XVIII 145

1888, cannot be traced, and hence the reference cannot be verified.
They doubtless all belong to other species.]

P. annua L. Waste places, abundant throughout.

P. compressa L. Waste places, fields and woods, in dry and moist
soil. Common throughout.

P. NEMoRALIS L. Wenham (J. Robinson, July 4, 1875); Percival
St., Dorchester, introduced (J. R. Churchill, June 26, 1898). The
Wenham plant was also probably an introduction.

P. pratensis L. Fields and meadows, common throughout.

P. triflora Gilib. Dry and wet ground, common throughout.

P. rriviatis L. Damp ground and waste places. Fairly well
distributed but not common, from Dedham and Hingham northward.

GLYCERIA.

G. acutiflora Torr. Wet boggy places and in shallow water.
Fairly common throughout.

G. borealis (Nash) Batchelder. Wet places and in shallow water;
Boxford, Stoneham, Malden, Needham and Natick.

G. canadensis (Michx.) Trin. Low ground, common throughout.

G. grandis Wats. Wet places. Fairly common in northern half
of district, probab!y found throughout.

G. laxa Scribn. West Gloucester (F. T. Hubbard, Sept. 27, 1911,
specimen in herb. F. T. Hubbard); Reading (W. H. M anning, July 8,
1882, specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

G. melicaria (Michx.) Hubbard. (G. Torreyana (Spreng.) Hitche.;
see Hubbard, Ruopora xiv. 186, 1912.) Essex Co. (W. Oakes, no
date); bank of brook near Merrimac River, East Haverill (J. H. Sears,
Sept. 11, 1901); Brookline (S. Harris, June 27, 1894). Also observed
but not collected in Weston and Dedham, July, 1908, by K. M.
Wiegand.

G. nervata (Willd.) Trin. Swamps and low ground, common
throughout.

G. obtusa (Muhl.) Trin. Borders of ponds and wet ground. Well
distributed throughout, and fairly common.

G. pallida (Torr.) Trin. Shallow water. Seventeen stations from
Sudbury eastward.

G. pallida (Torr.) Trin., var. Fernaldii Hitchc. Edge of pond,
Woburn (C. H. Knowlton, June 20, 1908); ditch, Concord (W. Deane,

146 Rhodora [AvavsT

July 21, 1886); shallow water in meadow, East Sudbury (W. P.
Rich, July 7, 1901); shrubby swamp, Dover (K. M. Wiegand, July 9,
1908); "Charles River near Wellesley and Needham,” Wiegand,
Ruopora xi. 83, 1909.

G. septentrionalis Hitche. Swamps and shallow water. Not
reported north of Lynn, common elsewhere.

PUCCINELLIA.

P. distans (L.) Parl. Salt marshes and brackish soil along the
coast. Rather rare; Plum Island, Revere, Charlestown, Boston,
South Boston and Brighton.

P. maritima (Huds.) Parl. Salt marshes and brackish sand.
Common along the eoast from Hingham northward; not reported
farther south, but doubtless common.

FESTUCA.

F. eLatior L. Fields, roadsides and waste land. Common from
Walpole northward, and probably throughout.

F. myuros L. Wool waste, North Billerica (C. W. Swan, July 24,
1883); waste land, South Boston (C. E. Faxon, Oct. 5, 1878; C. E.
Perkins, July 1 and 25, 1881; July 20, 1882); “N. Chelmsford, wool
waste (Rev. W. P. Alcott)” according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middle-
sex Co. 131, 1888.

F. nutans Spreng. Rich woods. Frequent from Randolph and
Framingham northward.

F. octoflora Walt. Dry sterile soil. Fairly common throughout.

F. ovina L. Dry sandy soil; Andover, Cambridge, Boston, Need-
ham and Jamaica Plain.

F. ovina L., var. CAPILLATA (Lam.) Hack. Occasional from Box-
ford, Chelmsford, Danvers, Dorchester, Wellesley and Hanson.

F. ovina L., var. HISPIDULA Hack. Dry roadside, Mount Auburn
Cemetery, Watertown (4. S. Pease, May 19, 1905); sandy field,
Wellesley (K. M. Wiegand, May 29, 1908); campus, Wellesley (K. M.
Wiegand, May 27, 1912).

F. rubra L. Dry sandy soil. Frequent throughout. “F. varia,
Haenk., var. flavescens. (F. flavescens, Bellard). Chelmsford, July 3,
1883 (Dr. C. W. Swan).” in Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 131,

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,— XVIII 147

1888, in " an odd variation of F. rubra L." according to F. T. Hubbard.
F. rubra L., var. megastachys Gaudin. Vacant lot, Boston (C.
H. Knowlton, June 25, 1908, specimen in herb. C. H. Knowlton).
F. rubra L., var. multiflora (Hoffm.) Asch. & Graebn. East Glou-
cester (C. W. Swan, July, 1881, specimen in herb. Yale University).
F. rubra L., var. prolifera Piper. Moist gravel, Lexington (C. H.
Knowlton, Sept. 12 and 20, 1903, specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical
Club).

SCLEROPOA.

S. RIGIDA (Kunth) Griseb. Boston (C. E. Perkins, July 1, 1878,
specimens in herb. Yale University and N. E. Botanical Club).
Native of southern Europe and northern Africa.

BROMUS.

B. altissimus Pursh. Ayer (W. H. Manning, Aug. 13, 1882, speci-
men in herb. N. E. Botanical Club); Trull Brook woods, Tewksbury
(C. W. Swan, Sept. 1, 1882, specimen in herb. Yale University).

B. arvensis L. South Boston (C. E. Perkins, June 25 and 30,
1879, specimens in herb. Yale University and N. E. Botanical Club).

B. BRIZAEFORMIS Fisch. & Mey. Charlestown (C. E. Perkins,
July 23, 1881); South Boston (C. E. Perkins, May 28 and June 9,
1879); “collected for three years past on a dump near Leonard's
Pond” according to E. C. Smith, Rnopona i. 98, 1899.

B. ciliatus L. Moist woods, fields and roadsides. Occasional
northward, but not reported south of Jamaica Plain.

B. COMMUTATUS Schrad. Waste ground; Beverley, Chelmsford,
Reading, Cambridge, Boston, South Boston and Dorchester.

B. HORDEACEUS L. Roadsides and waste places; Billerica, Salern,
Cambridge, Boston, South Boston, Dorchester, Wellesley and Dedhara.

B. HORDEACEUS L., var. LEPTOSTACHYS (Pers.) Beck. East Glouces-
ter (C. W. Swan, ——, 1881, specimen in herb. Yale University); Field's
Corner, Dorchester (C. W. Swan, June 24, 1882, specimen in herb.
Yale University).

B. INERMIS Leyss. Field under partial cultivation, Nehoiden St.,
Needham (K. M. Wiegand, July 23, 1908, specimen in herb. N. E.
Botanical Club). Native of Eurasia.

148 Rhodora [AUGUST

B. saponicus Thunb. St. Mary's St., Boston (C. W. Swan, July 4,
1892, specimen in herb. Yale University).

B. Karmi Gray. Malden (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 23, 1882, specimen
in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

B. purgans L. Rocky woods; Boxford and the neighborhood of
Boston, including Woburn, Melrose, Medford, Malden, Revere and
Brookline.

B. nacEMOsUs L. Waste land. Sparingly reported from Dedham
northward.

B. RUBENS L. Wool waste, North Billerica (C. W. Swan, July 24,
1883, specimens in herb. Yale University and N. E. Botanical Club).

B. secatinus L. Waste places, common, but not reported south of
Blue Hills. “Forms exist with the lowermost sheathes pubescent,
and the lemmas at maturity touching or over-lapping and scabrous
on the back, but with short awns.” F. T. Hubbard.

B. sreriLis L. Waste places; Billerica, Boston and South Boston.
“Winchester (C. E. Perkins) " and “ Medford (Miss A. M. Symmes),"
according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 132, 1888.

B. rTEcronUM L. Waste places, common throughout.

B. vxioLorpes HBK. South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, Sept. 5,
1881, specimen in herb. Yale University). Adventive from Tropical
America.

B. vinLosus Forsk. South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, June, 1882,
specimen in herb. Yale University). Native of Europe.

B. vinLosus Forsk., var. Gussonn (Parl.) Asch. € Graebn. Med-
ford (C. E. Perkins, June, 1882 and June, 1883); Boston (C. E.
Perkins, June 9, 1879); South Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, June,
1882). Native of southern Europe, and introduced into western
United States.

LOLIUM.

L. MULTIFLORUM Lam. Fields and waste places; Revere, Somer-
ville, Boston, Dorchester, Jamaica Plain and Scituate.

L. PERENNE L. Fields, lawns and roadsides. Frequent from
Scituate and Hingham northward.

L. TEMULENTUM L. Fields and waste places; Rowley, Ipswich,
Lowell, Charlestown, Boston and South Boston.

L. TEMULENTUM L., var. LEPTOCHAETON A. Br. "Boston or
vic[inity]" (C. E. Perkins, , 1882, specimen in herb. N. E. Botani-
cal Club). See Fernald, Ruopona xii. 185, 1910.

1913] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,— XVIII 149

AGROPYRON.

A. caninum (L.) Beauv. Rocky woods, Stoneham (W. P. Rich,
July 4, 1894); ledges on Mt. Tabor, Lincoln (J. R. Churchill, June 18,
1883; J. R. Churchill & Walter Deane, Sept. 15, 1888); Concord
(C. W. Swan & C. W. Jenks, July 6, 1888); Maj. Heywood path, near
2d Division Brook, Concord (H. D. Thoreau, July 1, 1859); Conan-
tum, Concord (E. S. Hoar, July 6, ——); Damp woods, Wellesley
(K. M. Wiegand, July, 1912).

A. caninum (L.) Beauv., var. tenerum (Vasey) Pease & Moore.
(A. tenerum Vasey; see Pease € Moore, Ruopora xii. 71, 1910.)
Dry railroad bank, Norfolk (R. A. Ware, July 4, 1908, specimen in
herb. R. A. Ware).

A. caninum (L.) Beauv., var. tenerum (Vasey) Pease & Moore,
forma ciliatum (Scribn. € Sm.) Pease & Moore. (See Pease & Moore,
Ruopona xii. 72, 1910.) Border of marsh, Petengill’s Swamp,
Newbury (A. A. Eaton, Aug. 12, 1897, specimen in Gray Herb.).

A. PUNGENS (Pers.) R. & S. Edge of salt marsh, Scituate (C. H.
Knowlton, July 28, 1907, specimen in herb. C. H. Knowlton).

A. REPENS (L.) Beauv. Waste and cultivated ground, very com-
mon throughout.

A. REPENS (L.) Beauv., var. PrLosUM Scribn. (See Scribner, Bull.
U. S. Division of Agrostology, No. 4, 1897, page 36.) Dry ground,
Andover (A. S. Pease, June 30, 1901); low ground, Andover Hill,
Andover (A. S. Pease, July 2, 1905); "Chelsea Beach" [Revere
Beach, Revere] (W. Boott, July 15, 1868). Native of western North
America.

SECALE.
S. CEREALE L. Rye. Waste ground. Several scattered stations
throughout. Native of Eurasia.
TRITICUM.

T. aestivum L. Wheat. Roadsides, wharves, railroad tracks,
old fields and waste places. Scattered stations throughout. Ad-
ventive from Eurasia.

150 Rhodora [AvavsT

HORDEUM.

H. pisricHUM. L. West Boston dump (C. W. Swan, Sept. 19,
1883, specimen in herb. Yale University. F. Lamson-Scribner has
written on the label, “ Two-rowed variety.") From Tartary.

H. jubatum L. Border of marshes and dry gravelly waste places.
Scattered over the eastern and southern portions of the district.

H. maritimum With. South Boston (C. E. Perkins, May 28 and
June 29, 1879, specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club); “Billerica,
in wool waste (Dr. C. W. Swan). Adv. from Eu.” according to Dame
& Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 134, 1888.

H. MURINUM L. Dumps and wool waste, Dracut, Lowell, North
Chelmsford, Billerica, Charlestown and South Boston. Specimens in
Gray Herb. and in herb. Yale University and N. E. ms Club.
Native of Europe.

H. soposum L. Filling, South Boston (H. A. Young, June 21, 1879,
specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

H. vuLcarE L. Barley. Waste ground. Sparingly from Essex,
Beverley, Salem, Revere and Cambridge. Originally from western
Asia.

ELYMUS.

E. australis Scribn. & Ball. Dry woods, West Quincy (J. R.
Churchill, July 11, 1891); dry woods, Blue Hill, Canton (J. R. Church-
ill, Aug. 10, 1887, and Aug. 1, 1897).

E. brachystachys Scribn. & Ball. Andover (A. S. Pease, Sept. 24,
1901); Sunset Rock, Lee's Cliff, Concord (E. S. Hoar, Sept. 6, ——);
rocky woods, Great Blue Hill, Canton (4. S. Pease, Nov. 8, 1901);
Cohasset (C. E. Faxon, no date).

E. canadensis L. Sandy soil and rocky woods; Amesbury, West
Newbury, Georgetown, Dracut, Lowell, Boston, Watertown and
Dedham. “Merrimack river banks, from Lawrence to Newburyport”
according to Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 128, 1880.

E. striatus Willd. Dry woods and banks; Plum Island, George-
town, Ipswich, Gloucester, Andover, Dracut, Lowell, Woburn, Mel-
rose, Revere and Milton.

E. virginicus L. Banks of streams, borders of woods and edges of
salt marsh. Frequent in the northern two-thirds of the district.

1913] Fernald,— An albino Kalmia angustifolia 151

E. virginicus L., var. hirsutiglumis (Scribn.) Hitche. Lower
Mystic Lake, Arlington (H. A. Yoúng, Aug. 1, 1880); near Charles
River, East Watertown (A. S. Pease, Oct. 9, 1901); meadow, border of
Neponset River, Milton (W. P. Rich, Sept. 27, 1896); dry rocks,
Blue Hill, Canton (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 19, 1908).

E. virginicus L., var. submuticus Hook. Revere (C. E. Perkins,
Aug. 13, 1880 and Aug. 11, 1881, specimens in herb. N. E. Botanical
Club). See Fernald, Rropona xii. 186, 1910.

ASPERELLA.

A. Hystrix (L. Humb. (Hystrix patula Moench; see Hubbard,
Ruopora xiv. 187, 1912.) Moist and rocky woods; fifteen stations
between Boxford, Quincy and Framingham.

C. H. KNoWLTON Committee
S. F. BLAKE on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

JUNCUS DICHOTOMUS IN RHODE IsLAND.— The species occurs at
Westerly, where I collected it among the sand hills near the beach, on
September 9, 1912. Professor M. L. Fernald, who has kindly verified
my specimens, writes that the species has not been reported previously
from the State. Specimens from Westerly have been deposited in
the Gray Herbarium.— R. W. Woopwarp, New Haven, Connecticut.

AN ALBINO KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA.— In August, 1911, Professor
Wiegand and the writer found on the hills south of St. John’s, New-
foundland, a considerable colony of Kalmia angustifolia with white
corollas; and recently Miss Martha Louise Loomis has sent to the
Gray Herbarium fresh specimens of the same albino form from Sher-
born, Massachusetts. As this form is conspicuous in the field and
one which it may be desirable to refer to by name it may be called
KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA L., forma candida, n. f., corolla alba.— NEw-
FOUNDLAND: damp mossy or turfy hollows on hill south of St. John’s,
Aug. 2, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6019. MASSACHUSETTS:

152 Rhodora [AUGUST

one plant in a wet pasture with the common rose-flowered form,
Sherborn, June 18, 1913, comm. by Miss M. L. Loomis.— M. L.
FERNALD.

AN IMPORTANT PUBLICATION ON THE BroLoGy or Woop's HoLE.—
Vol. XXXI of the Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, U. S. Depart-
ment of Commerce and Labor, has just been issued, 860 large octavo
pages, with 274 charts and maps; all devoted to the fauna and flora
of the Wood's Hole region. Naturally, the greater part is taken by
the zoological side, but the botanical part, by Dr. Bradley M. Davis,
is the most important paper on the marine algae of this coast that has
appeared for some time. In part 2 is the “census” of the marine
flora of the Wood’s Hole region, giving all the species of which there
is authentic record, 240 in all, with full particulars of station, eto.;
this list may be considered fairly complete, and of much value to
students of the region. Part 1, the "survey", will attract more
general interest, as it gives the results of dredging at 458 stations in
Buzzard's Bay and Vineyard Sound, in the years 1903, 1904, 1905,
and a few in 1907; while the distribution of 38 of the principal species
of algae is shown on charts. A uniform outline chart is used, the
chart for each species being marked with stars, each showing the place
of a dredging where the species was found. This graphic representa-
tion of the distribution of a species, certainly new in its application to
algae, and probably to plants in general, is so much superior to any-
thing that could be shown by descriptions or tables, that it is likely to
be adopted generally when the data are sufficient to justify it. There
is also a somewhat similar representation of the seasonal changes,
for a period of 15 months, of the algae growing at various levels on
a small group of rocks, * Spindle Rocks"; we can recall no record of
any similar series of observations. The tendency of recent local
reports in Europe is towards observations of all the conditions of the
species recorded, and away from the mere list; Dr. Davis' work will
rank with the best of the kind. By botanists who favor uniformity of
nomenclature, a government publication like this, with the nomencla-
ture conforming to the Vienna rules, will be hailed with much satisfac-
tion.— Frank S. Corus, North Eastham, Massachusetts.

Vol. 15, no. 175, including pages 117 to 136, was issued 1 July, 1918.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

September, 1913. No. 177.

Vol. 15.

SIX WEEKS’ BOTANIZING IN VERMONT, = I.

NOTES ON THE PLANTS OF THE BURLINGTON REGION.
SıpNeEY F. BLAKE.

DvuniNG the summer of 1911, acting on the suggestion of Prof. M. L.
Fernald, I spent the period from 18 July to 30 August botanizing in
the Champlain Valley of Vermont, devoting particular attention to
tracing out the altitudinal ranges of a considerable number of plants
whose distribution is in a general way coincident with the coastal
plain or its extensions. Four weeks were spent in the Burlington
Region, with Essex Junction as a center, after which I spent two weeks
in northern Vermont, with headquarters at Swanton, the second town
below the Canadian line on the shore of Lake Champlain.

Essex Junction, with an elevation of 358 feet above sea level, is in
the midst of a number of sand and gravel plains of glacial origin, some-
times of very pure and shifting sand, on which are found several spe-
cies very local or quite absent in other sections of the state, such as
Carex Muhlenbergii, Cyperus Houghtonii, Asclepias amplexicaulis, and
Prunus cuneata, with such commoner things of similar habitat as
Salix humilis, Lespedeza capitata, Lupinus perennis, Polygala poly-
gama, and Viola adunca. The highest sand plain met with, called
locally the * High Plains," was at 500 feet, and here grew such plants
as Lechea intermedia, Aster linariifolius, Betula populifolia, and Myrica
asplenifolia, characteristie species of sterile soils nearly throughout
New England. On the sandy beach of Lake Champlain (96 feet above
sea level), at Malletts Bay and elsewhere, grew Spartina Michauxiana,
Scirpus americanus, S. fluviatilis, S. heterochactus, Salix longifolia,
Polanisia graveolens, Potentilla Anserina and its handsome variety

154 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

sericea, Hudsonia tomentosa var. intermedia, Artemisia caudata, and
many other plants more or less characteristic of the Lake shore, while
among the species nearly or quite confined to the Winooski River were
Tussilago Farfara, Xanthium canadense, Equisetum variegatum var.
Jesupi, Hypericum Ascyron, and Senecio Balsamitae.

I wish to thank Dr. B. L. Robinson, Pres. Ezra Brainerd, Mr. F. T.
Hubbard, and Prof. K. M. Wiegand for the identification of various
species; Mrs. Nellie F. Flynn of Burlington, who guided me to several
localities of interest in the Burlington Region, and has since furnished
information about the occurrence of several species; and particularly
Prof. M. L. Fernald, at whose suggestion the trip was made, who has
verified practically all the identifications in the following list, and
otherwise aided by advice on critical points.

In the following list, including all the species collected in the Bur-
lington Region which seem worthy of record, those not in Mrs. Flynn’s
excellent Flora! are marked with an asterisk. Altitudes (taken by
aneroid) are given in feet.

Asprptum Boorru Tuckerm. Along brook in woods, Essex Junction.

A. CRISTATUM (L.) Sw. var. CLINTONIANUM D. C. Eaton. Damp
soil in woods, Essex Junction; woods, alt. 565, Williston.

A. GoLbIanum Hook. Woods, alt. 585, Williston, 31 July.

ASPLENIUM ACROSTICHOIDES Sw. Woods, alt. 460, Williston.

*PELLAEA ATROPURPUREA (L.) Link var. Busnit Mackenzie. On
rocks, alt. 220, Burlington, 27 July (Blake 2276). There are specimens
in Gray Herbarium from Burlington (herb. D. C. Eaton) and from
High Bridge, Aug. 1877, C. E. Faxon.

PHEGOPTERIS HEXANGONOPTERA (Mx.) Fée. Woods, alt. 585,

Williston.
FORMS OF OSMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L.

The forms of the Cinnamon Fern that are fairly recognizable are
about seven in number, of which five occur in Vermont. They may
be separated by the following key.

A. Fertile and sterile fronds quite distinct.

B. Pinnules entire.
C. Pinnules not glandular-pubescent.

1 Nellie F. Flynn, Flora of Burlington and Vicinity (Contr. Bot. Vt. ix), 1911.
The Burlington Region, to which the present notes are confined, includes Burlington,
South Burlington, Colchester, Essex, Williston, and Shelburne. j

1913] Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— I 155

1. O. CINNAMOMEA L. Sp. ii. 1066 (1753). Pinnules rounded or
acutish, somewhat crowded to subremote.— Newfoundland to Florida,
west to Illinois and Louisiana.— Including O. cinnamomea f. angusta
Clute, Fern Bull. xvii. 12 (1909), which as represented in herb. Bos-
ton Society of Natural History by an authentic frond collected in a
cedar swamp, Leicester, Vt., 17 July 1909, by D. L. Dutton, appears
to bea not uncommon state in which the pinnules are somewhat
revolute and a little remote, and has the appearance of a teratological
development rather than a nameworthy variation.

CC. Pinnules and upper part of rachis glandular-pubescent.

2. Q. CINNAMOMEA var. GLANDULOSA Waters, Fern Bull. x. 21
(1902). 0. cinnamomeaf. glandulosa Waters, |. c.— In swampy woods,
Rhode Island, New Jersey, Maryland.

BB. Some of the pinnules crenulate, serrate, or lobed.

D. Pinnules not bearing ascidia.

E. Pinnules serrate, the teeth sharp; middle pinnules of the pinnae

usually most deeply cut.

3. O. CINNAMOMEA f. INCISA (Huntington) Gilbert, N. A. Pterid.
13, 28 (1901); Clute, Fern Bull. xv. 16, with fig. (1907). O. cinna-
momea incisa Huntington, Fern Bull. vii. 12 (1899).— Seen from New
Hampshire, New York, Massachusetts, Minnesota, and VERMONT:
damp woods, Swanton, 25 Aug. 1911, Blake 3159; Mt. Mansfield,
Underhill, alt. 3670, 11 Aug. 1911, Blake 2733; common in rather
exposed places, Jay Peak, 17 July 1908, Winslow; in sphagnum bog,
alt. 1000, near Rutland, 1 July, 1908, Kirk (see Ruopora xi. 28 (1909)).
— Including O. cinnamomea var. auriculata Hopkins, Am. Fern Journ.
i. 100, fig. (1911), a development with enlarged basal pinnules as in
the next, but with “pinnules of entire frond more or less dentate-
serrate" (no specimens seen).

EE. Pinnules lobed, with rounded divisions; lobing most conspieu-
ous toward base of frond, pinnae, and pinnules, the lowest
pinnules often elongated.

*4. ©. CINNAMOMEA f. BIPINNATIFIDA Clute, Fern Bull. xv. 17
(1907). O. cinnamomea bipinnatifida Clute, Fern. Bull. xiv. 45 (1906).
— Seen from all the New England states except Rhode Island, and
from Florida (Nash 274); the following from VERMONT: pasture,
alt. 620, Williston, 31 July 1911, Blake 2404.— Includes f. trifolia
Clute, Fern Bull. xvii. 12 (1909).

EEE. Pinnules thin, deltoid to deltoid-oblong, with crenulate
margin, the lower ones often faintly lobed.

*5. O. CINNAMOMEA f. latipinnula n. forma, pinnis alternis plerum-
que lato-oblongis, pinnulis paucis (ca. 10-jugis) alternis oblongo-del-
toideis crenulatis, 1.5-2 cm. longis, 1 em. latis.— Specimens examined:
VERMONT: edge of woods, Swanton, 20 Aug. 1911, Blake 2981; Massa-
CHUSETTS: Great Swamp, Walpole, 7 Sept. 1906, Churchill; dry woods,
Canton, 7 Oct. 1908, Blake (TYPE no. 239 in my herbarium).

156 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

DD. Midrib of pinnae naked for some distance below tip; many of
the pinnules bearing ascidia on naked veinlets arising from the
under surface; some of the pinnules lobed.

6. O. CINNAMOMEA f. CORNUCOPIAFOLIA Clute, Fern Bull. xvi. 108,
109, with plate (1908).— A curious form, not seen; described by
Clute from a frond collected by A. S. Bossart in 1907 at Burton,
Geauga Co., Ohio.

AA. Fertile frond partly foliaceous.

7. O. CINNAMOMEA f. FRONDOSA (T. & G.) Britton, Cat. Pl. N. J.
312 (1890). O. cinnamomea var. frondosa T. & G. in Torr. Cat. PI.
N. Y., in Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. iv. 196 (1840).— Fertile frond with
fruiting pinnae at base, apex, or middle, very variable; the sterile
pinnae of fertile frond often lobed, and sometimes bearing a few
sporangia at tips of veinlets.— Seen from all the New England states
except Rhode Island, and from Pennsylvania.

BorrRYCHIUM TERNATUM (Thunb.) Sw. var. INTERMEDIUM D. €.
Eaton. Leaf mold, base of Brownell Mt., Williston.

OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM L. Pasture, Essex Junction.

*EQUISETUM HYEMALE L. var. AFFINE (Engelm.) A. A. Eaton f.
POLYSTACHYUM Prager. Sandy soil, Burlington, 22 July (Blake
2087). A form bearing sessile spikes from the upper nodes. For
description see Eaton, Fern Bull. xi. 112 (1903).

E. PALUSTRE L. Damp spot beside road, alt. 120, Colchester, 22
July (Blake 2102); sandy shore of Malletts Bay, Colchester, 9 August
(2627).

* E. VARIEGATUM Schleich. var. Jesupt A. A. Eaton. Mrs. Flynn
lists only the type, from Burlington and Colchester; but all my plants
are of this variety, which is probably the common one in the Burling-
ton Region. Shore of L. Champlain, Burlington (Mrs. Flynn's
station); shore of Winooski Hiver, where rather abundant, Essex
Junction, 25 July (Blake 2186 in part); shore of Shelburne Bay,
South Burlington, 13 August.

*E. VARIEGATUM var. JEsuPpI f. geminatum, n. forma, caulibus
fertilibus 1-2 spicas sessiles vel brevipedunculatas nodis summis
gerentibus. Fertile stems with one or two supernumerary spikes,
sessile or on one-jointed peduncles from the topmost nodes. Specimens
examined: VERMONT: shore of Winooski River, alt. 270, Essex June-
tion, 25 July, Blake 2186 part; and at 200 ft., 29 July, Blake 2345 part
(TYPE SHEET no. 3461 in my herbarium).

*E. VARIEGATUM var. Jesupr f. multirameum, n. forma, caulibus
fertilibus 1-7 multinodiatos ramos steriles vel spiciferos superioribus

1913] Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— I 157

nodis gerentibus. Fertile stems bearing from the upper nodes 1 to 7
long many-jointed often spiciferous branches. Specimens examined:
MAINE: seepy gravelly shore, Fort Kent, 8 July 1904, Fernald;
VERMONT: shore of Winooski River, Essex Junction, Blake 2186 part,
and 2345 part (TYPE SHEET no. 3460 in my herb.); MICHIGAN:
Keweenaw Peninsula, 1863, Robbins.

LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM L. Woods, alt. 485, Essex; woods, alt.
685, Williston, 7 August.

*L. CLAVATUM L. var. MEGASTACHYON Fernald & Bissell. Edge of
wooded bank, Essex, 3 August. A single plant found, this bearing
but a single fruiting branch.

L. opscuruM L. Quoted by Mrs. Flynn only from Burlington,
but doubtless not uncommon. In woods, Burlington; damp woods,
Williston, 31 July, and woods, Williston, alt. 685, 7 August; edge of
wooded bank, Essex. A form intermediate between the type and the
variety was collected in woods at Essex Junction on 26 July.

L. TRISTACHYUM Pursh. Dry woods, Burlington, 22 July and 2
August.

Picea RUBRA (Du Roi) Dietr. Pasture, alt. 545, Williston.

TYPHA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Swampy spot (near Central Vermont
Railroad), Burlington (a different station from Mrs. Flynn’s Bur-
lington one).

SPARGANIUM AMERICANUM Nutt. Close to pond, Essex, alt. 270;
boggy meadow, Essex Junction; edge of pond, alt. 300, Essex (Blake
2388). The last includes both the type and the variety *andro-
cladum, the two former representing the variety only; but the so-called
var. androcladum is scarcely worthy of any recognition in nomencla-
ture, simple and branched forms being almost always found growing
together, so that the distinction based on presence or absence of
branches is of no real value.

S. DIVERSIFOLIUM Graebn. Recorded only from Colchester by
Mrs. Flynn. It seems to be not rare. Shore of Winooski River, alt.
270, Essex Junction (with the variety); bog, alt. 100, Colchester;
mud flats of Hinesburg Pond, Williston, alt. 684 (Blake 2570). Num-
ber 2571, collected with the last, approaches S. americanum. With
these grew also the variety (2569).

*S. DIVERSIFOLIUM var. ACAULE (Beeby) Fernald & Eames. Shore
of Winooski River, Essex Junction (2206 part); mud flats of Hines-
burg Pond, Williston, 7 August.

*S. LUCIDUM Fernald & Eames. Shore of Winooski Hiver, near its

158 . Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

mouth, alt. 97, Burlington, 2 August (Blake 2428). A most unex-
pected occurrence of a plant of coastal plain range, hitherto known
sparingly from Massachusetts to Illinois and Missouri.

*POTAMOGETON BUPLEUROIDES Fernald. Shore of Winooski River,
alt. 270, Essex Junction, 25 July (Blake 2212). Also a plant of coastal
plain range, though less pronouncedly so, and likewise new to the
state.

*P. kprnvpRus Raf. var. CAYUGENSIS (Wiegand) Bennett. Shallow
water in Winooski River, alt. 96, Burlington, 2 August (Blake 2425).
New to the state.

P. HETEROPHYLLUS Schreb. Along the Winooski, Essex Junction,
21 and 25 July; shallow water, in Hinesburg Pond, Williston; Mal-
letts Bay.

P. pustttus L. Shore of Winooski, alt. 270, Essex Junction; shore
of L. Champlain, Burlington.

P. Ricuarpsoni (Benn.) Rydb. Mouth of Winooski, Burling-.
ton.

P. Ronniusu Oakes. Malletts Bay, Colchester, 9 August.

ScHEUCHZERIA PALUSTRIS L. In sphagnum bog, Porters Swamp,
Colchester. In herb. Boston Society of Natural History are a num-
ber of specimens collected in Colchester by William Oakes.

*SAGITTARIA ARIFOLIA Nutt. This species, not in Mrs. Flynn's
list, proved to be rather common. It was first found on 22 July by
Mrs. Flynn and myself, while collecting along the shore of Lake
Champlain in Burlington, and later I met with it as follows: shore of
Winooski, Essex Junction (a single small plant); flats of L. Champlain,
Colchester, 2 August, first near the mouth of the Winooski, then
between Mills Point and Porter Point along the muddy shore of the
Lake; sandy shore of Malletts Bay; shore of Potash Creek, close to
mouth, South Burlington.

Forms or SAGITTARIA HETEROPHYLLA Pursh.

The formal varieties of this species mentioned in Gray's Manual,
being mere leaf forms without stable characters or particular range,
are properly treated as formae. Doubtless all of them occur in Ver-
mont.

1. SAGITTARIA HETEROPHYLLA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 396 (1814).
Leaves on the same plant varying from linear-lanceolate and entire

19313] Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— I 159

to lanceolate or oval-oblong with two narrow acute hastate or sagittate
basal lobes, the presence of the latter distinguishing it from all other
forms except elliptica.— Seen only from Ontario, Massachusetts,
New York, Delaware, Illinois, Missouri, and Vermont: Burlington,
July-August 1911, Blake 1860, 2430; mud flats of Hinesburg Pond,
alt. 684, Hinesburg, Blake 2595; Little Otter Creek, Ferrisburg, 10
Aug. 1880, C. E. Faxon.

2. S.nkETEROPHYLLA f. elliptica (Engelm.) n. comb. S. heterophylla
var. elliptica Engelm. in Gray, Man. ed. 2. 439 (1856).— Leaves
broadly elliptical, some of them with very acute arcuate-sagittate
basal lobes, 8-10.5 em. long, 5-9 em. wide.— Specimens examined:
MassacHUsETTs: Lowell, 9 Aug. 1882, Manning; MISSOURI: St.
Louis, Sept. 1846, Engelmann.

*3. S. HETEROPHYLLA f. rigida (Pursh) n. comb. S. rigida Pursh
l. c. 397 (1814). S. heterophylla var. rigida Engelm. l. c. (1856). — (7?) S.
heterophylla var. angustifolia Engelm. l.e. (7). S. rigidia var. Engel-
manni Farwell, Ann. Rep. Comm. Parks Detroit, xi. 44 (1900).—
Leaves entire, lance-linear to oval, acute to acuminate at both ends,
or rounded at base in the broadest-leaved specimens.— The common-
est form, represented in the material examined from Quebec and Maine
to Delaware, west to Minnesota, with the following from VERMONT:
L. Champlain, Alburg, 1878, Pringle; shore of Shelburne Pond,
Shelburne, Blake 2377; Malletts Bay, Colchester, Blake 2649; Ferris-
burg, 1879, Brainerd.

*4. S. HETEROPHYLLA f. fluitans (Engelm.) n. comb. — S. hetero-
phylla var. fluitans Engelm. 1. e. (1856).— Leaves all linear, or phyl-
lodial and bladeless.— Specimens examined: VERMONT: Graveyard
Point, North Hero, 2 Aug. 1899, Brainerd; L. Champlain, Aug. 1880,
C. E. Faxon; shore of Maquam Bay, Swanton, 28 Aug. 1911, Blake
3191; Winooski R., Burlington, 2 Aug. 1911, Blake 2427; MassacHu-
sETTS: Sheffield and Stockbridge, Aug. 1902, Hofmann.

*S. LATIFOLIA Willd. f. GRactLIS (Pursh) Rob. Along the Winooski,
Essex Junction; shore of L. Champlain, Burlington.

CENCHRUS CAROLINIANUS Walt. Dry soil along railroad near Essex
Junction station; in sand beside road, Essex.

DANTHONIA COMPRESSA Aust. Wooded hillside, Essex Junction.
This and the next determined by Mr. F. T. Hubbard.

*ELYMUS AUSTRALIS Scribn. & Ball. Edge of woods along Winooski
River, alt. 235, Essex Junction, 21 July (Blake 2043). Previously
collected in the state at Jamaica by L. A. Wheeler (see RHODORA,
March 1912).

*ERAGROSTIS PECTINACEA (Mx.) Steud. Sand bank, along railroad
alt. 340, Essex Junction, 25 July (Blake 2176). An interesting oc-

160 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

currence, the plant being of coastal plain affinities, and previously
known in Vermont only from the lower Connecticut Valley.

*MUHLENBERGIA FOLIOSA (R. & S.) Trin. Damp spot in railroad
embankment, alt. 345, Essex Junction, 20 July (Blake 1889). De-
termined by Mr. Hubbard, as were the following Panicums. Pre-
viously recorded from Townshend, L. A. Wheeler, by Kirk in RHODORA,
March 1912. The following specimens in the Gray Herbarium,
determined by Mr. Weatherby, all originally ticketed M. mexicana,
show that the species is at least well distributed in the state: damp
places, Sudbury, 14 Sept. 1896, F. W. Hubby; base of Willoughby
Cliff, 4 Aug. 1881, and Fourth of July and North Slides, Willoughby
Mt., 19 Aug. 1896, Faxon; North Pownal, 19 Aug. 1903, Blanchard.
M. foliosa subsp. ambigua (Torr.) Scribn. is also represented in the
Gray Herbarium by a sheet from Lake Champlain, 14 Sept. 1881,
Faxon.

Panicum DiCHOTOMUM L. Wooded hillside, Essex Junction.

P. TENNESSEENSE Ashe. Winooski Gorge, Colchester.

*CAREX FLAVA L. var. RECTIROSTRA Gaudin. Mud flats of Hines-
burg Pond, alt. 684, Williston, 7 August.

*(C. LANUGINOSA Mx. Shore of Winooski R., alt. 270, Essex Junc-
tion, 25 July.

EC. OLIGOSPERMA Mx. Porters Swamp, Colchester, 2 August.

*C. Psrupo-cyperus L. Damp soil, Shelburne Pond, Shelburne,
30 July (Blake 2371).

*C. Rosťa Schkuhr var. raptara Dewey. Woods, alt. 765, Wil-
liston, 5 August (Blake 2540).

*CYPERUS DIANDRUS Torr. Sandy shore of Malletts Bay, Col-
chester, 9 August (Blake 2623). Apparently only the third record for
the state.

C. Houguroni Torr. The previous records for the state are as
follows: Fairlee Lake, Jesup t; Colchester, Oct. 1901, Mrs. Flynn ?;
Castleton, 1911, Brainerd *. My experience seemed to show that the
plant is not very uncommon in the Burlington Region, always growing
in dry sand,‘ although this is not in all cases shifting as at Mrs. Flynn's
Colchester locality. I made the following collections of the species;
in Essex: sand along railroad, alt. 350, 26 July (2248, 2249); 2248 was

1 Fl. Vt. 22 (1900).

2 RHoDora v. 191 (1903).

3 RHODORA xiv. 40 (1912)
4 Except on one occasion, when it was found growing in the gravel between R. R. ties.

pe Tee

1913] Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— I 161

collected from a small clump about three-quarters of a mile north of
the Essex Junction station, 2249 from another larger colony about
three-quarters of a mile further north, which also extended up the side
of a nearby hill to 440 ft. altitude, above which height the hill was
wooded; sandy wood road, alt. 500, 3 August, on the “High Plains”;
pure sand, alt. 410, 3 August. In Essex Junction: pure sand, alt.
360, 26 July (thirty plants or more, a little north of the station, grow-
ing with C. filiculmis var. macilentus); gravel between railroad ties, 3
August; sand plain, alt. 360, 14 August. In Colchester: sand plain,
back of Fort Ethan Allen, alt. 350, 23 July; in sand, alt. 340, 9 August
(this was Mrs. Flynn's original station).

The fruiting season, given as “Aug., Sept.” in Mrs. Flynn's list,
should be extended to include July as well, as many of my plants
collected on 23 July are in good fruit.

* C. srRIGOSUS L. var. COMPOSITUS Britton. Along brook, alt. 310,
Essex Junction, 20 July (Blake 1969); shore of Winooski River, alt.
97, Burlington, 2 August (2429). New to the state.

ELEOCHARIS INTERMEDIA (Muhl.) Schultes. Sandy shore of Mal-
letts Bay, Colchester, 9 August.

*E. PALUSTRIS (L.) R. € S. var. cALvA (Torr.) Gray. Shore of
Lake Champlain, Burlington, 22 July (Blake 2076).

E. PALUSTRIS (L.) R. & S. var. MAJOR Sonder (var. vigens Bailey).
Shore of Malletts Bay, 22 July and 9 August; flats of Lake Cham-
plain, Colchester.

SCIRPUS ATROCINCTUS Fernald f. brachypodus (Fernald) n. comb.
S. atrocinctus var. brachypodus Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxiv. 503
(1899).— Pasture, alt. 370, Williston, 30 July (a small colony with
none of the type form near).— Occurring practically throughout the
range of the type, often growing with it, and intimately connected by
numerous intermediate specimens.

*S. ATROVIRENS Muhl. f. sychnocephalus (Cowles) n. comb.
S. sylvaticus (var. atrovirens) var. sychnocephala S. N. Cowles, Am.
Nat. iii. 101 (1869). S. atrovirens var. pycnocephalus Fernald,
Ruopona viii. 163 (1906).— Shore of Winooski River, alt. 270, Essex
Junction, 25 July (Blake 2203): three plants collected, two good
sychnocephalus, the other intermediate. Rocky shore of Winooski
near High Bridge, Essex Junction, 28 July; meadow along Winooski
River, alt. 98, Burlington, 27 July. New to the state.— Cowles’ var.
sychnocephala, from North East, Pennsylvania, is evidently the same
as var. pycnocephalus Fernald, of much later date.

162 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

*S. CYPERINUS (L.) Kunth var. pettus Fernald. Along brook,
Essex Junction (Blake 1966); Porters Swamp, Colchester (2443);
meadow, alt. 684, Williston (2581); Malletts Bay (2635).

*S. CYPERINUS (L.) Kunth var. PELIUs Fernald f. condensatus
(Fernald) n. comb. | S. cyperinus var. condensatus Fern. RHODORA ii.
16 (1900). S. Eriophorum var. condensatus Fern. Proc. Am. Acad.
xxxiv. 501 (1899).— Meadow at south end of Shelburne Pond, 30
July (Blake 2379, 2380); meadow, Shelburne (2383); pasture, alt.
370 (2390), and pasture, alt. 620 (2403), Williston, 31 July; grassy
soll, alt. 780 (2559), and pasture, alt. 725 (2560), Williston, 7 August.

*S. OCCIDENTALIS (Wats.) Chase. Shore of Malletts Bay, Col-
chester, 22 July (Blake 2099), and 9 August (2633, 2634); shore of
Shelburne Pond, alt. 330, Shelburne (2373); meadow at south end of
Shelburne Pond (2378); damp soil, near shore of Lake Champlain,
Colchester, 2 August.

S. SMITH Gray. Shore of L. Champlain, Burlington.

*S. Torreyt Olney. Shore of L. Champlain, Burlington, 27 July
(Blake 2297). Also colleeted perhaps two hundred yards above this
spot, along shore of Winooski River, in Burlington, on 2 August.
About the fifth record for the state.

ERIOCAULON SEPTANGULARE With. Shore of Malletts Bay, Col-
chester (Mrs. Flynn’s locality); sandy shore of Hinesburg Pond, alt.
684, Williston.

Juncus ARTICULATUS L. Shore of Winooski R., alt. 270, Essex
Junction; rocky shore of Winooski near High Bridge, Essex Junction,
alt. 215; shore of L. Champlain, Burlington.

(J. brachycephalus (Engelm.) Buchenau. The record of this species
in Bull. 7 Vt. Bot. Club, p. 16, based on my report of the plant to Mrs.
Flynn, should be expunged, the specimens being immature J. brevi-
caudatus (Engelm.) Fernald.)

*J. EFFUSUS L. var. Pyrakr (Laharpe) Fernald & Wiegand. Damp
spot in railroad embankment, alt. 345, Essex Junction, 20 July (Blake
1887).

*J. EFFUSUS L. var. soLUTUS Fernald € Wiegand. Near pond, alt.
270, Essex (Blake 2128); along Winooski River, Burlington (2434),
New to the state.

*J. FILIFORMIS L. Shore of Malletts Bay, L. Champlain, Col-
chester, 9 August (Blake 2638). I find also a fragment including the
inflorescence entangled in a mounted specimen of Scirpus pedicellatus
which I collected at the same locality on 22 July.

1913] Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— I 163

J. PELOCARPUS Mey. Shore of Malletts Bay; flats of Lake, Col-
chester, near mouth of Winooski; shore of Lake, Burlington.

CALOPOGON PULCHELLUS (Sw.) R. Br. Porters Swamp, alt. 100.
Colchester.

HABENARIA BRACTEATA (Willd.) R. Br. Woods, alt. 765, Williston.

H. cLAVELLATA (Mx.) Spreng. Damp spot in railroad embank-
ment, alt. 345, Essex Junction (a single plant).

POPULUS BALSAMIFERA L. Sandy hillside, alt. 430, Essex, 26 July
— an odd habitat for this species of swamps and river borders.

*SALIX ALBA L. Dampish soil, Burlington, 19 July (Blake 1832),
in woods near the railroad yards. New to the state.

S. DISCOLOR Muhl. var. ERIOCEPHALA (Mx.) Anders. Shore of
Shelburne Bay, Queen City Park, South Burlington.

*S. LUCIDA Muhl. var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Anders. Shore of L. Cham-
plain, Burlington, 22 July (Blake 2069). New to the state.

S. NIGRA Marsh. Material referable to var. falcata (Pursh) Torr.,
as at present understood, was collected at Burlington and Williston;
but from many observations in Vermont and Massachusetts I have
become convinced that this so-called variety represents merely the
normal condition of young branchlets in this species. The leaves on
older wood and at base of first year shoots are oblong and straight,
those at tips of young shoots much narrower and scythe-shaped.

S. PEDICELLARIS Pursh var. HYPOGLAUCA Fernald. South end of
Porters Swamp, Colchester. Mrs. Flynn, following the Manual
strictly, gives S. pedicellaris only, but the only form known ! in the
Burlington Region is var. hypoglauca Fernald.

CARYA ALBA (L.) K. Koch. Pasture, alt. 570, Williston, 31 July;
woods, alt. 695, Williston, 5 August.

(PARIETARIA PENSYLVANICA Muhl. There is a specimen in herb.
N. E. B. C. collected in Shelburne by William Boott on 2 Oct. 1855.

COMANDRA UMBELLATA (L.) Nutt. Railroad embankment, Essex
Junction, 20 July; wooded hillside, Essex Junction, 21 July.

*PoLYGONUM AMPHIBIUM L. Sp. i. 361 (1753). (?) P. amphibium
var. longispicatum Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Rep. xlvi. 129 [repr. 49]
(1893).— Shore of Winooski R., near mouth, Burlington, 27 July;
shallow water in Winooski R., Colchester, 2 August; mud flats and
sandy shore of Hinesburg Pond, alt. 684, Williston (Blake 2567, 2578
part: passing to f. Hartwrightii).

1 See Fernald, Ruopona xi. 157-162 (1909).

164 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

P. AMPHIBIUM L. f. Hartwrightii (Gray) n. comb. P. Hartwrightii
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 294 (1870). P. amphibium var. Hart-
wrightii Bissell, Ruopora iv. 105 (1902).— Occurring as an emersed
development on the same rootstock as the typical form, also some-
times isolated in dry woodlands and peat bogs. — Bissell's paper should
be consulted for evidence of the ecological nature of the form.—
Rather open spot in woods, Burlington; swampy spot, Colchester
(Blake 2455); sandy shore of Hinesburg Pond, alt. 684, Williston
(2578 part); sandy shore of Malletts Bay (2651, 2652); shore of
Potash Creek, South Burlington (passing to f. ferrestre).

*P. AMPHIBIUM L. f. terrestre (Leers) n. comb. P. amphibium var.
B. terrestris Leers in Willd. Sp. Pl. ii. 443 (1799); not of Gray's Man.
ed. 1-5, which is P. Muhlenbergii (Meisn.) Wats.— Merely an emersed
form of the type, with acute leaves very similar to those of P. MuAlen-
bergii but smaller, and pubescent like that species, but without the
glandularity of the peduncles characteristic of it.— Meadow, Col-
chester, 2 August (Blake 2465).

P. erEctuM L. Queen City Park, in paths, South Burlington.

P. PENSYLVANICUM L. A form was collected at Essex Junction, and
later at Swanton, with leaves bearing a red spot as in P. Persicaria L.

Rumex MEXICANUS Meisn. Waste land near L. Champlain,
Burlington.

CHENOPODIUM GLAUCUM L. Lumber yard and railroad yard, Bur-
lington.

SALSOLA Kaui L. var. TENUIFOLIA G. F. W. Mey. Near Essex
Junction railroad station.

*CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM L. Shallow water in Hinesburg
Pond, alt. 684, Williston, 7 August.

CASTALIA TUBEROSA (Paine) Greene. Shallow water in Winooski
River, Colchester.

RANUNCULUS ABORTIVUS L. var. EUCYCLUS Fernald. Rocks in
woods, alt. 660, Williston.

R. DELPHINIFOLIUS Torr. f. terrestris (Gray) n. comb. R. multifi-
dus var. terrestris Gray, Man. ed. 5. 41 (1867). R. lacustris var.
terrestris MacMillan, Metasp. Minn. Valley, 247 (1892). R. delpheni-
folius var. terrestris Farwell, Ann. Rep. Comm. Parks Detroit xi. 63
(1900). R. missouriensis Greene, Erythaea iii. 20 (1895).— Merely a
stranded development, often on the same stem with the typical
aquatic form.— Colchester, 2 August (Blake 2451, 2461).

\

1913] — Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— I 165

*ARABIS CANADENSIS L. Woods, alt. 765, Williston, 5 August.

*BARBAREA VULGARIS R. Br. Along brook, alt. 310, Essex Junction,
20 July.

Brassica NIGRA (L.) Koch. Waste land near L. Champlain,
Burlington.

RADICULA PALUSTRIS (L.) Moench. Along the Winooski R.,
¿ssex Junction.

*SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop. About fifty plants, near
farmhouse, Burlington,— the station discovered by Mrs. Flynn on
24 July; three plants in pasture, Shelburne, 30 July; one plant near
farmhouse, Colchester, 2 August. See Flynn, Bull. 7 Vt. Bot. Club,
17 (1912); Blake, Ruopora xiv. 190-192 (1912).

POLANISIA GRAVEOLENS Raf. A single plant collected along the
railroad at Twin Bridges, alt. 250, Colchester, 24 July, about five
miles above the mouth of the Winooski.

* AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS L (Not of Mrs. Flynn’s list.) Beside
road, alt. 160, Burlington, 27 July (Blake 2278); shady roadside, alt.
140, Burlington 2 August (2497). This and the two following identi-
fied by Prof. K. M. Wiegand.

?A. HUMILIS Wiegand. A doubtful collection, possibly of this
species, made with the last (2496).

A. LAEVIS Wiegand. (A. canadensis L. of Mrs. Flynn's list.)
Essex Junction (2037) and Colchester (2472).

CRATAEGUS MACRACANTHA Lodd. Edge of woods, Essex Junction.

C. PUNCTATA Jacq. Pasture, Williston, alt. 505.

EX FRAGARIA GRANDIFLORA Ehrh. Lumber yard, Burlington, 19
July.

PorENTILLA ANSERINA L. var. SERICEA Hayne. In addition to
Mrs. Flynn's locality on the shore of L. Champlain in Burlington, the
following stations were found for this variety: sandy soil, Colchester,
between Barney Point and Colchester Point; rocky shore of Lake,
between Mills Point and Porter Point, Colchester; shore of Malletts
Bay; shore of Shelburne Bay, Queen City Park, South Burlington.

*P. MONSPELIENSIS L. var. NORVEGICA (L.) Rydb. A single plant
found in sand along railroad, Essex, 26 July.

*P. PALUSTRIS (L.) Scop. f. suBsERICEA (Becker) Wolf, Monog.
Potentilla 76 (1908). P. palustris var. subsericea Becker, Deutsch.
Bot. Monatsschr. xv. 85 (1897).— This handsome but inconstant
form, first recorded from America by Fernald € Wiegand in RHODORA

166 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

for June 1910, twice came under my notice in the Burlington Region.
It was collected in swampy soil at the south end of Porters Swamp,
Colchester, 2 August (Blake 2442), and later the same day a less typical
form of it was collected (2456), growing with Polygonum amphibium f.
Hartwrightii, an analogous state of another amphibious species, in a
swampy spot near Barney Point, Colchester. The latter number
was clearly intermediate between the typical form and good subsericea,
and the inconstancy of the character of pubescence, coupled with the
presumptive evidence of its ecological nature afforded by the habitat —
more or less exsiccated swampy ground or meadow in each case —
shows that the plant is better considered a forma than a variety.

Rosa CINNAMOMEA L. Pasture about old house-site, Williston.

Hypericum Ascyron L. Rocky shore of Winooski R. near High
Bridge, Essex Junction, alt. 215. The only locality in the Region.

*H. BOREALE (Britton) Bicknell. Rather common. Collected
twice at the same spot on the shore of Lake Champlain in Burlington,
27 July (Blake 2300) and 2 August; on sandy shore of Malletts Bay,
Colchester, 9 August; flats of L. Champlain, and in meadow, Col-
chester, 2 August; mud flats of Hinesburg Pond, alt. 684, Williston.

H. cANADENSE L. Shore of Winooski R., alt. 270, Essex Junction
(two small plants).

*H. masus (Gray) Britton. Edge of woods, alt. 360, Essex Junction,
23 July (a single specimen); shore of Lake Champlain, Burlington;
sandy shore of Malletts Bay; sandy shore of Hinesburg Pond, Willis-
ton. :

VIOLA AFFINIS Le Conte. Edge of woods, Shelburne. Determined
by Pres. Brainerd.

V. CUCULLATA? X FIMBRIATULA. A hybrid considered by Pres.
Brainerd to be probably of this parentage was collected not very far
from the last.

EPILOBIUM MOLLE Torr. Collected at Mrs. Flynn’s Burlington
station on 27 July, and also on two other occasions: meadow, Essex
Junction, 29 July; near brook, alt. 430, Essex (a single plant).

OENOTHERA MURICATA L. A single specimen of this species, as
understood in Gray's Manual, was collected in South Burlington near
mouth of Potash Creek.

MYRIOPHYLLUM spicatuM L. Shallow water, Malletts Bay, in
fruit; Hinesburg Pond, Williston.

SANICULA TRIFOLIATA Bicknell. Woods, alt. 585, Williston, 31

1913} Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,— I 167

July (2402). Mrs. Flynn’s only record is of a specimen in the Gray
Herbarium, collected by William Boott in Shelburne on 30 Sept. 1855.

*GAYLUSSACIA BACCATA (Wang.) C. Koch f. GLAUCOCARPA (Rob.)
Mackenzie. Near the Winooski River, Colchester, 24 July (2367);
dry woods, Burlington.

RHODODENDRON CANADENSE (L.) BSP. Porters Swamp, Colchester,
2 August.

VACCINIUM CANADENSE Kalm. Dry hill, Essex, 3 August.

*V. PENSILVANICUM Lam. var. MYRTILLOIDES (Mx.) Fernald.
Damp hollows, alt. 340, Essex Junction, 20 July (Blake 1929). New to
the state.

FRAXINUS PENNSYLVANICA Marsh. var. LANCEOLATA (Borkh.)
Sargent. Waste land near L. Champlain, Burlington; damp soil,
Colchester.

* A POCYNUM MEDIUM Greene. Rocky shore of Winooski River near
High Bridge, alt. 215, Essex Junction, 28 July (2320).

ASCLEPIAS SYRIACA L. The members of a colony growing in pure
sand, without shade, in Colchester, were strongly glutinous on stems,
peduncles, pedicels, and upper leaf surfaces, evidently as a result of
the unusual environment.

CONVOLVULUS ARVENSIS L. Sawdust bank, Essex Junction, 28
July.

*GarnkoPsis Terramtr L. var. piripA (Boenn.) Lej. € Court.
Essex Junction, 20 July; probably the only form occurring.

Hebeoma HISPIDA Pursh. On a sand plain, alt. 495, Essex, 3
August, not far from the Essex Junction reservoir: native?

* X PETUNIA HYBRIDA Hort. A single plant in sandy soil at Fort
Ethan Allen, Essex, 23 July; like P. nyctaginifolia Juss., but with
violet corolla.

GALIUM APARINE L. Damp soil, Essex, 23 July.

VIBURNUM DENTATUM L. Along stone wall, alt. 695, Williston E near
Hinesburg Pond, 7 August; also seen by roadside at 730 ft. alt., a
short distance away.

*CAMPANULA ULIGINOSA Rydb. Meadow at south end of Shel-
burne Pond, Shelburne, 30 July (Blake pub meadow, Colchester,
2 August.

*ANTENNARIA OCCIDENTALIS Greene. Dry soil by roadside, alt.
125, Colchester, 22 July (2106).

A. ParLinu Fernald. Dry hill, Shelburne, 30 July.

168 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

(Aster novi-belgii L. Mrs. Flynn’s record in Bull. 7 Vt. Bot. Club,
16, based on a doubtful report of mine, should be erased.) ]

*BIDENS VULGATA Greene. Shore of Winooski Hiver, alt. 240,
Essex Junction, 25 July (2229).

*EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM L. var. TRUNCATUM Gray. Sandy
shore of Malletts Bay, Colchester, 9 August (2657).

*E. purpurEUM L. Edge of woods along Winooski River, alt. 235,
Zssex Junction, 21 July (Blake 2039). On the doubtful list of the
state flora since 1900, now first definitely reported.

FE. PURPUREUM L. var. FOLIOSUM Fernald. Along brook, Essex
Junction, alt. 310, 20 July (1970). Also new to the state. This and
the preceding identified by Dr. Robinson.

LACTUCA CANADENSIS L. var. MONTANA Britton. Beside road,
Burlington (a single plant).

PRENANTHES TRIFOLIOLATA (Cass.) Fernald. Dry bank, Essex
Junction.

TANACETUM VULGARE L. var. crispum DC. Pasture (about old
house-site), Williston; sandy shore of Malletts Bay, Colchester.

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

A PECULIAR VARIETY OF THE CANOE BIRCH.
M. L. FERNALD.

IN the genus Betula the 3-lobed bracts of the pistillate aments are
so nearly universal as to be used as a generic character. In fact, so gen-
eral is this character that the little shrub of the tundra of Newfound-
land, southern Labrador and adjacent Canada, B. nana L., var.
Michauxii (Spach) Regel, in which the bracts are commonly quite
simple and oblong in outline, was made by Opiz a separate genus,
Apterocaryon.' In habit, foliage, pubescence, nutlets, ete., this little
shrub is, however, very similar to the polar B. nana, and, as already
pointed out by the writer,? specimens occur which show a transition
from the simple bract of the variety to the 3-lobed bract of the typical
form of the species.

! Opiz, Lotus; v. 258 (1855).
? Fernald, Am. Jour. Sci., ser. IV. xiv. 187 (1902).

XL ciii i ae $ y NEU C

1913] Collins,— Three Plants with Extension of Range 169

In view of the peculiarity of the bracts of Betula nana, var. Mi-
chauzii, it was interesting to find in the ravine of one of the headwaters
of the Ruisseau à la Neige on Mt. Albert, Gaspé County, Quebec,
a colony of small trees and shrubs of Betula alba L. (B. pubescens Ehrh.)
which showed a similar variation. In the Mt. Albert trees the bracts
are mostly oblong and unlobed but an occasional bract is 3-lobed as
in the typical form of the species. This tree of Mt. Albert may be
designated

BETULA ALBA L., var. elobata, n. var., trunco humili vel mediocri
usque 6 m. alto; foliis maturis 4.5-6 cm. longis rhomboideo-ovatis
basi rotundatis vel subeuneatis supra glabris subtus ad nervos pilosis;
strobilis pendulis 1.5-2 em. longis 7-9 mm. crassis, pedunculis 0.7-1.3
cm. longis; squamis oblongis integris vel undulatis ciliatis. Small
or medium-sized tree (up to 6 m. high): mature leaves 4.5-6 cm. long,
rhombic-ovate, rounded or subcuneate at base, glabrous above,
pilose on the nerves beneath: strobiles pendulous, 1.5-2 cm. long,
7-9 mm. thick, on peduncles 0.7-1.3 em. long: bracts oblong, entire
or undulate, ciliate.— QUEBEC: crevices and talus of serpentine along
Ruisseau à la Neige, Mt, Albert, Gaspé County, July 25, 1906, Fernald
& Collins, no. 531 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Gray HERBARIUM.

THREE PLANTS WITH EXTENSION OF RANGE.
FRANK S. COLLINS.

Panicum BickneLtuit Nash. At Brewster, Barnstable County,
Massachusetts, Sept. 10, 1912. Distribution given in Gray's Manual
as Ct. to N. C.

JUNCUS BUFONIUS var. HALOPHILUS Buchenau & Fernald. Shore
of “Sunken Meadow,” Barnstable County, Massachusetts, Sept.,
1911. According to the Manual, Gulf of St. Lawrence to Mass.; but
the southernmost locality hitherto reported is Plum Island, near
Newburyport.

While these extensions are worth recording, I take no credit for the
discoveries; for the past few years, whenever I have been on Cape

170 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Cod, I have collected everything I came across, unless I was sure I had
already collected it from the same locality. As regards grasses,
sedges etc., my ignorance is so thorough that I have seldom refrained
from collecting, and at the end of the season I have turned over the
whole lot to the Gray Herbarium. In each case Prof. Fernald has
been good enough to name the plants, and each season some have been
found that were growing outside of their recorded range. It only
shows that one need not be a specialist to contribute to our knowledge
of the flora of the region. The wayfaring man, even in the extreme
case mentioned in the scriptures, will not err if he collects freely, and
sends his specimens to Prof. Fernald.

POTENTILLA TRIDENTATA Ait. Sandy plain, Eastham, May 30,
1913. This is on a different footing from the two species already
mentioned, as it is an old acquaintance of mine, with many pleasant
associations. I first saw it at Bath, Maine, in August, 1880, where
I had to stop over Sunday at a hotel there, in consequence of a sudden
and unannounced change of time by a local steamer; I feel sure that
every reader who has travelled on the Maine coast will recall some
similar experience of his own. Then when Mr. Dame and myself
were compiling the Flora of Middlesex County, we found this species
on the summit of Mount Watatic. The boundary line between
Worcester and Middlesex counties crosses this summit, and Mr.
Dame, Dr. C. W. Swan and myself went all over the open ground on
our hands and knees, until we were sure that the plant, not then in
bloom, was actually on the Middlesex side of the line. At the time
the Flora was published, this station was the only one in the county,
but the plant was afterwards found at Wilmington. Though I have
seen it many times since, it always bas a special interest for me, but
nothing could have been more unexpected than its occurrence along
a "road" (three deep ruts in the open field) near the Bay shore of
Eastham, about half a mile northwest of North Eastham station.
The colony extended for some rods along the road, and the plants were
in full flower, with abundant seed capsules from last year. The range
is given in the Manual as Lab. to e. N. E., where common in exposed
rocky or gravelly situations, N. J., and southward on the upper
Alleghenies; also westward, chiefly along the Great Lakes. The
Wilmington station is probably the nearest to Eastham.

Nortu EASTHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

1913] Hull,— Advance of Potamogeton crispus L. 171

ADVANCE OF POTAMOGETON CRISPUS L.— The 7th edition of Gray's
Manual gives the range of this species as extending from Massachusetts
to Ontario and Virginia. Here in the lagoons of Jackson Park,
Chicago, Ill., it is very abundant. Much work is needed to keep it
cleaned out in the spring, when its growth is most vigorous. These
lagoons are connected with Lake Michigan, and it seems reasonable to
suppose that this species has made its appearance here by way of the
Great Lakes. In the lagoons of Washington Park, about a mile west,
which have no connection with the lake, a careful search has failed to
reveal it, and it probably does not occur. It is also found in abun-
dance at Wolf Lake, Indiana. This body of water lies near Lake
Michigan, and is connected with it.

It would be interesting to know just when the plant first made its
appearance in this region. That it has occurred here for a few years
at least is well known to most botanists hereabouts, but I believe that
nothing concerning it in this vicinity has ever appeared in print.
Guided by the index to American botanical literature published
monthly in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, I have looked
up every reference from 1899 to the present date that might concern
the flora of Illinois and Indiana, both systematic and ecological
treatises, but I have found nothing regarding this plant. ‘There may
be a reference to it, however, in some note which the Bulletin has not
seen fit to index. If so, I have overlooked it, but I do not believe
that this is the case. If nothing has appeared then this may be
regarded as an addition to the flora of both states. The advent of
the plant, however, has doubtless been very recent, perhaps within
the last ten years. In 1883 E. J. Hill! noted nine species of Potamo-
geton from Wolf Lake, but made no mention of P. crispus. In 1899
S. Coulter’s ‘Flora of Indiana’ appeared, but this species was not
included therein. Following the publication of Coulter’s book, not-
ably from 1900-1905, many additions to the Indiana flora came out
in the ‘Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science, but this
plant, if it occurred at all, seems to have escaped notice. My own
acquaintance with it began in 1909. By this time it had become
common.

'The plant should, I think, now be found still further westward,
especially along the Illinois and Mississippi Rivers, as it can reach the
Illinois, which flows into the Mississippi, by way of the Drainage Canal.

1 Bot. Gaz. 9:45-48. 1884.

172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

When currents are favorable, a steady stream of branches can be seen
flowing from the lagoons out into the lake.

A specimen has been sent to the Editor to verify its identity.—
Epwin D. Hutu, Curcaao, ILL.

FURTHER WOOL-WASTE PLANTS AT WESTFORD, MASSACHUSETTS.—
It has been my custom to visit a wool-waste dump near here several
timesa year. Generally I have found some of the Medicks, Erodium
cicutarium (L.) L’Hér. and (I regret to name the next) Centaurea
maculosa, established in two pastures and spreading into mowings
even to the other side of the road several rods away.

No wool-waste has been placed here for three years, yet I found in
June, 1913, two plants quite new to our region, Erodium ciconium L.
and Trifolium purpureum. Lois., there being a single individual of the
Erodium and seven of the Trifolium.

I have learned from Dr. B. L. Robinson the following regarding the
specimens I sent him: “Of Erodium ciconium L. we have at the Gray
Herbarium only one specimen from America and that is from ballast
at Philadelphia, where it was collected by the late Isaac C. Martin-
dale, in August, 1877. On the sole basis of this specimen the species
is mentioned in the Synoptical Flora by Prof. Trelease, who revised
the Geraniaceae for that work. We find no more recent record of the
species from America.

Of Trifolium purpureum Lois. there seems to be no record of Ameri-
can occurrence. These species both come from southern Europe and
adjacent Asia.” — EmtLy F. FLercuer. Westford, Massachusetts.

Vol. 15, no. 176, including pages 137 to 152, was issued 11 August, 1913.

ea

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. October, 1913. No. 178.

INHERITANCE OF SEX FORMS IN PLANTAGO
LANCEOLATA.

By HarLeY Harris BARTLETT.

In a former paper in this journal the writer! reported upon the
first filial generation of a “second form hermaphrodite” of Plantago
lanceolata, — a form which is structurally hermaphrodite but func-
tionally pistillate. This F; generation, which resulted from unguarded
wind-pollination of the 2d form mother plant by pollen from 1st form
hermaphrodites, included, if certain aberrant plants are disregarded,
about 60% of plants like the seed parent (called “yellows” for short,
on account of the color of the anthers) and about 40% of plants like
the pollen parent (“whites”). Because of the rarity of the 2d form
hermaphrodite in the locality where the original mother plant was
found, it is likely that the pollen parents of the F; generation were for
the most part either whites which did not belong to any gynodioecious
strain, or else members of a gynodioecious strain consisting of 1st
form hermaphrodites and structurally pure pistillates. In its second
flowering season the original mother plant was surrounded by its own
progeny, and isolated in one of the inner houses of a long range of
greenhouses from other plants of the species. Consequently, it is
fair to conclude that it was this time pollinated by whites belonging
to the gynodioecious strain. A second: F; generation was therefore
grown in order to determine whether or not the progeny would show
the same forms as when pollinated by unrelated plants of other strains.

1 Bartlett, H. H.: On gynodioecism in Plantago lanceolata. Rnopona, xiii. (1911)
pp. 199-206.

174 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Moreover, certain plants of the first F, generation, including both
whites and yellows, were chosen as the parents of a second filial
generation, and their seeds which also resulted from pollination within
the gynodioecious strain, were planted in the spring of 1912. So
many of the plants of the 1912 cultures failed to flower the first year
that it was necessary to wait until this year to report upon the second
F, and the F; generations.

It may be recalled that the first F; generation of 137 plants contained
13 plants which could not be classified either as typical 1st form or 2d
form hermaphrodites. Some of them did not flower; others were
short-spiked gynomonoecious plants. They were kept in order to see
what they would be like if they flowered in the second year. Eight
of them died or again failed to flower; five of them flowered.

Plant No. 7, which had abortive round spikes the first time it
flowered, had long spikes about half of which were bifurcated the
second season. The flowers were strictly pistillate, with the stamens
reduced to mere rudiments. This plant, structurally the only purely
pistillate plant of the entire culture, flowered so imperfectly in 1911,
that it could only be referred to in the former paper (l. c. p. 206) as a
possible exception to the rule that none of the progeny of the 2d form
hermaphrodite approached the pistillate condition more closely than
the mother itself. "This plant, either because it was sterile or because
the season was so late when it flowered that no pollen was available,
failed to set seed. It died after flowering.

Plant No. 28 was short-spiked and gynomonoecious the first year.
In the second year some of the spikes were as long as in the rest of the
culture. The long spikes, which flowered first, had only 2d form
flowers in the lower 3 of the spike and Ist form flowers above. The
shortest spikes, which were the last to bloom, had only 1st form flowers.
Between the extremes there were various transitions.

Plants Nos. 41 and 53 did not flower the first year. In the second
year they were typical 1st form hermaphrodites.

Plant No. 63 did not flower the first year. The second season some
of the spikes had first form flowers only. Other spikes were gyno-
monoecious with the two flower types variously intermingled.

These records show that plants which were short-spiked the first
year did not maintain this character the second year. This fact
throws grave doubt upon the taxonomic validity of Plantago lanceolata
var. sphaerostachya, set apart by De Candolle on account of its short

1913] Dartlett, — Sex Forms in Plantago lanceolata 175

spikes, and accords with the experience of Druce,! who cultivated a
short-spiked plant and found that it lost its distinctive character in
the second year.

As a check upon the accuracy of the classification of the first Fi
generation, 18 whites and yellows, including all the individuals chosen
as seed parents of the F» generation, were retained until they flowered a
second time. They were essentially alike in both years. The original
mother plant of all the cultures has likewise held perfectly to the char-
acters which it showed the first year. It has now flowered four times
and has been divided into 6 plants.

Four of the F; plants chosen as parents of an F, were yellows. Of
these, two, Nos. 9 and 20 were altogether typical and quite indis-
tinguishable from the mother plant, one, (No, 12) had the stamens of
the same length and shape as the mother plant, but the anthers were
slightly greener, and one, (No. 65), had the anthers just as in the
mother plant, but the filaments were longer. The second form
progeny of Nos. 9 and 20 reproduced the mother plant exactly. The
2d form progeny of No. 12 (50 plants) were also typical yellows with
the exception of one plant, the anthers of which were slightly greenish
as in the mother. Since the mother plant itself was recorded as a
typical yellow in its second flowering season, its variation in the first
season from the typical yellow character may have been due to some
environmental factor which likewise affected the solitary one of its
progeny which resembled it. If, however, the variation toward
greenish anthers indicated a stronger pistillate tendency in No. 12
than in the other yellows, it is significant that the progeny of the
greenish-stamened mother included a greater proportion of yellows
than any other F;. The 2d form progeny of No. 65 showed a con-
tinuous variation in the length of the filaments. In some plants
they were as long as in the mother plant, in others as short as in any
typical yellow, but the anthers of all were of the typical 2d form.
If the long stamens of No. 65 indicated a weaker pistillate tendency
than existed in the other yellows, the long-stamened character is no
doubt to be correlated with the fact that the Fs included a higher
proportion of whites than the progeny of any other yellow.

1 Druce, G. Claridge: Plantago lanceolata var. sphaerostachya. Brit. Journ. Bot.
xlix (1911) p. 235. “A plant of this, which I brought back from Jersey last year,
retained its short spike during the year, but has this year developed spikes indis-

tinguishable from the type, as Dillenius says it did in the Eltham Garden. (See Dill.
Herb. 97.)”

Rhodora

176 [OcroBER

The F, whites which were chosen as mother plants were all alike,
and typical Their progeny consisted of both 1st and 2d form her-
maphrodites, quite indistinguishable from those which were descended
from yellow mother plants.

In all of the Fs cultures a few of the whites showed a more or less
pronounced gynomonoecious tendency. When only a very few flowers
were of the 2d form, and the spikes were typical, the plants were
counted as whites. If, however, the flowers were very aberrant,
the stamens crumpled, or the perianth did not expand, and the spikes
were abbreviated, the plants were regarded as "unclassified." In the
following table, which summarizes all the cultures, the “unclassified”
column includes both these aberrant plants and those which after
being kept under favorable conditions for two years had still not
flowered.

lst form 2d form
hermaphrodites |hermaphrodites| Unclassified | Total
(whites). (yellows).
First F; from original yellow. 53 — 3995 7325895 | 112895 | 187
Second F; from original yellow. | 53-5295 4324295, | 6=6% | 102
Total F, 106 = 44% 116-4895, | 17=8% | 239
F; from No. 9, yellow. 44=48% 47 =52% 0 91
F: from No. 12, yellow. 34 — 4005 50 — 60€; 0 84
F; from No. 20, yellow. 52 — 46% 5925295, | 22295 | 118
F, from No. 65, yellow. 57 =59% 3823995, | 2=2% 97
Total F; from four F; yellows. | 187=49% 194=50% | 4=1% | 385
Total F, and F, from yellows. | 293 — 47975 31025095 | 212395 | 624
F: from No. 46, white. 96 — 6795 3622595 | 122895 | 144
F» from No. 49, white. 55 — 5095 56 — 5095 0 111
F; from No. 56, white. 5125095 4924895, 2=2% | 102
Total F; from three F, whites. | 202 =57% 141=40% | 14=3% | 357
Total F; and F, progeny of
mother plant. 495 250.595 | 451=46% | 35=3.5%| 981

There is no apparent explanation for the difference in constitution
between the two F cultures, one of which resulted from foreign polli-
nation and the other from pollination within the physiologically
gynodioecious strain. It will be noticed that the first F; culture
agrees fairly well with the Fs cultures from typical F, yellows Nos. 9
and 20. To ascribe the discrepancy between the two F; cultures to
the source of the pollen would necessitate the assumption of a much

1913] Bartlett,— Sex Forms in Plantago lanceolata 177

greater tendency to produce 2d form plants in the megaspores of Nos.
9, 12 and 20 than in the megaspores of their mother. The pollen
parents of the first F; were of course unknown, but if it is safe to argue
from the frequency of the sex forms of Plantago lanceolata in nature
they were probably whites belonging to a non-gynodioecious strain.
Would pollen from a pure 1st form strain be likely to have less ten-
dency to produce whites than pollen from a strain consisting of two
forms? — But in view of the small number of plants in the F; cultures
and the relatively large number of unclassified plants which they
contained, it is hardly profitable to speculate on their unexpected
divergence.

As a whole, the table shows beyond doubt that in the physiologically
gynodioecious strain of Plantago lanceolata which the writer has culti-
vated there are 1st and 2d form hermaphrodites in practically equal
numbers in the progeny of both 1st and 2d form mothers. The mode
of inheritance of the 2d form hermaphrodite in the physiologically
gynodioecious strain is probably the same as that of the purely
pistillate form in the structurally gynodioecious strains which have
been studied by Correns.! This investigator has shown by pollinating
the same mother plant with pollen from different plants, and, con-
versely, by pollinating different mother plants with pollen from the
same plant, that both the seed parent and the pollen parent influence
the proportion of sex forms in the progeny. The inheritance of the
sex forms is not wholly determined by either parent. It should,
therefore, throw some light on the mode of inheritance of the sex
forms if a 2d form hermaphrodite were pollinated by a 1st form her-
maphrodite belonging to a strain not only functionally but also
structurally pistillate and, conversely, if a structurally pure pistillate
plant were pollinated by a 1st form hermaphrodite belonging to the
physiologically gynodioecious strain. Such crosses might result in a
progeny in which one could distinguish by their morphological charac-
ters between those pistillate plants which had inherited the pistillate
tendency through the pollen parent and those which had inherited it
through the seed parent. In this connection attention may again be
called to the one aberrant structurally pistillate plant (No. 7) which oc-
curred in the first (open-pollinated) F; generation. Of 451 functionally

1 Correns, C.: Die Rolle der mánnlichen Keimzellen bei der Geschlechtsbestim-
mung der gynodioecischen Pflanzen. Ber. d. deutch. bot. Ges. xxvia, pp. 686-701.
1908.

178 Rhodora [OCTOBER

pistillate descendents of the original 2d form mother plant only this
one transgressed the limits of what may fairly be interpreted as the
limits of fluctuating variability of the 2d form hermaphrodite. It
must either be interpreted as the result of chance pollination by a 1st
form hermaphrodite belonging to a structurally gynodioecious strain
through which it inherited the purely pistillate character, or else as a
mutation.

Since 1910, the writer has been on the lookout for 2d form hermaph-
rodites in nature. Although many of them have been found in the
region about Washington, they constitute but a negligible proportion
of the total Plantago population. This seems not to be the case in
some parts of France, where the yellow 2d form hermaphrodite is very
common and has recently been described as Plantago lanceolata var.
androxantha, a new variety, by Biau! and Lemasson. Of course
these authors would not have accorded taxonomic standing to a sex
form if they had recognized its true nature.

Typical plants from the cultures described in this paper have been
turned over for cytological study to Dr. A. B. Stout of the New York
Botanical Garden. It is to be hoped that his investigations will
show whether there can be discovered a cytological basis for the
inheritance of these forms.

LABORATORY OF PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS,
BUREAU OF Puant Inpustry, Washington, D. C.

1 Biau, A.: Nouveautés phytographiques. Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 4e ser. xii, pp.
711-716, 1912. (Feb. 1913).

"Plantago lanceolata L. var. androzantha Biau et Lemasson.

A Pl. lanceolata differt antheris lutescentibus vel viridi-Iutescentibus, multo angustiori-
bus; fllamentis bis aut ter brevioribus; calycis carina valde ciliata, etc.

Ce Plantain est remarquable par ses anthéres jaunátres, lui donnant à la floraison
un facies tout particulier, ce qui permet de le reconnaitre à distance et de le distinguer
très aisément du type à anthéres blanches avec lequel il croit péle-péle.

Trés commun dans les Vosges, aux environs du Bruyéres et dans toute la vallée de
la Vologne, oü il nous a paru presque aussi répandu que le type.

Doit exister ailleurs, mais il faut le rechercher au moment de sa floraison, en mai de
préférence, car ensuite il est difficile à distinguer du Pl. lanceolata; nous l'interprétons
d' ailleurs comme une simple variété d'accord avec l'abbé Coste qui nous a fait
l'honneur d'examiner quelques échantillons de cette nouvelle forme.'"— p. 713.

1913] Fernald,— Indigenous Varieties of Prunella vulgaris 179

THE INDIGENOUS VARIETIES OF PRUNELLA VULGARIS
IN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

In recent years specimens of Prunella vulgaris L. have been sent to
the Gray Herbarium by various New England botanists who have
found the plant growing in lawns or roadsides and have urged that it
is somewhat different from the common American plant passing as
P. vulgaris. Upon receipt recently of such a specimen, the writer
undertook a somewhat detailed examination of Prunella vulgaris.
It was quickly obvious that most of the American material, the com-
mon plants from Newfoundland to Alaska, south through the North-
eastern States, about the Great Lake region, and among the Rocky
Mountains into Mexico, differed from the European P. vulgaris in
the outline and proportions of the cauline leaves.

In the European type the principal cauline leaves (the median ones)
are of an ovate or ovate-oblong outline and rounded at base, averaging
fully one-half as broad as long. In North America an apparently
identical broad-leaved plant occurs, chiefly in lawns and fields of the
Eastern States, eastern Canada and Newfoundland, where it generally
appears like an introduced weed. This is the broad-leaved plant
which has recently been collected in New England lawns and by
various collectors seen to be somewhat different from the indigenous
Prunella of the region.

The clearly indigenous plants, found in open woods, on banks of
streams and in mountain-meadows, but freely spreading into the
cleared areas, from Newfoundland to Alaska, south to the Carolina

' mountains, Kansas, and mountains of Mexico and of southern Cali-

fornia, have the principal or median cauline leaves narrower than in
the common European Prunella vulgaris, lanceolate to oblong, and
gradually tapering or cuneate at base, averaging only one-third as
broad as long; * and although during the past few decades these Ameri-
can plants have been passing without comment as P. vulgaris, it is note-

1 Measurements of 28 specimens of the European plant with the leaves rounded
at base show the median cauline leaves to vary from # to 2 as broad as long (average 3),
while 60 specimens of the indigenous American plants with cuneate-based leaves
show the median leaves to range from + to + (average 1) as broad as long.

180 Rhodora [OCTOBER

worthy that the keen earlier generations of American and European
botanists were perfectly aware of a difference and treated the com-
moner native plant of America either as a distinct species or an Ameri-
can variety. In 1804 Willdenow, in Hortus Berolinensis, described
and illustrated from Pennsylvania Prunella pensylvanica,' said to differ
from P. vulgaris by slight characters of the flowers but shown in the
plate as a plant with remarkably toothed leaves such as it is impossible
to match by any American material known to the writer. Whether
Willdenow’s plate was based upon an American plant seems very
doubtful and his herbarium material, according to Bentham,’ was a
mixture; but under the name P. pennsylvanica the commonest lanceo-
late-leaved American plant was taken up by Jacob Bigelow (1814),
Pursh (1814), Amos Eaton (1818) and others and kept apart as a
species from the ovate-leaved P. vulgaris.

Others of the same and immediately succeeding generations treated
this narrow-leaved plant as a variety of the broader-leaved one. Thus
we find Nuttall saying (without, however, any definition or other
indication of just what he included in his variety): “8 pennsylvanica.
A mere variety of the preceding [P. vulgaris], which is certainly an
introduced plant, never appearing far beyond the precincts of habita-
tions.’ Barton, in the same year, took up P. pennsylvanica as a
species, apparently to cover all the Eastern American material, and
divided it into two varieties: a ovata, with “leaves ovate” [true P.
vulgaris] and 8 lanceolata, with “leaves lanceolate”;* and subsequently
supplied a beautiful plate and detailed description? of his P. pennsyl-
vanica, B. lanceolata so that there is no question that he had the common
American plant with lanceolate leaves gradually narrowed to the base,
and the bracts and calyces green, the former copiously ciliate. Sub-
sequently many authors, Bigelow in the 2d edition of the Florula
Bostoniensis (1824), Beck (1833) and others, recognized that P. penn-
sylvanica, at least of Pursh and subsequent authors, though not
exactly of Willdenow, was an American variety of P. vulgaris.

In 1834 the same plant was treated by Bentham in his monograph
of the Labiatae as P. vulgaris, “y elongata, foliis integris oblongo-
lanceolatis, glabris vel parce villosis. . . .in America boreali vulgaris, in

1 Willd. Hort. Berol. t. ix (1804).
? Benth. Lab. Gen. et Sp. 417 (1834).
: Nutt. Gen. ii. 37 (1818).

* Barton, Fl. Phil. ii. 37 (1818).
5 Barton, Fl. N. A. ii. 69, t. 60 (1822).

1913] Fernald,— Indigenous Varieties of Prunella vulgaris 181

Europa et Asia rarior," while the ovate- or oblong-leaved “8 vulgaris ”
was said to be “in Europa et Asia vulgatissima....in America boreali
rarior.” ! In Hooker's Flora Boreali-Americana, in 1838, true P.
vulgaris was recognized only from eastern Canada and Newfoundland,
while the plants of the Northwest were treated as “8. major, foliis
angustioribus. P. Pennsylvanica.”?

The preceding citations and quotations are sufficient to show that
the earlier students of our flora studied Prunella; but in recent dis-
cussions of the North American flora few mentions seem to occur of
the fact that we have several well marked variations, one perhaps
only introduced, the others indigenous. In the several editions of
Gray's Manual, Prunella (or Brunella) vulgaris has been treated as
purely indigenous, though in the Synoptical Flora Gray implied that
it is introduced as well as native, saying "evidently indigenous in
some of the cooler districts." ? By Britton & Brown it is said to be
* Naturalized from Europe. Native also of Asia. Possibly native
in northern British America"; * while in Britton's Manual it is said to
be merely “Nat. from Europe." ? To those who know the flora of
the northern States and Canada in the field, however, there is no
question of the indigenous character of the narrow-leaved variations
of P. vulgaris; and Professor John Macoun, although not indicating
the differences between the varieties, was expressing a widely felt
conviction when he wrote: "It is probable there are two forms in
the east where there may be an introduced one, but the western and
Ontario form is certainly indigenous." *

In the commonest North American variety of Prunella vulgaris
(Barton's P. pennsylvanica B lanceolata) as in the true P. vulgaris
the bracts are copiously bristly-ciliate with long white hairs; but in
the Northwest, from Vancouver Island to northern California and
Wyoming, there are found other varieties, with the margins of the
bracts quite smooth or at most with sparse and comparatively short
ciliation. These varieties appear to have been unrecognized here-
tofore; as does a very beautiful plant of the Aleutian Islands with the
ciliate bracts and the calyx deep purple, the bracts almost lanate with
white tomentum.

1 Benth. Lab. Gen. et Sp. 417, 418 (1834).
? Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 114 (1838).

3 Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, 382 (1878).

4 Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 88 (1898).
5 Britton, Man. 788 (1901).

6 Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. 389 (1884).

182 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Another variety, with the ovate-oblong cauline leaves rounded to
the base but with the stems, petioles, and often the lower surfaces of
the leaves densely villous-hispid, is found in dry woods from Kentucky
and North Carolina to Florida and Louisiana. This is Rafinesque’s
Brunella cinerea, recently described by Pollard & Ball as a new variety,
P. vulgaris scaberrima,' but it closely matches material received at the
Gray Herbarium from Bentham of his P. vulgaris, a hispida? from
India and southern Europe. It would seem, therefore, that var.
hispida, like the plant which Bentham called var. elongata (P. penn-
sylvanica, var. lanceolata Barton), is indigenous in America as well as
in Eurasia, though of less boreal range on both continents.

The preceding discussion may be briefly summarized as follows:

A. Principal or median cauline leaves ovate or ovate-oblong, rounded at
base, 2-1 (averaging 4) as broad as long B.
B. Plant EY and not conspicuously pilose.

Corolla bluish, violet or lavender.................. P. vulgaris.
Corolla EI... eller P. vulgaris, forma albiflora.

B. Stems, petioles, and often the lower surfaces of the leaves densely
villous-hispid with white pubescence.................. var. hispida.

D. Bracts green or at most with purple-tinged margins, glabrous to
sparingly pilose on the back.
Calyx pe or at most with purple-tinged margins.

Corolla bluish, violet or lavender............ var. lanceolata.
Corolla white................ var. lanceolata, forma candida.
Calyx purple.
Ce la bluish or violet...... var. lanceolata, forma iodocalyz.
Corta pink......... 00: 55 var. lanceolata, forma rhodantha.
D. Bracts and calyx dark purple, the former densely tomentose or
lanate on the back...................... FTT var. aleutica.
C. Bracts of the inflorescence with glabrous or sparingly short-ciliate
margins.

Leaves and stems glabrous or essentially so; bracts green, or at
most with purple-tinged margins; corolla violet.var. calvescens.
Leaves pilose beneath: stems pilose: bracts mostly deep purple:
corolla dark or blackish purple............. var. atropurpurea.

PRUNELLA VULGARIS L. Sp. Pl. 600 (1753); Am. auth. in part.
Brunella vulgaris Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2, i. 415 (1772); Am. auth. in
part? — Fields, roadsides, waste grounds, etc., Newfoundland and

1 Pollard & Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. 134 (1900).

? Benth. Lab. Gen. et Sp. 417 (1834).

3 In his New Flora, pt. 2, 29-32 (1837) Rafinesque described ten species of Brunella
from eastern America. Without authentic specimens it is impossible to identify
them with certainty. B. microphylla and B. sessilifolia seem too indefinite for a
guess. B. heterophylla, cordata, and obtusifolia are presumably B. vulgaris; B. petio-
laris, hirsuta, and reticulata are referred to var. lanceolata or one of its forms; B. rosea
may possibly be the same as the plant here called var. lanceolata, forma rhodantha;
and B. cinerea, from its description and range, is almost certainly var. hispida.

PIAR

1913] Fernald,— Indigenous Varieties of Prunella vulgaris 183

eastern Quebec to North Carolina, west to Minnesota and lowa;
Wyoming; Mexico. Naturalized from Europe.

Forma ALBIFLORA (Bogenhard) Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xvii.
125 (1890) as Brunella. Prunella vulgaris, var. albiflora Bogenhard,
Fl. Jena, 315 (1850).— Rare. Seen by me only from Brookline,
Massachusetts, August 6, 1885, Faxon. Naturalized from Europe.

Var. HísPIDA Benth. Lab. Gen et Sp. 417 (1834). P. hispida Benth.
in Wall. Pl. As. Rar. i. 66 (1830). Brunella cinerea Raf. New Fl. pt. 2,
30 (1837). P. vulgaris scaberrima Pollard € Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. xiii. 134 (1900).— Dry woods from Kentucky and North
Carolina to Florida and Louisiana. India and southern Europe.

Var. lanceolata (Barton), n. comb. P. pennsylvanica Bigel. Fl.
Bost. 149 (1814); Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 411, in part (1814); Eaton,
Man. ed. 2, 383 (1818); not Willd. Hort. Berol. t. ix (1804). P.
vulgaris B pennsylvanica Nutt. Gen. ii. 37 (1818). P. vulgaris B lanceo-
lata Barton, Fl. Phil. ii. 37 (1818) and Fl. N. A. ii. 69, t. 60 (1822).
P. vulgaris y elongata Benth. Lab. Gen. et Sp. 417 (1834). P. vulgaris B
major Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 114 (1838).— This variety occurs in
several color-forms. The typical plant illustrated by Barton has the
bracts and calyces green and the corolla lavender or lilac-purple, but
the corollas may be of quite deep purple tones. "This typical var.
lanceolata has been examined as follows. NEWFOUNDLAND: moist
woods near Salmonier River, August 26, 1894, Robinson & Schrenk,
no. 72; talus slopes of the marble region between Mt. Musgrave and
Humber Mouth, Bay of Islands, July 18, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 3926; damp thicket, Bay St. George, August 5-7, 1901, Howe &
Lang, no. 1008 (passing to forma iodocalyx). QUEBEC: gravel beaches
near mouth of Dartmouth River, August 26 & 27, 1904, Collins,
Fernald & Pease; mossy bog, altitude 600 m., between the River Ste.
Anne des Monts and Table-top Mountain, July 31, 1906, Fernald &
Collins, no. 713; Little Métis, August 1, 1906, J. Fowler; recent
clearing, Basin Island, Magdalen Islands, Fernald, Bartram, Long
& St. John, no. 7964. Marne: fields, Orono, August 16, 1887,
Fernald; South Poland, 1894, 1896, Kate Furbish; New HAMPSHIRE:
roadside, Randolph, July 28, 1897, E. F. Williams; Crawford Notch,
July 3, 1898, J. M. Greenman, no. 1013. Vermont: Manchester,
June 30, 1898, M. A. Day, no. 133. MassacHusETTS: Malden, July,
1880, R. Frohock; Oak Island, Revere, July 9, 1882, H. A. Young.
CONNECTICUT: meadow and pasture, Southington, July 22, 1898, L.
Andrews, no. 455. New York: Stony Creek Ponds, July 9, 1899,
Rowlee, Wiegand & Hastings. PENNSYLVANIA: Buckhorn, Columbia
Co., July 21, 1899, A. A. Heller. Wisconsin: Milwaukee, Lapham;
St. "Croix Falls, July, 1899, Mrs. N. E. Baker. Kansas: wet places,
Riley Co., August 6, 1895, J. B. Norton, no. 412. Montana: Ravalli,
July 15, 1908, Mrs. Joseph Clemens. CoroRaADo: Mancos, June 23,
1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, no. 54; among willows, Steamboat
Springs, Routt Co., July 20, 1903, L. N. Goodding, no. 1605. Uran:

184 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Bear River Cañon, August, 1869, Watson, no. 833; moist soil under
trees, Farmington Cañon, alt. 4300-5500 ft., July 14, 1902, Pammel &
Blackwood, no. 3666. New Mexico: Mogollon Mts., alt. 7500 ft.,
July 23, 1903, Metcalfe, no. 300. Inano: moist rich soil, Fall Creek,
Elmore Co., alt. 4500 ft., August 15, 1910, Macbride, no. 613 (passing
to forma todocalyx). ARIZONA: semi-shaded grassy places along
streams, Thompson Ranch, White Mts., July 12, 1910, L. N. Goodding,
no. 555. CALIFORNIA: Yosemite Valley, August 8, 1891, Coville &
Funston, no. 1849. OREGON: stream-banks, Wallowa Mts., August
19, 1898, Cusick, no. 2072. WasHINGToN: moist places, meadows
near Mabton, Yakima Co., July 25, 1902, J. S. Cotton, no. 750.
ALASKA: Sitka, Ferd. Bischof. Japan: Yokohama, 1862, Maxi-
mowicz. CHINA: Ichang, March, 1886, February, 1887, A. Henry,
nos. 198, 1923; Tsingten, 1901, Zimmermann, no. 287.

Var. LANCEOLATA, forma candida, n. f., bracteis calycibusque
viridibus; corolla albida.— Quebec: alluvial wooded banks of River
Ste. Anne des Monts, July 16, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 245.
MAINE: sandy shore, Fort Fairfield, July 8, 1893, Fernald, August
9, 1909, Fernald, no. 2084 (TYPE in herb. Gray). New HAMPSHIRE:
roadside 1 mi. north of Clarkesville, July 11, 1907, Pease, no. 10,982
in part. MASSACHUSETTS: Acton, June 27, 1885, W. Deane; moun-
tain road, Mt. Wachusett, July 13, 1893, J. F. Collins; Stockbridge,
August 20, 1902, R. Hoffmann. MicHicaN: Keweenaw Co., July,
1890, O. A. Farwell, no. 769.

Var. LANCEOLATA, forma iodocalyx, n. f., bracteis viridibus vel
marginibus purpurascentibus glabris vel sparse pilosis; calycibus
purpureis; corolla violacea vel subcaerulea.— NEWFOUNDLAND: cal-
careous gravelly bank, Port à Port, August 15, 1910, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 3927 (TYPE in herb. Gray). QvEBEC: Mrs. Shepard;
Little Métis, August 2, 1907, J. Fowler; vicinity of Montmorenci
Falls, July 5, 1905, J. Macoun, no. 67,845; Nova Scota: dry field,
near Pictou, July, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 533. New BRUNSWICK:
St. Andrews: June 30, 1900, J. Fowler. MAINE: dry pasture, Dover,
June 29, 1896, G. B. Fernald, no. 156; woods and fields, Hartford,
June, 1885, J. C. Parlin; Gilead, Kate F urbish; woodroad, Pembroke,
July 17, 1909, Fernald, no. 2085; Westport, August 14, 1907, I. W.
Anderson; Manchester, September 12, 1873, F. Lamson-Seribner;
East Livermore, Kate Furbish; Brunswick, 1880, Kate F urbish;
woods and fields, North Berwick, June 17, 1893, Parlin. New HAMP-
SHIRE: pasture, Whitefield, July 24, 1897, W. Deane; roadside, Metal-
lak, Pittsburg, July 6, 1907, Pease, no. 10,194; above tree-line, near
Cape Horn, Mt. Washington, July 23, 1903, B. L. Robinson, no. 823;
open grassy places, Jaffrey, July 4, 1897, B. L. Robinson, no. 128.
VERMONT: sandy barrens, Westminster, June 16, 1898, B. L. Robinson,
no. 37; MassacHUSETTS: Manchester, July 13, 1877, W. C. Lane; East
Boston, July 1, 1879, C. E. Perkins; West Roxbury, Faxon; Brewster,
September 11, 1912, F. S. Collins, no. 1537; Eastham, July 10, 1901,

1913] Fernald,—Indigenous Varieties of Prunella vulgaris 185

F. S. Collins, no. 257. CONNECTICUT: wet meadow, July 16, 1906,
R. W. Woodward. West VircGiNIa: along Shaver Fork, Parsons,
Tucker Co., September, 1904, Greenman, no. 210. NORTH CAROLINA:
Cullowhee, 1887, R. Thaxter. Ontario: Flat Rock Portage, Lake
Nipigon, July 20, 1884, J. Macoun; Pic River, Loring. ILLINOIS:
wet soil, Makanda, July 18, 1902, H. A. Gleason. MONTANA:
Spanish Basin, Gallatin Co., June 30, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, no.
4902. Ipamo: common in meadows, valley of Big Potlatch River,
June 9, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller, no. 366; dry river banks,
St. Anthony, July 5, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 791. New Mexico:
Fendler, no. 604. ARIZONA: Summit Spring, alt. 8000 ft., July, 1874,
Rothrock, no. 198. CALIFORNIA: Yosemite Valley and Mountains,
1865, J. Torrey, no. 411; north side of Donner Lake in a hillside
swamp, July 22, 1903, Heller. OmEGow: Clearwater, Spalding;
banks of streams, Swan Lake Valley, Klamath Co., June 30, 1896,
Applegate, no. 432. WASHINGTON: wet places near streams, Waits-
burg, June 8, 1897, Horner, no. B412; Clark Springs, Spokane, July 10,
1902, F. O. Kreager, no. 128; gravel flat, Quinault Valley, June 28,
1902, Conard, no. 212. British COLUMBIA: edge of swamp at Gold-
stream, August 3, 1905, C. H. Shaw, no. 1075. Mexico: numerous
collections from the mountains. JAPAN: Sapporo, June, 1878, ex herb.
Sapporo Agric. Coll. Corra: W. R. Carles, no. 33; Tsu-sima Island,
1859, C. Wilford. Farror IsLaNDs: August 12, 1903, Paulsen.

Var. LANCEOLATA, forma rhodantha, n. f., bracteis viridibus vel
marginibus purpurascentibus; calycibus purpureis vel purpurascenti-
bus; corolla rosea.— QuEBEc: field near Cedar Lodge, Georgeville,
July 2, 1909, A. S. Pease, no. 11,957. New HAMPSHIRE: in a moist
meadow, 1 mile east of Canaan line, Pittsburg, July 11, 1907, A. S.
Pease, no. 10,992 (TYPE in herb. N. E. B. C.); maple grove, Lombard
Hill, Colebrook, July 13, 1907, Pease, no. 11,048; stony field, Randolph,
June 24, 1908, Pease, no. 11,188; rocky river bank, Northumberland,
July 31, 1909, Pease, no. 12,136. — Brunella rosea Raf. New Fl. pt. 2,
31 (1837) from the Alleghanies may belong here.

Var. aleutica, n. var., caulibus pilosis apice albido-tomentosis vel
-lanatis; foliis oblanceolatis vel lanceolato-oblongis basi attenuatis
pubescentibus integris vel undulato-dentatis; bracteis atropurpureis
albido-tomentosis vel -lanatis ciliatis; calycibus atropurpureis; corolla
violacea.— ALASKA: along the river, just back of the town of Unalaska
August 14, 1907, E. C. Van Dyke, no. 99 (TYPE in herb. Gray).

Var. calvescens, n. var., caulibus foliisque glabris vel glabratis;
foliis caulinis oblongis vel oblanceolatis apice obtusis vel acutis basi
attenuatis laminis 3-7 em. longis 1-2.5 cm. latis integris vel dentatis;
bracteis viridibus vel marginibus purpurascentibus eciliatis vel sparse
breviter ciliatis; calycibus purpureis glabris vel sparse setulosis;
corolla violacea. — British COLUMBIA: vicinity of Nanaimo, Van-
couver Island, July 14, 1893, J. Macoun, no. 17,954; edge of forest,
District of Renfrew, Vancouver Island, June-July, 1901, Rosendahl &

186 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Brand, no. 1 (TYPE in herb. Gray); Howser Station, Selkirk Mts.
June 20, 1905, C. H. Shaw, no. 734. WASHINGTON: Cascade Mts.,
lat. 49°, 1859, Lyall; near Kettle Falls, Old Fort Colville, October 3,
1880, S. Watson, no. 332; Muckleshute Prairie, Dr. Ruhn; low ground
Western Klickitat Co., June 21, 1894, Suksdorf, no. 1445. IDARO:
West Kootenay, 1861, Lyall. WyowrING: moist ground about the
Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone National Park, July 21, 1899,
A. & E. Nelson, no. 6042 in part (this number in herb. Gray is a mix-
ture of var. calvescens and var. lanceolata, forma todocalyx).

Var. atropurpurea, n. var., caulibus pilosis apice albido-tomentosis;
foliis caulinis lanceolatis 5-8 cm. longis 1-2.5 cm. latis integris vel
undulato-dentatis apice subacutis basi attenuatis subtus pilosis;
bracteis inferioribus viridibus pilosis, reliquis purpureis glabris margini-
bus breviter ciliatis vel eciliatis; corolla atropurpurea.— CALIFORNIA:
Santa Rosa, Sonoma Co., June 4, 1902, A. A. Heller, no. 5639 (TYPE
in herb. Gray).

GRAY HERBARIUM.

LUZULA CAMPESTRIS, VAR. FRIGIDA IN NEW HAMPSHIRE.— Early
this summer I noticed in a grassy field near the village of Wolfeboro,
New Hampshire, a number of dense tufts of a dark green Luzula.
It ripened ten days or more later than Luzula campestris, var. multi-
flora, which was also abu dant, and proved to be L. campestris, var.
frigida, a northern form of the species. Later I found the var. frigida
abundantly in an adjoining field, and then in another some three
miles distant, indicating that it is not very uncommon here.

As Professors Fernald and Wiegand in their revision of the group
in Ruopona for February, 1913, give eastern Maine as the southern
limit of this variety, the discovery of it in Wolfeboro makes a con-
siderable southern extension of the range, and it may be expected
elsewhere in New Hampshire and Maine. Specimens have been
deposited in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club and
in the Gray Herbarium.— H. E. SARGENT, Brewster Free Academy,
Wolfeboro, New Hampshire.

CAREX TINCTA A VALID SPECIES.— CAREX tincta (Fernald), n.
comb. C. mirabilis, var. tincta Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvii. 473
(1902). When this plant was first put forward as a variety of C.
mirabilis it was so treated with some doubt and with the comment:
" Resembling northwestern forms of the polymorphous festiva group

1913] Knowlton,— Festuca octoflora in Vermont 187

but not satisfactorily referable to any of them.” In the succeeding
twelve seasons since the publication of C. mirabilis, var. tincta much
material of the plant has accumulated and the writer now has before
him specimens representing 39 different collections of the plant. These
form a thoroughly consistent series; differing from C. mirabilis not
only in the fewer dark-colored spikes with almost appressed perigynia
barely exceeding the scales but in the low stature, slender culms, nar-
row leaves and closer sheaths —as different from C. mirabilis as is
C. straminea from C. mirabilis, var. perlonga.

In well developed C. mirabilis the greenish spikes are rather numer-
ous and form a head 2-4.5 cm. long, and the perigynia are much
longer than the pale scales and with strongly spreading tips, much
as in C. projecta Mackenzie (C. tribuloides, var. reducta Bailey). In
C. tincta the brown spikes are few, 3-7, in a head 1.5-3 em. long, and
the perigynia are ascending and barely exceed the deep brown or
castaneous scales. In C. mirabilis the culms are rather stout and
ordinarily very tall, up to 1.5 m. high; the leaves 2.5-6 mm. broad,
with comparatively loose sheaths. In C. tincta the culms are slender
and comparatively low, 2.5-9 dm. high, and the leaves are 1-4 mm.
wide, with rather close sheaths. Geographically, too, C. tincta is of
quite different range from C. mirabilis. While the latter is generally
distributed from central Maine to Manitoba and south to North
Carolina, Missouri, and Kansas, C. tincta is more boreal, occurring
from Newfoundland to northern and western New England.

In its dark scales nearly equaling the perigynia and in its approxi-
mate spikes C. tincta is nearly related to C. Macloviana D'Urv. of
northern Europe, Greenland and Labrador and, as stated in the origi-
nal publication, to the various plants of the Northwest which consti-
tute the polymorphous C. festiva Dewey. From all these it is quickly
separated by the looser inflorescence in which the spikes though
approximate are not crowded. It is also suggestive of the very local
C. oronensis Fernald, but differs in its broad ovate winged perigynia
about 2 mm. broad.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

FESTUCA OCTOFLORA IN VERMONT.— This delicate grass was listed
as F. tenella Willd. in Wm. Oakes's Catalogue of Vermont Plants, in
Thompson’s History of Vermont (1852). The station given was
Bellows Falls, the collector, Carey. Messrs. Brainerd, Jones and

188 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Eggleston in their Flora of Vermont (1900) were unable to verify this
report, or to find other stations for this grass, so it was omitted from
their list.

Last year, June 27, 1912, I collected this species, with other plants,
at Red Rocks, near the shore of Lake Champlain, South Burlington.
It grew in thin dry soil over red sandrock in light shade. The speci-
mens are in my herbarium. This grass is so slender that it is easily
overlooked, but it ought to occur in other similar places in the region.
— CLARENCE H. Know ron, Hingham, Massachusetts.

Vol. 15, no. 177, including pages 153 to 172, was issued 1 September, 1918.

A Lm

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. November, 1913. No. 179.

THE HEATHER, CALLUNA VULGARIS, ON MARTHA’S
VINEYARD.

Evcene P. BICKNELL.

So much has been made of the heather growing wild on Nantucket
that a sort of distinction has come to that island by reason of this
plant. As well might the plural form be used — of these plants —
for, in addition to the better known common Heather or ling (Calluna
vulgaris (L.) Salisb.) two other heaths are found on Nantucket —
the Bell Heather (Erica cinerea L.) and the Cross-leaved Heath
(Erica tetralix L.). In respect of the Calluna it is to be reported that
the island of Martha’s Vineyard has equal if not greater claim to
honor. Yet so little had this been suspected that when I chanced
upon the heather growing there, in far greater profusion and in alto-
gether wilder surroundings than on Nantucket, it seemed by first
impression almost like an intrusion on a prerogative of the more
seaward island.

Among the botanical elect of Nantucket its heather secrets have
long been held in loyal reserve. But for this circumspection it is
doubtful if any heather at all would be growing wild there today. It
cannot be thought ungracious therefore if I particularize here no more
fully as to the Martha’s Vineyard locality than to report it as being in
pitch pine woods in the southeastern quarter of the island.

An obscure woodland road passes the spot not many rods distant
and an abandoned farm house, not yet a ruin, occupies an old clearing
not very far away, but the general surroundings are quite uninhabited
tracts of scrub oak, and woodland of oak and pine, traversed by
sandy cartways and remote from any highway or any cultivated
ground. The main growth of the heather carpets the level floor of

190 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

the woods over an irregular area some twenty-seven paces in length
and twenty-four paces in greatest breadth. No garden spot could
show a more perfectly continuous bed of color than here lies hidden
among the pines in September when the heather is in full bloom.
On three sides it is well screened by thick woodland growth, but from
one direction no alert botanist in passing would fail to catch glimpses
of its rosy glow through openings among the trees while yet eight or
ten rods away. Of the few outlying patches the most distant is about
fifty paces from the favored spot; another, thirty-five paces distant,
lies quite outside the grove-like tract of pines in the adjoining scrub
oak. In September, 1912, it was found that this patch had been dis-
covered and much of it had been torn up and left lying about to die.
The main growth, still undisturbed, had evidently been established for
many years. The larger pines that gave it partial shade were from
twenty to nearly thirty feet in height. When discovered, on September
24, 1909, it was in full flower; on October 10 fresh flowers were still
appearing but the mass of bloom had lost its bright color of two weeks
before. Few other kinds of plants grew close about it; the most note-
worthy were Cypripedium acaule, Hypopitys lanuginosa, Monotropa
uniflora, Vaccinium pennsylvanicum, Epigaea repens, Pyrola rotundi-
folia, Trientalis americana and Carex pennsylvanica.

This Martha’s Vineyard heather appeared so different from the
Nantucket plant — more straggling in habit with shorter less tapering
racemes of deeper pink and somewhat different flowers and, in effect,
glabrous foliage — that it gave me the instant impression of being
quite like a different species. Nor was this impression an altogether
misleading one. The plant is indeed true Calluna vulgaris, that is to
say, the typical glabrate form of the species. The Nantucket Cal-
luna, on the other hand, proves to be the markedly pubescent form of
the plant which by some European botanists has been esteemed a
distinct variety or even a valid species. It is the Calluna vulgaris var.
pubescens of Koch (Syn. ed. 2: 547, 1844).

It does not clearly appear from the specimens examined how worthy
of distinction from the more glabrous type this pubescent heather may
be, or whether the minute pubescence of its younger parts and some-
times even of the leaves, is to be taken as evidence that the two plants
readily interblend. The glabrate plant appears to be the prevailing
and more widely diffused form in Europe. In the collections at the
New York Botanical Garden I find specimens from England, France,

1913] — Bicknell,— The Heather on Martha’s Vineyard 191

Germany, Hungary and Iceland, the pubescent form appearing from
England only. But it is to be noted that it is reported by Schur from
Kronstadt (Enum. Pl. Transs. 447, 1866).— “Calluna vulgaris b.
pubescens Koch. (Erica ciliaris Hudson [non L.]— Calluna ciliaris
Schur, herb. Transs.)." Specimens of the glabrate plant from America
in the same Herbaria are as follows: Massachusetts — Andover, 1861,
ex herb. A. Gray; Tewksbury, 1874, Thos. Morong; Nantucket; Rhode
Island — Worden's Pond, Sept., 1894, J. F. Kemp; New Jersey — near
Hammondton, Aug., 1891, W. A. Stowell. That the glabrate plant is
found also in Newfoundland is clearly shown by the figure in Journ.
Bot. 4: 306, 1866, where the American heather was mistakenly pro-
posed as distinct from the European under the name Calluna atlantica
by Doctor Seemans.

The only notably pubescent specimens seen from any place in
America are from Nantucket. There the plant has held its pubescent
character from the time of its introduction thirty-six years ago. The
evidence is interesting. There is preserved in the Herbarium of
Columbia University an old Nantucket specimen, ex herb. O. R.
Willis, bearing on the label no date or record other than the name of
the collector, Mrs. C. C. Pearson. Mr. Willis seems to have been the
first to have reported this heather, and also of Erica Tetraliz from
Nantucket. His note of announcement was published in the Bulle-
tin of the Torrey Botanical Club for December, 1886, and records that
the discovery of both species was made that same year by Mrs.
Charlotte C. Pearson who had sent him specimens. This establishes
beyond question the date and history of the Willis specimen. It is
an excellent example of the pubescent form, and was from the same
station where that form is found today.

It would seem to follow that no connection is to be supposed be- |
tween the introduction of this pubescent heather on Nantucket and
that of the glabrate form on Martha’s Vineyard. There is even good
reason for believing that the Calluna on Nantucket, even at the time
of its earliest discovery there, must have come to the island from two
differnt lines of approach, for both forms of the plant have been found
there. A cluster that I came upon on the open plains in June, 1909, far
away from the locality of the pubescent plant, was of the glabrate vari-
ety. Mrs. Owen has told us (RHopora, 10: 173-179, 1908) that it has
been sought to spread the heather on Nantucket by scattering seed
and even by setting out young plants. The existence of this isolated

192 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

cluster is perhaps thus to be explained. But there is evidence that
the glabrate plant grew on Nantucket long before any effort had been
made to introduce the heather there. The Herbarium of Columbia
University contains another old specimen of Calluna labeled simply
“Nantucket” without other record. It belongs among the earlier
collections of the heather on that island and is of the glabrate form.
It would seem to be most unlikely that both forms had come to the
island together from the same place in Europe, and it is therefore to
be inferred that Nantucket has received this addition to its flora from
at least two sources of origin. Indeed Mrs. Owen believes (loc. cit.)
that a solitary plant of Calluna found on Nantucket in 1880 far away
from the locality where it was brought in with European conifers
three years before was not of that introduction. How it came there
is not less a mystery than is the presence of the heather at the other
widely separated localities from Newfoundland to New Jersey where
it has been found on the American Continent.

New York Crry.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF STIGONEMA.!

FRANK N. BLANCHARD.
(Plate 105.)

In some material collected in October, 1909, by Dr. F. D. Lambert
of Tufts College, from Chebacco Pond in the town of Essex, Essex
County, Massachusetts, there was found very abundantly a blue-green
alga, that apparently had not been described before, belonging to the
family Stigonemaceae. This material was put into formalin and left
until November, 1912, when Dr. Lambert and myself secured fresh
material from the same place and found the same alga still plentiful.
In April, 1913, I visited the pond and found the alga very scarce, but
in exactly the same growing condition as in the previous November.
It was found free-floating among other algae, chiefly blue-greens,
where dead leaves and stems had collected in masses at the edge of the
pond. Its filaments form loose, wiry-looking clusters from: one to
several millimeters in diameter.

1 Contributions from the Biological Laboratories of Tufts College, No. 55.

$ E. n e á
Ee E A
a i il
`

1913] Blanchard, — Two new Species of Stigonema 193

The plant in the vegetative condition consists of blue-green fila-
ments, 20-36 microns wide, that are repeatedly branched in every
direction. Occasionally three or four branches may arise from adja-
cent cells, but the branches are usually more scattered. Although it
is usually true that a branch is narrower than the filament it comes
from, it may be equal to it in width, but never greater. In all the
material collected the majority of branches appeared to be developed
for the sole purpose of forming hormogones. No free vegetative ends
of filaments, that were not forming or that had not already formed
hormogones, were observed in all the material examined. The fila-
ments are usually composed of a single row of cells, but two cells very
frequently occur side by side. The colorless connections between
the cells are plainly shown in formalin preserved material (fig. 8).

Lateral heterocysts are common (fig. 3). Intercalary heterocysts
often occur just below a hormogone, and sometimes in other places,
but they are less common than the lateral heterocysts. They contain
no granules and vary in color from a light brown to a very dark blue.

The sheath is usually colorless, but many times is tinged at the ends
of branches with a light, golden brown. The sheath varies from four
to eight microns in thickness.

Filaments grow in length and develop branches by simple division
of cells. Early stages in formation of a branch are shown in figures 1,
2, and3. Hormogones are found of all lengths up to 196 microns, and
their width is the same as that of the vegetative cells. They are
developed in special branches and at the ends of main branches; they
may occupy the whole of a branch and project down into the main
filament, or may occupy only a part of the branch (figs. 3 and 6).
When the plant is most actively forming hormogones, the vegetative
cells become more and more vacuolated (figs. 1, 2, 3, and 6), and after
the hormogones have escaped, the vegetative cells, sometimes if not
always, degenerate. In one plant observed, every hormogone had
escaped, and the sheath and cells had become a uniform brown, show-
ing evident degeneration after escape of hormogones. Intermediate
stages in this degeneration are easy to find.

The hormogones escape by a breaking off of the end of the sheath
as in figure 6, or by apparent disorganization of the end of the sheath.
The actual discharge of the hormogone is a slow process and appears
to be accompanied by the discharge of a mucilaginous mass (figs.
4 and 5). The hormogone may escape from the sheath as a whole or

194 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

may break up into groups of one, two or more cells, either before or
after leaving the sheath, as shown in figures 4, 5, and 7. In very young
hormogones, the line of division between the cells is not clear, but as
they grow older this line of separation increases in distinctness. The
color of the hormogones changes as they mature, from the light blue-
green of the vegetative cells to a very dark blue-green, which under
the microscope appears almost black. This is probably due to a con-
centration of material. For this alga I propose the name

STIGONEMA anomalum sp. nov. Filis liberis, inter algas varias
sparsis, repetite et irregulariter vel subsecundatim ramosis, 20-36 y
crassis; ramis patentibus, filo primario nunc aequicrassis, nunc tenuiori-
bus, omnibus hormogoniferis; vagina 4-8 y crassa, continua, hyalina vel
ad apices aureo-fusca; cellulis diametro brevioribus, rectangularibus vel
disciformibus, uni- vel biseriatis, aerugineis; heterocystis lateralibus,
rarius intercalaribus, fuscis vel coeruleis; hormogoniis terminalibus,
longitudine variis, usque ad 196 u, aerugineis.

Filaments unattached, floating among other algae, repeatedly
branched in every direction, or somewhat secundly, 20-36 u diam.;
branches patent, of the same size as the primary filament or sometimes
thinner, all producing hormogones; sheath 4-8 y thick, even, hyaline
or sometimes golden brown at the apex of a branch; cells shorter than
their diameter, mostly disciform or rectangular, of one or two series of
cells, blue green; heterocysts lateral, less commonly intercalary, from
brownish to blue-green; hormogonia terminal, of varying length, up
to 196 u.

Forming loose clumps, free floating among other, mostly blue-green,
algae, Chebacco Pond, Essex, Massachusetts.

S. anomalum is a typical Stigonema for the following reasons: It is
composed of one or two rows of cells; it is repeatedly branched in
every direction; all branches bear hormogones; the cells are usually
shorter than wide; the sheath is sometimes colored a light brown. It
is allied to Fischerella and Hapalosiphon by its tendency to unilateral
branching; by its smooth sheath; by the first cell of a branch pro-
jecting into the main filament; and by its generally i... cngular cells.

Stigonema ocellatum is the only plant that could be confused with
S. anomalum. I examined the specimen labeled S. ocellatum collected
by G. T. Moore, in 1897 and distributed in Collins, Holden & Setchell,
Phyc. Bor.-Am., No. 455, and concluded that my plant was not a new
one after all, as it agreed very closely with Moore's plant. I then ex-
amined, through the kindness of Mr. Charles Bullard, the specimen of
S. ocellatum from the Farlow Herbarium, originally from the herbarium
of Bornet and Thuret, and decided that Moore had wrongly identi-

1913] Blanchard,— Two new Species of Stigonema 195

fied the plant he sent out, and that he had distributed S. anomalum
under the name of S. ocellatum. S. anomalum has main filaments of
about the size of S. ocellatum; as in that species, they consist usually
of a single series of cells, occasionally two cells being side by side;
otherwise, there is little resemblance. S. anomalum differs from S.
ocellatum in the following ways:

Ist. The wall is not very thick; the outline is straight, not follow-
ing the individual cells.

2nd. There is no lamination either of the general wall, or about
the individual cells. This latter, annular lamination, is what gives
S. ocellatum its specific name.

3rd. The wall is usually colorless; in S. ocellatum it is generally
colored, sometimes very strongly.

4th. In S. anomalum the cells are not rounded, but are mostly disci-
form.

5th. The branching is repeated, usually with diminution of diame-
ter.

6th. The hormogones are generally longer than in S. ocellatum.

7th. The way the branches arise in S. anomalum is rather of the
Hapalosiphon type, the one or two cells in the main filament appearing
to belong to the branch rather than to the main filament.

Specimens of Stigonema anomalum will be distributed in the Phy-
cotheca Boreali-Americana; the material was preserved in formalin
before it was dried, and somewhat shrunken specimens are the result.

In the material collected in 1909, as above described under Stigonema
anomalum, there was also found a new species of Hapalosiphon. Al-
though there is no doubt that it is a Hapalosiphon, yet it is even more
an intergrading form between Hapalosiphon and Stigonema than is S.
anomalum. It was found free-floating under the same conditions as
S. anomalum, but in appearance it is a small, soft sod a few millimeters
across, of a blue-green to brownish color.

In the vegetative condition the plant consists of blue-green or brown-
ish filaments from eight to sixteen microns wide that are repeatedly
branched in every direction. "Thereis a tendency for the branching to
be unilateral as in S. anomalum, and for the secondary branches to be -
less in number than the primary branches. "The branches do not taper
toward the extremities, but are sometimes slightly clavate. The
branches may or may not be slightly narrower than the primary fila-
ment. The cells are nearly always disposed in a single row. The

196 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

exception shown in figure 9 is rare. All the figures of this plant were
made from material preserved in formalin and although there is
very little shrinkage, yet there is just enough to show, in many places,
the colorless connections between the cells. The cells are mostly
cylindrical, usually longer than wide, and closely packed in the sheath.
The colorless intercalary heterocysts are common (fig. 10). The
sheath is mostly smooth, always colorless, and from two to four mi-
crons in thickness. At the ends of hormogone-bearing branches, the
sheath is often thickened up to twelve microns (fig. 12). The cells
of the branches are sometimes longer than those in the main filament,
but are often shorter.

Filaments grow in length and develop branches by simple division
of cells as shown in figure 9. Hormogones 37-163 microns in length
and 8-12 microns in width occur at the ends of all branches or in short
special branches. The cells of the hormogones are not well marked
off from each other. Their color remains blue-green throughout
their growth. The short hormogone-bearing branches are all vari-
ously curved (fig. 10).

STIGONEMA medium sp. nov. Filis liberis, inter algas varias spar-
sis, repetite et irregulariter vel subsecundatim ramosis, 8-16 u crassis;
ramis patentibus, filo primario plerumque tenuioribus, cylindricis vel
clavatis; vagina 4-8 y crassa, ad apices usque ad 12 u, continua, hya-
lina; cellulis plerumque diametro longioribus, cylindricis, uniseriatis,
aerugineis vel fuscis; heterocystis forma et magnitudine cellulis nor-
malibus similibus, hyalinis, intercalaribus; hormogoniis terminalibus,
37-163 X 8-12 u, aerugineis.

Filaments unattached, floating among other algae, repeatedly
branched in all directions or somewhat secundly, 8-16 u diam.;
branches patent, generally thinner than the primary filament, cylindri-
cal or clavate; sheath 4-8 y thick, up to 12 u at the ends of the
branches, even, hyaline; cells usually longer than their diameter,
cylindrical, in one series, blue-green or brownish; heterocysts similar
to ordinary cells in form and size, hyaline, intercalary; hormogonia
terminal, 37-163 X 8-12 u, blue-green.

Forming a minute, soft sod, among other algae, mostly blue-green,
Chebacco Pond, Essex, Massachusetts, October, 1909.

This plant shows characteristics of both Hapalosiphon and Stigo-
nema. It is characteristically a Hapalosiphon from its single row of
cylindrical cells usually longer than broad; from its method of branch-
ing, and in that it usually has the cells in the branches longer than
those in the main filament. It has the characteristics of a Stigonema
in its habit of forming hormogones in the apices of the branches; in

1913] Blanchard,— Two new Species of Stigonema 197

the fact that in many of the branches the cells are no longer than those
of the main filament or are shorter; in its secondary branching, and
in its branching not being distinctly unilateral.

The genera Hapalosiphon, Stigonema, and Fischerella are in many
respects alike. In the table on the next page their chief characteristics
may be compared at a glance. "This table gives a little more latitude
than some of the best writers allow; O. Kirchner, for instance, does
not admit secondary branching in Hapalosiphon. Different accounts
of the same species in these genera often vary greatly, but a safe
ground has been taken in compiling this table.

It will be seen from this summary that these genera are separated
from each other by no clear and definite lines. There are several
intergrading forms. "The characters that are used to distinguish them
are as follows:

Hapalosiphon grows free-floating in fresh water.

Fischerella grows in moist earth, on wet stones, and in hot springs.

Stigonema grows free-floating or on wet stones.

Stigonema 1s usually much wider than either of the other two; is
often composed of several rows of cells, and the cells are usually more
rounded than in Hapalosiphon.

The branches in Fischerella come from a creeping main filament and
are unilateral. In Hapalosiphon, the branching is unilateral and sec-
ondary branching is relatively uncommon, while in Stigonema the fila-
ments may be repeatedly branched in every direction. In contrast to
Stigonema, Hapalosiphon has the cells of its branches longer than
those of the main filament. A brown or black sheath is character-
istic of Stigonema, but some of its species have a colorless sheath.

The question now is whether these differences are sufficient to sepa-
rate three genera, especially after considering the characteristics of
the two new plants above described. Bornet and Flahault in “ Revi-
sion des Nostocacées Hétérocystées," 1887, class those forms now
known as Stigonema under the subgenus Szrostphon, and treat Fischer-
ella as another subgenus of the genus Stigonema. Later, 1895, Gomont
proposed raising Fischerella to the rank of genus, basing his proposal
“sur la différenciation trés marquée des filaments primaires rampants,
relativement aux filaments dressés.” West, in “ British Fresh Water
Algae” considers Fischerella to belong with Hapalosiphon.

Thus, there has already been considerable difference of opinion as
to the relationship of these forms. Stigonema anomalum shows simi-

[NOVEMBER

Rhodora

198

3 | sou03
Te[n2uvj a” depre. | -OWO
[8.1938] umoiqio | Á&repuooos |
-991 Á[uour 91OUI SUOJO Ágerqo
10 Aree Sso[10[oo juonbozj suj2uo[ [TV EX tek: vuiouos3ng
3 -W09 889 l IO ‘omy 'ou() -TU 06 03 2 ‘sarods
-IjyUu[ | , | ¿y3no1 *UOT]99JIp , NAE
-popunog ÁI9A9 U P
I0 Wq3oourg I | Paus
Surqoue1q | |
Arepuodes
ou :juoul cdd
"- popuso eee 1 um OM} IO 9U() | Buoy ÁA m pus souod Lpy
-19}UĮ IO *19[ ‘yjooug Zurdoo1o | -IU eT 0} 9 den -
-ngu*jooq UIOJ]J
soyouBiq
¿[81938 Tu)
uow
-uiooun | solods
| |
18] A[PAT}BIOI | | Ayetyo
Areypeo sso[10[oo | OMy SUOJOTUI À uoyd
-n3uvj994 4 Sunpouelq |. . sum3uop IV | ‘sərods | acre
— Ajeuna iii Á&repuooos Appt: 30 | vo or + pur səuo3 | PRETAN
‘e1941 | -QULIO |
tun AporyD | | |
| |
| |
Á 4 Supqouva syuaul | S9SuoZouLloH Jusu uoponpoIdoy
et ugs irai papa JO orig. Ae MN. | Jo mj3ue] -VMA JO UIPIM |
| |

1913] Blanchard,— Two new Species of Stigonema 199

larity to Hapalosiphon in that its cells are commonly nearly rectangu-
lar; its sheath is smooth; there is a distinct tendency to unilateral
branching; and the first cell of a branch usually projects into the
main filament as in Hapalosiphon. S. medium shows itself distinctly
like a Stigonema in its repeated branching; in the fact that the branches
do not taper in the least and are often slightly clavate; and in the fact
that hormogones are formed in abundance in all the branches. It also
differs from the Hapalosiphon in having the cells of the branches often
shorter than those of the main filament. It therefore seems necessary
to put these three genera together as subgenera of the genus Stigo-
nema, and let Sirosiphon be the subgenus comprising those forms
now known as Stigonema. Thus:—
Genus, Stigonema Agardh.
1. Subgenus Sirosiphon Bornet & Flahault.
2. Subgenus Hapalosiphon (Niigeli) subg. nov.
Nägeli ex Bornet € Flahault, Revision des Nostocacées
Heterocystées, part 3, p. 54, 1887, as genus.
3. Subgenus Fischerella Bornet & Flahault.

Acknowledgement is due to Mr. Frank S. Collins for loan of books
and assistance by suggestion, to Mr. Charles Bullard for loan of her-
barium specimens, and to Dr. F. D. Lambert for material and assis-
tance.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Bornet and Flahault: Revision des Nostocacées Heterocystées; part 3: 1887.

West, G. S.: British Freshwater Algae, Cambridge, 1904.

Kirehner, O., in Engler and Prantl, Naturliche Pflanzenfamilien, Teil 1.
Abt. 1a, 1898.

Tilden: Minnesota Algae, vol. I, 1910.

Wolle: Fresh Water Algae of the United States, 1887.

Wood: A contribution to the history of the Fresh Water Algae of N. A., 1872.

Forti: Sylloge Myxophycearum, 1907.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 105.

Magnification: Figures 1 to 8, X 280; 9 to 12, x 420.
Figures 1 to 8 inclusive are Stigonema anomalum.

The beginning of a branch.

Young branch and intercalary heterocyst.

Primary filament with short hormogone-bearing branches, unilater-
ally arranged. Lateral heterocysts and vacuolated cells.

Escaping hormogones.

Escaping hormogone.

A branch after escape of hormogone.

Hormogones.

Formalin material showing connections between cells.

PURA ote

200 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Figures 9 to 12 inclusive are Stigonema medium.

Fig. 9. Shows that branching is not unilateral; young branch; division of a
cell; two cells side by side.
" 10. Hormogone-bearing branch, and heterocyst.
“ 11. Escaping hormogone.
“ 12. Thickened portion of sheath at end of hormogone.

AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, Amherst, Massachusetts.

SIX WEEKS’ BOTANIZING IN VERMONT,— II.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON PLANTS NEAR BURLINGTON.
SipNEY F. BLAKE.

OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L. f. iNcisA (Huntington) Gilbert. Alt.
3670, Mt. Mansfield, 11 August (Blake 2733).

PICEA MARIANA (Mill.) BSP. f. semiprostrata (Peck) n. comb.
P. brevifolia var. semiprostrata Peck, Spruces of the Adirondacks 12,
13 (1897).— In moss, alt. 3900 ft., Mt. Mansfield, Underhill, 11 Aug.
1911 (Blake 2745).— A creeping alpine form of the Black Spruce,
eight or ten decimeters long or more, with short crowded branches
mostly fascicled toward the erect apex of the stem, and tiny four-
grooved glaucous needles 3-6 mm. long.

SAGITTARIA ARIFOLIA Nutt. Mud flats of Lake Champlain, North
Ferrisburg, 8 August 1911.

CYPERUS STRIGOSUS L. f. capitatus (Boeckl.)n.comb. C. strigosus
var. capitatus Boeckl. Linnaea xxxvi. 347 (1869-1870). C. capitatus
Smyth, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. xvi. 163 (1899).— Pasture, Cobble
Hill, Milton, growing with the typical form.— A form not very well
marked, often —as in Boeckler’s original specimens — small and
seeming only a dwarfed state of the typical plant, but occasionally
larger and more definitely distinguished.

SCIRPUS ATROCINCTUS Fernald f. BRACHYPODUS (Fernald) Blake.
Pasture, alt. 1400, Mt. Mansfield, Underhill.

S. HETEROCHAETUSs Chase. Meadow, North Ferrisburg.

1 The notes of this list relate to plants collected on several short excursions from
Essex Junction, outside the limits of the Burlington Region as defined by Mrs. Flynn.

1913] Blake,— Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,—II 201

Juncus EFFUSUS L. var. soLutus Fernald € Wiegand. Beside
wood road, alt. 1260 ft., Mt. Mansfield, Underhill, 11 August (Blake
2757).

J. Torreyt Coville. Roadside, alt. 360, Charlotte, 8 August
(2612). Previously collected in Vermont by Kirk, in July 1908, in
sandy ditch by railroad at Rutland.

SALIX SERICEA Marsh. Mud flats of Hinesburg Pond, Hinesburg,
alt. 684, 7 August (2594).

BETULA ALBA L. Woods, alt. 3500, and rocky summit, alt. 3860,
Mt. Mansfield, Underhill.

B. ALBA L. var. corpiroLIa (Regel) Fernald. Mt. Mansfield,
Underhill, alt. 3670.

PARIETARIA PENSYLVANICA Muhl. Dry soil, alt. 600, Mt. Philo,
Charlotte.

POLYGONUM AMPHIBIUM L. f. Harrwricutu (Gray) Blake. Mud
flats of Hinesburg Pond, Hinesburg (2596).

EPILOBIUM DENSUM Raf. Damp pasture, alt. 465, Milton.

E. moLLE Torr. With the last.

SANICULA TRIFOLIATA Bicknell. Woods, alt. 810, Mt. Philo,
Charlotte.

VACCINIUM ULIGINOSUM L. and var. PUBESCENS Lange. Like so
many other species of our blueberries, Vaccinium uliginosum possesses
both a glabrous and a pubescent form, which have been long dis-
tinguished in Europe but not hitherto separated in this country. The
plant with the leaves more or less puberulent, sometimes extremely so,
beneath, which is V. ULIGINOSUM var. PUBESCENS Lange, Consp. Fl.
Groenl. 90 (1880), seems with us to be about as common and well
distributed as the typical glabrous V. uliginosum L. I have seen
Vermont material of V. uliginosum from Mt. Mansfield, and of var.
pubescens from Mt. Mansfield, Jay Peak, and Johnson.

PYCNANTHEMUM VIRGINIANUM (L.) Durand & Jackson. Dry
soil, Mt. Philo, Charlotte, alt. 595.

Verpascum BLATTARIA L. Pasture, North Ferrisburg.

ANTENNARIA BRAINERDI Fernald. Dry soil, Mt. Philo, alt. 500.

EvPATORIUM PURPUREUM L. Woods, alt. 680, Mt. Philo, 8 August
1911 (Blake 2611). Second record for the state.

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

202 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

A NEW STATION FOR Scirpus Loneu.— Since the publication of
the very distinct Scirpus Longii! in 1911, many students of our
flora have sought the plant at favorable localities between the two
regions from which it was described,— the Pine Barrens of New J ersey
and the Charles River valley in eastern Massachusetts — but so far
as the writer has learned quite without success. In the original dis-
cussion of the plant it was pointed out that the occurrence of species
characteristic of the Pine Barrens is not unprecedented in the valleys
of the Charles and the adjacent small rivers, the Neponset, Concord,
Mystic, &c., where numerous plants of Coastal Plain distribution
occur at isolated stations. It is therefore of at least local interest
to record Scirpus Longii from the Concord River. In organizing the
herbarium of the late Edward S. Hoar, recently presented to the New
England Botanical Club, many plants of unusual local interest have
been found, collected either by Mr. Hoar or by his intimate friend,
Thoreau. Among the sedges are two fine sheets of Scirpus Longit
collected by Thoreau in 1859 and bearing the original penciled labels
“Scirpus sylvaticus? [later scratched and marked “ Eriophorum "]
Grt. meadows, May 28” and “ Scirpus Eriophorum. Great Meadows,
July 17, '59." The earlier plant is beginning to flower; the later is
fully developed, with good fruit and lingering anthers.— M. L.
FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

THE JossELYN BoraNicAL Socrety of Maine met at Thomaston,
Tuesday, August 12, 1913 for its Nineteenth Annual Meeting and
Field Day. The sessions and field work continued through Wednes-
day, Thursday and Friday. Collections were made over quite a
large area including portions of Thomaston, Rockland, Rockport,
Camden, South Thomaston, St. George, Warren and Islesboro.
Twenty-five members and guests were in attendance, and by dividing
the company into small parties for visiting different localities a large
field was covered. Excursions were made to Mt. Megunticook in
Camden, to the Lily Pond in Rockport, a large bog in Rockland, to
the " Indian Garden" in Warren and to Isleboro and Spruce Head and
Elwell Point.

1 Fernald, Ruopora, xiii. 6 (1911).

?Since this note went into type, the writer, while crossing the West Cambridge
marshes, on July 8, 1913, came upon a large colony of Scirpus Longii, thus demon-
strating its presence in the valley of the Mystic River.

1913] Flynn,— Vermont Botanical Club . 203

The Lily Pond, its shores and the abandoned lime quarries near
yielded Linum catharticum, Daphne mezerium in fine fruit, several
species of Potamogeton of unusual occurrence which have not yet been
fully determined, Scirpus occidentalis, and Dirca palustris.

Among the species collected at Isleboro were Dianthus plumarius,
a large form of Deschampsia caespitosa, Galium labradoricum and Fra-
garia virginiana, var. terrae-novae.

The *Indian Garden" is a rich alluvial tract on the St. Georges
river, where, according to tradition, the medicine man had his garden
of herbs. In close proximity to this is a field from which innumerable
arrow-heads and other relics have been taken. In this vicinity were
seen several trees of Quercus macrocarpa, Potamogeton americanus, var.
novaeboracensis (the first station east of the Connecticut), and a pro-
- fusion of river-bottom plants growing in great luxuriance.

The party visiting South Thomaston and Elwell Point collected
Euphrasia Randii, var. Farlowii, Suaeda linearis, Distichlis spicata,
Sparganium americanum and Glyceria laxa.

Collections made during the four days added more than four hundred
species from this locality to the Herbarium of the Portland Society
of Natural History.

On Thursday evening, August 14, Prof. Fernald gave a highly
interesting and important talk on “The Coastal Plain Element in the
Maine Flora."

The other evenings were devoted to business meetings and to in-
formal discussion of collections.— D. W. FELLows, Secretary.

THE NINETEENTH ANNUAL FIELD MEETING OF THE VERMONT
` BoranicaL CLUB was held at Townshend, Vermont, July 1 and 2, in
conjunction with the Vermont Bird Club, with an attendance of
thirty.

The first day was spent by some in climbing Ball Mountain where
nothing of particular botanical interest was seen. Others explored
the banks of the West River where Sanguisorba canadensis, Habenaria
flava, Prunus pumila and various interesting carices were found.

The second day was spent in a trip to the top of Newfane Hill where
Prof. A. J. Grout entertained the Clubs, at his log cabin and showed
them stations for some rare mosses.

July 3 a party which varied in number from thirteen to nineteen

204 Rhodora [November

went on a camping trip into the wilds of Stratton about fifteen miles
from Townshend. The headquarters were at Grout's Mill the place
where six of the members on July 4, 1895, formed a temporary organ-
ization which later resulted in the Club, which has grown to a member-
ship of over two hundred.

During the week following, trips were made to Stratton Mountain
and to several ponds and old lumbering operations within tramping
distance. Lobelia Dortmanna, Sisyrinchium atlanticum, Habenaria
fimbriata, Carex limosa, C. Michauxiana, C. lenticularis and other inter-
esting plants were secured. |

Particular attention was paid to the blackberries. Mr. W. H.
Blanchard's study of the Vermont members of this genus, was made
chiefly in Windham Co., and several members of the Club, aware of
this fact, visited his stations at Townshend, which were indicated
with exactness in a letter to Mr. Wheeler, and his eight new species
for this region recognized in the new Gray Manual were all seen.
Later the study was carried on with much enthusiasm by the party
at Stratton and all of his species for that region were found.

The weather was all that could be hoped for and a very profitable
time was spent.— Mns. NeLLIE F. FryNw, Burlington, Vermont.

A CORRECTION CONCERNING DICKSONIA PUNCTILOBULA, FORMA
CRISTATA. — It is necessary to correct the report of the collection of
Dicksonia punctilobula (Michx.) Gray, forma cristata (Maxon) Clute,
which was made in Ruopora, XV, 44 (1913). The report was made
from a mistaken determination, and the specimen proves to be
merely a forked state of the typical form.— MARTHA LOUISE
Loomis, Sherborn, Massachusetts. 1

Vol. 15, no. 178, including pages 173 to 188, was issued 17 October, 1913.

Rhodora Plate 105

Figs. 1-8. STIGONEMA ANOMALUM Blanchard, sp. nov.
Figs. 9-12. STIGONEMA MEDIUM Blanchard, sp. nov.

L

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 15. December, 1913. No. 180.

ERIGERON PUSILLUS A VALID SPECIES.
B. L. RoBINSON.

WnuiLE collecting during the spring of 1912 in the neighborhood of
Charleston, South Carolina, I found in sandy soil on the Isle of Palms
a small and rather loosely branched Erigeron, obviously close to E.
canadensis L., yet with smoother stem and narrower leaves than are
found in the common and familiar weed of fields and dry open road-
sides. On returning to the Gray Herbarium a few weeks later I tried
to separate the coastal plant in question from E. canadensis, but found
such variety of habit, stature, pubescence, leaf-breadth, etc., among
the specimens long referred to the species, that no feasible planes of
cleavage were discovered, and the South Carolina plant was reluc-
tantly referred to the common species.

In examining recently some sets of phanerogams collected for the
Gray Herbarium in the Bermuda Islands by Mr. F. S. Collins, I was
much interested to find again the smoothish form of Erigeron. This
led to its more careful examination. Noticing that the involucral
scales had minute purplish quasi glandular tips, I found at once that
it was possible to sort very definitely some forty individuals of Ber-
muda material into two kinds, some having these purple-tipped scales,
and the others having more attenuate white-tipped scales. Soon
concomitant differences appeared and it was evident that the form
with purple-tipped scales was consistently smoother, more slender,
entire-leaved and tended to have fewer and slightly smaller heads on
more elongated pedicels together forming a more open inflorescence.

With these leading characters in mind, the considerable mass of E.
canadensis in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New

206 Rhodora [DECEMBER

England Botanical Club was re-examined and quickly found to be
similarly divisible. The form with purple-tipped scales proved to
have a generally coastal distribution from eastern Massachusetts to
Florida, Central America, Colombia, Guiana, and the West Indies,
with a single outlying specimen from New South Wales, while the form
with attenuate white-tipped scales extends across the North American
continent, showing some variations to the westward, and being also
frequent as an introduced plant in various parts of the Old World.

Study of the literature of the group leaves no doubt that the widely
distributed plant with white-tipped scales is the typical E. canadensis
L., while the coastal plant with purple-tipped scales is the E. pusillus
of Nuttall, who long ago recognized its lower stature, smoother stem,
and more slender, open, and fewer-headed inflorescence, as well as its
consistently entire leaves. "The small purple dot at the apex of the
involucral scale, though a valuable differential character, is incon-
spicuous except under a lens, and seems to have been overlooked by
Nuttall, but all characters mentioned by Nuttall correspond perfectly.
with the plant in question. Furthermore, there is confirmation in
the identity of a specimen labelled E. pusillum Nutt., now in the Gray
Herbarium, which was received from the herbarium of Nuttall ap-
parently at the time when Torrey and Gray were preparing the manu-
script of the Compositae for their Flora of North America. It is
interesting to find that this doubtless authentic specimen exhibits not
only all the characteristics attributed to his species by Nuttall but
shows the purple-tipped involucral scales.

The examination of many specimens from numerous widely separ-
ated stations shows the same distinctions between E. canadensis and
E. pusillus, and as yet no tendency toward intergradation has been
observed. It seems therefore that Nuttall's E. pusillus may be re-
instated as a valid species, near to, though readily distinguishable
from, E. canadensis. It will be interesting to learn whether its range
can be extended further toward the northeast.

The only attempt, which I have found in recent literature, to re-
instate E. pusillus Nutt. is apparently a mistaken one. It is the Lep-
tilon canadense pusillum (Nutt.) Daniels, Flora óf Boulder, Colorado,
239 (1911). No description is given beyond the statement: “The
common form of the foothills, 3-1 dm. high and but few-flowered,
6000-8000 ft. (Daniels, 694)." An examination of a considerable
number of specimens of E. canadensis L. from the Rocky Mountain

1913] Robinson,— Erigeron pusillus a valid Species 207

region, while disclosing great variability in such matters as stature,
number of heads, etc., has failed to show a single specimen of E.
pusillus Nutt.— a matter by no means surprising in consideration of
the generally coastal distribution of the species. It is to be inferred
therefore that the plant to which Prof. Daniels referred was merely
a starved and depauperate state of the common E. canadensis L.

An examination of E. canadensis L. as it occurs in the southwestern
part of the United States indicates that Dr. Gray's long neglected var.
glabratus is capable of recognition and worthy of more careful restate-
ment as to character and range.

Much more doubtful is E. strictus DC., originally collected by
Berlandier near the boundary between Texas and Mexico. In all
matters of foliage, pubescence, involucre, etc., it appears to be indis-
tinguishable from E. canadensis, yet it may be worth while to draw
attention to the compact thyrsoid almost spicate form of the young
inflorescence in the type material of E. strictus, since the young in-
florescence in E. canadensis is commonly rather loose and open.
However, while this is a matter which should be watched by those
who have opportunities to study southwestern specimens of the group,
the material at present available of the so-called E. strictus DC. is not
sufficient to show whether this distinction of the young inflorescence
has any value in classification. For the present E. strictus DC. would
better be included as heretofore in the synonymy of E. canadensis L.

Of the other synonyms of E. canadensis, it is clear that E. panicula-
tus Lam. is a mere renaming of the Linnaean species, and Senecio
ciliatus Walt., described as pilose and 6-8 feet high, was doubtless
E. canadensis L. rather than E. pusillus Nutt.

The plants here discussed may be summarized as follows: —
Involucral scales minutely purple-tipped.............. esee E. pusillus.
Involueral seales with attenuate whitish tips.

Stems spreading-hirsute. Heads cymosely disposed in panicle.
E. canadensis.

Stems glabrous or with few scattered appressed short hairs. Heads quasi
racemose on long branches of panicle...... E. canadensis, v. glabratus.

E. PuUsILLUS Nutt. Stem .08-1 m. high, nearly or quite glabrous,
the trichomes if present minute and subappressed: leaves mostly
oblanceolate-linear and very narrow, the earliest lance-oblong, the
upper linear, all entire, ciliate at least toward the contracted base:
inflorescence inclining to be open; involucral scales straight, nearly
or quite glabrous, with regular (not crisped) white subscarious margins,
the tip slightly bluntish (under a lens), obscurely fimbriolate and

208 Rhodora [DECEMBER

dorsally marked with a purplish spot at or just below the apex.—
Gen. ii. 148 (1818); Ell. Sk. ii. 398 (1824); DC. Prod. v. 289 (1836);
Reade, Plants of the Bermudas, 40 (1883); all as E. pusillum. E.
canadensis, var. pusillus Bart. Fl. Philad. ii. 108 (1818), as pusillum.
Caenotus pusillus (Nutt.) Raf. Fl. Tellur. ii. 50 (1837), by implication;
Hook. f. € Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 370 (1893).— MassacnusETTs: Ply-
mouth, Oakes; sandplain, Cataumet, Bourne, 26 Oct. 1913, Fernald;
head of sand beach, Wild Harbor, Falmouth, 25 Aug. 1906, Batchelder;
dry sandy soil, Chatham, 9 Sep. 1913, Fernald & Long; Chilmark,
Martha’s Vineyard, Harris. RmopE Istanp: waste places, Provi-
dence, August, 1844, Thurber. Without stated locality but probably
in New Jersey or Pennsylvania, Nuttall. Kentucky (southeastern
part): near Poor Fork Post Office, Kearney, no. 218 (Gray Herb.);
Pine Mountain, Harlan County, Kearney, no. 218 in part (herbarium
of W. Deane). SovrH CAROLINA: Charleston, Beyrich; common
in fields, Santee Canal, Ravenel; in loose sand, Isle of Palms, Robinson,
no. 51. GEORGIA: in fields, Beyrich, no. 3263. Fiorma: Biscayne
Bay, Palmer, no. 246; Braidentown, Tracy, no. 7077; weed in waste
places, Meyers, Hitchcock, no. 144. Misstsstppr: Biloxi, Tracy, no.
6349; Horn Island, Tracy, no. 6348. Texas: Huntsville, Walker
Co., Dixon, no. 411. Yucatan: Izamal, Gaumer, no. 846. STATE
oF VERA Cruz: alt. 825 m., Cordoba, Seaton, no. 446; Coatzacoalcos,
C. L. Smith, no. 582. GUATEMALA: Laguna de Ayarza, alt. 2440 m.,
Heyde & Lux, no. 3801 (distrib. J. D. Smith). Costa Rica: culti-
vated ground, Tuis, Tonduz, no. 11,478; Copey, Tonduz, nos. 11,773,
11,766; hills of Santiago near San Ramón, Brenes, no. 14,363. Co-
LOMBIA: Santa Marta, H. H. Smith, no. 527. DurcH Gurna: Kap-
pler, no. 1212. Bermupa IsrLANDS: sand dunes, Paget, 10 June,
1905, Harshberger; waste ground, Somerset Island, S. Brown, no. 641;
roadsides, Devonshire, Collins, no. 48; roadsides, Flatts Village,
Collins, no. 405; Middle Road, Collins, no. 310. BAHAMA ISLANDS:
dry lime sand, Nassau, Wight, no. 1313. Jamaica: St. Margaret's
Bay, Millspaugh, no. 1918. Sr. Crorx: roadside, Ricksecker, no. 484.
Sr. VINCENT: H. H. de G. W. Smith, no. 1930. GRENADA: Tempé,
St. George, 25 Sep. 1905, Broadway. New Sourn Wares: Kurnell,
Botany Bay, Boorman, no. 2.

E. CANADENSIS L. Stem 0.1-2 m. high, spreading-hirsute with
scattered long horizontally divergent trichomes: leaves narrowly
lanceolate or oblanceolate to linear, ciliate, the lower usually toothed:
heads in an at length elongated cymose panicle; involucral scales
linear-attenuate with scarious usually more or less crisped margins
and gradually pointed whitish tips.— Spec. Pl. ii. 863 (1753), as E.
canadense. E. paniculatum Lam. Fl. Fr. ii. 141 (1778). Senecio
ciliatus Walt. Fl. Car. 208 (1788). E. strictum DC. Prod. v. 289
(1836), a form with the young inflorescence compactly thyrsoid.
Caenotus canadensis (L.) Raf. Fl. Tellur. ii. 50 (1837), by implication;
Hook. f. € Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 370 (1893). Conyzella canadensis (L.)

1913] Woodward,— Variation in Arenaria lateriflora 209

Rupr. Mém. Acad. Pétersb. sér. 7, xiv. n. 4, 51 (1869). Leptilon
canadense (L.) Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 391 (1898).
L. canadense pusillum Daniels, Fl. Boulder, Col. 239 (1911), as to
plant but excl. name-bringing synonym.— Common and widely dis-
tributed through temperate North America, Mexico, and in scattered
localities south even to Chili; also an introduced weed in waste places,
etc., in the Old World.

Var. GLABRATUS Gray. Tall and (for the species) robust, with
smoothish stem, the trichomes few, scattered, and very short, ascend-
ing or subappressed: branches of the large inflorescence long (1--1.5
dm.) simple, apt to be closely flowered and appearing inversely
racemose or even almost spicate.— Pl. Lindh. ii. 220 (1850).— 'TExas:
between the Colorado and Nueces Rivers, Berlandier, no. 2555; fields
in sandy loamy soil near Bracken, Bexar Co., Groth, no. 83; prairie
north of the Llano among granite rocks, Lindheimer, no. 626 (444).
New Mexico: Forest Nursery, Fort Bayard, Watershed, Grant Co.,
Blumer, no. 33; cañons, Tierra Blanca, Sierra Co., Metcalfe, no. 1229.
CHIHUAHUA: near Lake Santa Maria, E. W. Nelson, no. 6388. CALI-
FORNIA: Wilson’s Lake, Nevin, no. 8.

Gray HERBARIUM.

ON VARIATION IN ARENARIA LATERIFLORA.
R. W. Woopwarp.

WHILE collecting on the low grounds near the beach at Westerly,
Rhode Island, June 5, 1913, I was struck by the display of Arenaria
lateriflora, the season’s vegetation not being far enough advanced to
overtop the Arenaria, which was abundant, and conspicuous with its
white flowers, over considerable areas. Equally abundant, but grow-
ing by itself and not mingling with the other, was a plant with smaller
white flowers, which I at first took to be a different species, but which
proved on examination to be a form of Arenaria lateriflora, or at least
closely related to it. Many specimens of these plants were examined,
both in the field and later, and the differences between them are so
marked and so constant that it seems worth while to place them upon
record.

The petals of the first plant average 7.5 mm. in length, and the
prominent stamens are about twice the length of the calyx, equalling

210 Rhodora [DECEMBER

or exceeding the styles, and have comparatively large anther cells.
The length of the calyx is 2.5 mm.

In the other plant the petals have an average length of 4 mm., while
the stamens, which are quite inconspicuous, are shorter than the calyx
or barely equal it, and much shorter than the styles, and the anther
cells are small. The sepals are about 2.5 mm. long. There are no
marked differences in the foliage. Later, in Franklin, a typical hill
town of eastern Connecticut, an Arenaria was found, growing profusely
in dry open woods, which matches exactly the small-flowered plant
from Westerly. In wet meadows and open swamps, on the other hand,
the only form was one with large flowers, which proved to be an equally
good match for the large-flowered Westerly plant. In one instance,
in passing from a wet meadow to the surrounding gravel, there was
an abrupt transition from the large to the small-flowered form, the
former growing freely in the meadow, and the latter being common
on the drier gravel, where it was the only form. I soon learned that
knowledge of local soil conditions enabled me to predict with certainty
which form would occur at any given station in Franklin. It is not so
easy to get at the determining factors on the low lands at Westerly.
On returning there, however, a few weeks later, to secure fruiting speci-
mens, I discovered that the stations for the large-flowered Arenaria
were covered with so tall and dense a growth of grasses and sedges
that it was exceedingly difficult to find the specimens for which I was
looking, while the places where the small-flowered plant grew, were
comparatively free from other vegetation, and possess probably a
drier and more siliceous soil. As already mentioned, the anthers are
noticeably smaller in the small-flowered Arenaria, and the cells often
seem to be imperfectly developed. The plant fruits freely, however,
as, for instance, in dry open woods at Franklin, where there is no ad-
mixture of the large-flowered Arenaria. Specimens from Westerly
and Franklin have been deposited in the Gray Herbarium.

New Haven, CONNECTICUT.

pr Nu d
-" I y.

`

1913] Fernald and Wiegand, — Empetrum in North America 211

THE GENUS EMPETRUM IN NORTH AMERICA.
M. L. FerNaLD AND K. M. WIEGAND.

In 1902 attention was called to the fact that we have more than a
single Crowberry in eastern North America;! and subsequent study
has demonstrated that, besides the cireumpolar Empetrum nigrum,
we have in northern New England and Eastern Canada a second very
well marked species and in Newfoundland and southern Labrador a
third species, which is abundant upon Newfoundland and the French
Islands but barely reaches the American Continent in the neighbor-
hood of the Straits of Belle Isle. In checking the characters of these
two seemingly endemic species of northeastern North America, we have
studied closely not only the material in the Gray Herbarium and the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, rich in their representa-
tion from New England, eastern Canada, and Newfoundland; but have
had the advantage of working with the material in the United States
National Herbarium, with a remarkable strength in Alaskan speci-
mens, and that of the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia, strong in
its representation from the Canadian Rocky Mountains. For the
use of these two collections we are indebted to Messrs. W. N. Maxon
and Witmer Stone respectively.

As understood by us our Crowberries belong to three species dis-
tinguished as follows:

A. Branchlets or margins of expanding leaves glandular, the latter not
tomentose; mature leaves divergent, soon reflexed.

Berries black, with or without a bloom.......... 1. E. nigrum.

Berries red or purple: branchlets glabrous, glandular-pulverulent or

at most minutely viscid-pilose....la. E. nigrum, var. purpureum.

A. Branchlets and margins of expanding leaves white-tomentose; plant not

glandular: leaves ascending to divergent, rarely (and then very tardily)

reflexed: fruit pink, red, or purplish-black.

Fruit 5-9 mm. in diameter, red to purplish-black, opaque: seeds

2-2.4 mm. long: leaves soon loosely divergent, rarely becoming

reflexed; those of the leading shoots with blades (4-)4.5-6.5 mm.

ROU MM UD M RENE E 2. E. atropurpureum.

Fruit 3-5 mm. in diameter, pink or light red, becoming translucent:

seeds 1.2-1.5 mm. long: leaves crowded, ascending, becoming

slightly divergent; those of the leading shoots with blades
204 mm. long..................- n AN 3. E. Eamestt.

1. E. nigrum L. Sp. Pl. 1022 (1753); Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 255
(1803); Pursh, Fl. i. 93 (1814); Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 365 (1824);

1 Fernald, Ruopora, iv. 147-151 (1902).

212 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Hook, Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 140 (1838); Torr. Fl. N. Y. ii. 178 (1843);
Gray, Man. 409 (1848); Fernald, Ruopora, iv. 150 (1902). E.
purpureum Raf. New Fl. pt. iii. 50 (1836) in part.— Arctic and boreal
regions, extending southward in peaty soils to Newfoundland, Nova
Scotia, the Maine coast, the mountains of northern New England and
northern New York; Pictured Rocks, northern Michigan (G. H. Hicks);
Pipestone Valley and Lake Louise, Alberta (Stewardson Brown) ; Selkirk
Mts., British Columbia (J. M. Macoun); Mt. Rainier, Washington
(E. C. Smith, C. V. Piper) and Crescent City, California (Howell).

Extremely variable in the length and breadth of leaves, which range
from linear to elliptic in outline and from 2.5-7 mm. in length. The
branchlets, too, are sometimes nearly glabrous, with only minute
glandular puberulence, but in our northern regions and the Northwest
quite as often minutely pilose with sordid or viscid, not white, hairs.
The seeds of the more northern material are commonly about 2 mm.
long, ranging between 1.8 and 2.6 mm. and in very rare cases to 3 mm.
in length, while toward the southern edge of the range the seeds are
frequently smaller, from 1.4-1.8 mm. long. In much of the small-
seeded material the leaves run decidedly shorter than in most of the
more northern plants and upon first studying the group we inclined
to separate as a southern variety the plants with shortest leaves and
smallest seeds. The study of a fuller series of specimens shows, how-
ever, that no satisfactory line can be drawn either upon the basis of.
length or shape of leaf or size of seed. The most extreme illustration
of this lack of concomitance in these characters is a sheet of specimens
from the Mealy Mountains, Labrador (coll. Dr. 4. P. Brown), with
leaves only 3-4 mm. long, but with a fully developed seed 3 mm. long,
the largest seed measured by us in the species.

la. Var. PURPUREUM (Raf.) DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 1, 26 (1869);
Simmons, Vasc. Pl. Fl. Ellesmereland, 43 (1906); Robinson & Fernald
in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 551 (1908) in part. E. purpureum Raf. New Fl.
pt. iii. 50 (1836) in part. E. rubrum, Durand, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila.,
1863, 95, not Vahl.— Northwestern Greenland, Ellesmereland, and
Labrador.— A very little-known plant, resting upon an insecure basis.
Rafinesque, assuming a larger knowledge of the northern flora than
was at all justified, described his complex E. purpureum as follows:

“EMPETRUM PURPUREUM Raf. E. nigrum Mx. and all our Amer.
botanists, not of Lin. and European bot. E. rubrum Lapilaye fl.—
Procumbent smooth, leaves scattered crowded, lower patent, upper
imbricate, oblong-linear sessile uninerve obtuse flat on both sides,
thickish, berries purple, sessile equal to the leaves and costate.— in
Canada, Labrador, Newfoundland, White Mountains, Lake Superior,
near the rocky shores. Michaux who first noticed this blended it

1913] Fernald and Wiegand,— Empetrum in North America 213

with the boreal sp. of Europe, and has been followed by all our sub-
servient botanists except Lapilaye who has blended it with E. rubrum
of Austral America in his Newfoundland Flora. My specimen is
from Labrador and has red berries strikingly like those of Phytolacca!
Those of our Botanists who saw the berries are few, they mostly copy
Michaux! is there a sp. in boreal America with black berries? My
sp. is perfectly distinct, the branches are terete smooth but sulcate
among the leaves, these are only 2 or 3 lines long,” ete.

Just how Rafinesque’s Empetrum purpureum should be interpreted
is something of a problem. It is clearly a confusion of different
elements, for the plant of Michaux and “all our subservient botanists”
up to Rafinesque’s time was certainly E. nigrum. Michaux’s plant
has been examined by one of the present writers, it comes from a
region where E. nigrum abounds, and Michaux’s own note upon find-
ing it is to the point: “Le 2 Aoust [1792] arrivé à la Malbaye. . Depuis
le Baye St. Paul, les Eboulements et la Malbaye les Montagnes sont
formées de terre argilleux sables et Pierres roulées. Le Cap. Tour-
mente est formé de roches du Quartz. Sur les rochers un peu avant
d'entrer dans la Baye, se trouve un arbuste rampant, Empetrum
nigrum, f. touj. vertes, petites, ovales, reflechies,....Baye noire,
aqueuse, semences 9."! E. rubrum of La Pylaie's Voyage à lisle de
Terre-Neuve (his Flora mentioned by Rafinesque was never completed),
as shown by La Pylaie's own collections and by abundant modern
collections from Newfoundland, could not have been the plant which
Rafinesque was describing from Labrador; for La Pylaie's Newfound-
land E. rubrum has the berries bright pink or light coral-red, not
“purple” or “strikingly like those of Phytolacca!" as emphasized by
Rafinesque, and La Pylaie's plant has the branches and young foliage
densely white-tomentose while Rafinesque said of his E. purpureum:
* the branches are terete smooth."

After eliminating from Empetrum purpureum the true E. nigrum
with black fruit of Michaux “and all our Am. botanists” and the E.
rubrum of La Pylaie, there remains Rafinesque’s description of a
plant from Labrador with smooth branches and berries “purple” or
“red... strikingly like those of Phytolacca!” (which are ordinarily
very dark purple). We are not familiar with such a plant but it is
possible that it is correctly identified by Simmons with the red-fruited
E. nigrum of Northwestern Greenland and Ellesmereland. But even

1 Journal of André Michaux, 1787-1796, ed. C. S. Sargent — Proc. Am. Phil. Soc.
xxvi., no. 129, 73 (1888).

214 Rhodora [DECEMBER

then there seems to be almost as much question about the actual
occurrence of such a red-fruited plant as there was in Rafinesque's
mind in regard to the occurrence of black fruit in America.!

2. E. atropurpureum n. sp., a E. nigro recedit ramulis prostratis
junioribus albido-tomentosis; foliis junioribus tomentosis vel arach-
noideis primo adscendentibus deinde laxe patentibus haud vel rare
reflexis, eis ramulorum vegetarum laminis (4-) 4.5-6.5 mm. longis;
baccis 5-9 mm. diametro rubris vel atropurpureis opacis; seminibus
2-2.4 mm. longis.

Differing from E. nigrum in its trailing branchlets white-tomentose
at least when young: leaves tomentose or arachnoid when young, at
first ascending, finally loosely spreading, not at all or rarely reflexed;
those of the leading shoots with blades (4—) 4.5-6.5 mm. long: berries
5-9 mm. in diameter, red or purplish black, opaque: seeds 2-2.4 mm.
long.— E. nigrum, var. andinum Fernald, Ruopora, iv, 150 (1902);
C. H. Knowlton, Rhodora, iv. 196 (1902); Robinson & Fernald in
Gray, Man. ed. 7, 551 (1908); not DC. Prodr. xvi. pt. 1, 26 (1869).—
Exposed sands or granitic or silicious gravels and ledges, Magdalen
Islands, Prince Edward Island and mountains of Maine, New Hamp-
shire and possibly Vermont. MaAGDALEN IsLaNDs: sand hills between
East Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, July 19, 1912, Fernald,
Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 7733. Prince Epwarp ISLAND:
sand hills between South Lake and the Gulf, near Bothwell, August
24, 1912, Fernald, Long de St. John, no. 7732. Maine: Mt. Katahdin,
August 25, 1847, G. Thurber, without date, E. C. Hamlin; floor of
North Basin, Mt. Katahdin, July 13, 1900, Fernald; ledges, north
face of Boarstone Mt., altitude 610 m. (2000 ft.), August 16, 1895,
Fernald; tableland above the pond, altitude 915 m. (3000 ft.), Squaw
Mt., July 9, 1895, Fernald, no. 277; extensively covering the ledges
at about 1065 m. (3500 ft.) altitude, Mt. Saddleback, Rangeley,
August 17, 1894, Fernald (TYPE in Gray Herb.); above timberline,
Mt. Saddleback, Rangeley, July 10, 1895, F. V. Coville, no. 73 in U. S.
Nat. Herb.; Bald Mt., alt. 455-610 m. (1500-2000 ft.), Plantation
No. 4, Franklin Co., July 16, 1902, Knowlton & Chamberlain; White
Cap, Rumford, August 1, 1889, June 9, 1890, J. C. Parlin; Speckled
Mt., altitude 610 m. (2000 ft.), Franklin, July 29, 1896, J. A. Allen.
New Hampsuire: White Mts., Oakes; Mt. Ingalls, Success, June 25,
1908, A. S. Pease, no. 11,165; Carter Notch, August 14, 1855, Wm.
Boott; on a boulder, Carter Notch, altitude 915 m. (3000 ft.), Septem-
ber 6, 1904, A. S. Pease, no. 4086; Mt. John Quincy Adams, July 22,
1907, Pease, no. 10,876; Mt. Washington carriage-road, August 12,
1910, Pease, no. 12,842; ledgy summit of Mt. Crawford, August 18,
1908, Pease, no. 11,460; summit of Mt. Webster, August 21, 1908,
Pease, no. 11,784; near summit of Mt. Kearsarge, A. Commons in

! For detailed discussion see Simmons, Vasc. Pl. Ellesmereland, 42 (1906).

1913] Fernald and Wiegand,— Empetrum in North America 215

herb. Phil. Acad.; Moat Mountain, Conway, July 28, 1879, W. C.
Lane; disintegrated granite, top of Mt. Chocorua, Sept. 7, 1855,
W. Boott, August 20, 1898, C. A. Weatherby, September 10, 1910,
F. T. Lewis. Vermont: Mt. Mansfield, June 5, 1877, C. G. Pringle
in U. S. Nat. Herb. (a possible confusion since the plant seems not to
have been collected by others on Mt. Mansfield, where E. nigrum
occurs, and the label accompanying the specimen is not an original
one).— Sterile specimens from Passage Island, Lake Superior (W. S.
Cooper, no. 107) may belong here.

E. atropurpureum, heretofore taken to be DeCandolle’s E. nigrum,
var. andinum of Chili, proves, throughout its known range in northern
New England and the islands of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to be a
constant plant with closely trailing white-tomentose branchlets and
it cannot, therefore, be longer maintained as identical with E. nigrum,
var. andinum, for that little-known plant, though having red berries,
is described by DeCandolle as having * Ramuli et folia glabriuscula."
As already pointed out by Knowlton,' in Maine E. nigrum " grows best
in peat-moss, and the prostrate habit is not particularly prominent,
as most of the branchlets are suberect"; while the very trailing E.
atropurpureum “prefers as a soil the gravel formed by the decomposi-
tion of coarse granite, usually containing very little vegetable matter."
Similarly, on Prince Edward Island and the Magdalen Islands, where
E. nigrum is chiefly a plant of the bogs and the humus of headlands,
E. atropurpureum carpets the open sand hills. In Maine and New
Hampshire E. nigrum is a plant of the bleak eastern coast (from
Penobscot Bay eastward) and the highest alpine districts; .K. atro-
purpureum, on the contrary, grows chiefly near timber-line or slightly
above it or upon the summits and slopes of the lesser mountains.

3. E. Eamesii, n. sp., fruticulus ramulis arcte prostratis junioribus
albido-tomentosis; folis coarctatis adscendentibus plus minusve
imbricatis deinde paullo patentibus haud reflexis elliptico- vel spathu-
lato-oblongis ad oblongo-linearibus valde coreaceis nitidis apice
rotundatis, eis ramulorum vegetorum laminis 2.44 mm. longis; baccis
3-5 mm. diametro roseis vel pallide rubris, pelli tenui translucenti,
pulpa aquosa propre ecolorata; seminibus 1.2-1.5 mm. longis.

Shrub with closely prostrate branchlets, the young ones white-
tomentose: leaves crowded, ascending and more or less overlapping,
in age slightly spreading, elliptic- or spatulate-oblong to oblong-linear,
very coriaceous and lustrous, round-tipped; the blades of the leading
shoots 2.5-4 mm. long: berries 3-5 mm. in diameter, pink or light red,
with thin translucent skin and watery nearly colorless pulp: seeds 1.2-

1 C. H. Knowlton, Ruopona, iv. 196 (1902).

216 Rhodora [DEcEMBER

1.5 mm. long.— E. rubrum La Pylaie, Voyage à l'isle de Terre-N. euve,
6, 10 (1825); Gray, Mem. Am. Acad., n. s. iii. $ (1846); Brunet,
Notes sur les Plantes recueilles en 1858 par M. l'Abbe Ferland, 7
(186); Delamare, Renauld € Cardot, Florule de l'ile Miquelon, 28
(1888); Waghorne, Summary Acct. of Wild Berries and other Edible
Fruits of Nfd. and Lab. 9 (1888); as to the plant of British America,
not Vahl. E. purpureum Raf. New Fl. pt. iii. 50 (1836), as to plant
of Nfd. E. nigrum, var. purpureum DC. Prodr. xvii, pt. 1, 26 (1869),
as to the plant of Nfd.; Simmons, Vase. Pl. Ellesmereland, 43 (1906),
as to the plant of Nfd.; Fernald, Ruopora, xiii. 117, 123 (1911);
not D. C. l. c. (1869) in its restricted sense. E. nigrum, var. andinum
Fernald, Ruopora, iv. 150 (1902) as to the plant of Nfd.; Eames,
Ruopora, xi. 95 (1909); not DC. 1. c. (1869).— Exposed sands or
granitic or silicious gravels or ledges, southern Labrador, Newfound-
land, St. Pierre et Miquelon, and coast of Saguenay County, Quebec,
westward to the Mécatina region. LABRADOR: sand, l'Anse au Clair,
July 7, 1893, Waghorne in U. S. Nat. Herb.; abundant on sand and
gneissoid rocks, Blane Sablon, August 4, 1910, Fernald & W iegand, no.
3661— plant also noted on the Quebec side of Blanc Sablon River.
NEWFOUNDLAND: "les points culminans,” La Pylaie; St. John's,
July 12, 1892, L. L. Dame; dry exposed summit of hill south of St.
John’s, August 12, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5821; Baccalieu
Island, Notre Dame Bay, July, 1902, J. D. Sornborger; open granite
slopes, altitude 180-350 m., Mt. Steepmore (or Seemore), July 12,
1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3659 (rype in Gray Herb.); alpine
heath and open granite ledges at the summit, altitude 565 m., Mt.
Musgrave, July 16, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3660; dry exposed
rocky slopes of Blomidon (“ Blow-me-Down") Mts., July 31, 1908,
Eames & Godfrey, no. 7032; diorite tableland, altitude about 550 m.,
northern region of Blomidon, August 22, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 3662; Bluff Head, September 7, 1898, W aghorne; edge of rock,
high upon hill, vicinity of Balena, Hermitage Bay, June 6, 1903, Wm.
Palmer, no. 1335 (distributed as Phyllodoce coerulea); cited by Wag-
horne and by Eames from numerous other stations on the South
Coast. Sr. PIERRE ET MiqueLoN: St. Pierre, La Pylaie; August,
1902, Bro. Louis Arsene. QuvkBEC: Blane Sablon (see note above);
La Tabatiére, 1858, Abbé Ferland.

It is a great pleasure to associate with this local and handsome
shrub, which has been held to be distinct from Empetrum nigrum by
most botanists whose field-experience has acquainted them with it,
the name of so discriminating a collector as Dr. Edwin H. Eames who,
on his herbarium specimens, has written: “seems to be specifically
distinct from E. nigrum. It’s habit, place of growth, small size and
color of fruit, leaves, etc., are constantly different"; and who, in dis-
cussing the plant in Ruopora (as E. nigrum, var andinum), presented

1913] Williams,— A new Form of Lilium philadelphicum 217

a strong case for the specific recognition of the Newfoundland shrub.
The impossibility of taking up for E. Eamesú the name E. purpureum
Raf. has been sufficiently discussed. Similarly its distinctness from
E. nigrum, var. andinum, with which it has been confused, is apparent
from the quotation above given from DeCandolle's description. La
Pylaie, and following him, Asa Gray, identified the shrub without
question as E. rubrum Vahl, from the Straits of Magellan, the former
writing: “Le détroit de Magellan produit, comme nos hautes mon-
tagnes,....l'Empetrum rubrum, que y'ai retrouvé sur la crête des
monticules de Vile Saint-Pierre. Cette plant est identique avec
les échantillons magellaniques conservés dans l'herbier de M. DE
JUSSIEU." But all the Magellanic material examined by the writers
(several specimens) agrees in being much coarser, with more as-
cending branches and larger darker-colored opaque berries.

A NEW FORM OF LILIUM PHILADELPHICUM.
E. F. WILLIAMS.

On July 8, 1913, I was driving through an old road in Warren
township, New Hampshire, when my wife called my attention to a
yellow flowered Lilium philadelphicum growing by the roadside. We
left our carriage to secure this unusual form of the species and were
delighted to find a good many such plants in a sandy clearing near by
and in thin woods surrounding the clearing. Typical red flowered
Lilium philadelphicum grew abundantly at this station and perhaps
twenty per cent of the individuals had petals of about the same shade
of yellow as typical Lilium canadense. A few plants were of as pale
a yellow shade as Hemerocallis flava and in one specimen the outer
whorl of stamens was petaloid and sterile. This old road crosses the
lower slopes of the southern foot hills of Mt. Moosilauke and it con-
nects East Warren, a tiny hamlet, with Warren Summit on the Boston &
Maine Railroad. Many years ago there were seven or eight mountain
farms on this road but only one remains inhabited. All the others have
been abandoned for a long time and the road is now seldom used. The
station for the yellow form of Lilium philadelphicum is about a mile

218 Rhodora [DECEMBER

from East Warren and is now a wild and solitary spot. I have been
unable to find any reference in botanical literature to this remarkable
variation from the type and Prof. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium has
advised me to put this form on record. Inquiry among the members
of the New England Botanical Club and others, has brought forth
information about three other stations for this color form. Dr. Dana
W. Fellows tells me that he has found it at Cape Elizabeth, near
Portland, Maine. Mr. Charles W. Parker writes me that “five or six
years ago I found a specimen growing by the roadside in Bath, Maine.
I took up the bulb and brought it home to Marblehead Neck, planted
it, but never saw it afterwards. Two or three years ago, a gardener
for Mr. Hollander, of Marblehead Neck, brought me another specimen
(found at Marblehead). I planted that and lost it also." It seems
worth while to give a name to this unusual form of this beautiful lily
of our native flora and I propose

LILIUM PHILADELPHICUM L. forma flaviflorum, forma nova, formae
typicae statura habitu foliis etc. simile differt segmentis perianthii
flavis (nec rubris) eum maculis laetius purpureis ornatis.— Perianth-
divisions clear yellow splashed with purplish spots, inside, near the
base not so deeply colored as in the typical plants.— Type sheet in

Gray Herbarium from Warren, N. H. Other stations reported,
Bath, Me., Cape Elizabeth, Me., Marblehead, Mass.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

ELYMUS ARENARIUS AT PROVINCETOWN — NATIVE
OR INTRODUCED ?

Jonn Mvunpocnu, Jn.

In 1904 the writer collected on the beach at Provincetown, Massa-
chusetts, two specimens of a grass which, at the time of pressing,
seemed to him to resemble the descriptions of Elymus arenarius L.
Being no agrostologist, he laid them aside to wait for a leisure moment
and the assistance of an expert. This combination was not secured
until last May, when Mr. Fernald at the Gray Herbarium confirmed
the tentative identification. He stated that the southernmost sta-
tion hitherto reported for the species is at Hampton Point, New
Hampshire, making this apparently a considerable extension of range.

1913] | Murdoch,— Elymus arenarius at Provincetown 219

Further reflection led to the thought that, since a large portion of
the town is included in the “Province Lands," on which the Harbor
and Land Commission has for many years been endeavoring to fix
the moving sand dunes, possibly the Elymus might be one of the species
thus introduced. A desire for further information on this point, as
well as for more duplicates, led the writer to make another visit to the
station this summer.

Not much more than a hundred yards south of the present opening
of Race Run, and a half mile or so south of Race Point Light, is one
large clump of the Wild Wheat. This covers an area of perhaps three
hundred square feet, and seems to be spreading, though the earlier
notes are not definite enough to make sure. It is located on the low
“fore dune,” and is surrounded by a vigorous growth of Ammophila.
For at least a mile along the beach to the south, there is no more
Elymus. To the best of the writer’s recollection, the same is true for
the beach to the north and east. Less than a quarter of a mile back
from the beach at this point are high dunes on which quantities of
Ammophila have been planted, but that on the “fore dunes” shows
every appearance of being natural. Not a sign of the Elymus was
seen in this section either.

Since it thus seemed fairly evident that this clump of Elymus was
not planted in its present position, the next question that arose was
whether it might not have escaped from a possible plantation in some
other part of the “Province Lands.” Accordingly a search was made
of the records in the office of the Harbor and Land Commission.
Their reports and those of their Superintendent at Provincetown from
1894, when they first took charge of the lands, to 1904, when the Ely-
mus was first found, show that the only grass used was Ammophila,
although many kinds of imported trees and shrubs have been tried.
There are references to previous efforts at checking the drift of the
sands, made by inhabitants of the town. These seem, however,
merely to have consisted, like the present grass work, of transplanting
shoots of Ammophila from places where it was abundant to the surface
of the shifting portions. It seems quite probable, then, that this
station really represents an extension of range.

The single duplicate from the collection of 1904 has been placed in the
Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, while duplicates of this
summer have been deposited both there and in the Gray Herbarium.

NEWTONVILLE, MASSACHUSETTS.

4

220 Rhodora [DECEMBER

CHENOPODIUM CARINATUM ON CAPE Cop.— In Ruopona, Febru-
ary, 1911 (Vol. 13, No. 146, p. 22) Mr. Frank S. Collins notes the col-
lection of Chenopodium carinatum R. Br. in Eastham and Truro, Cape
Cod, which appears to be the first report of this plant in New England.
Mr. Collins has given in his article a good description of the plant
which need not be repeated here and the object of this note is to put
on record some additional information regarding it.

I find in my herbarium specimens collected in Wellfleet, August 2,
1886 and August, 1887 which I took to be immature Chenopodium
Botrys L. and labeled accordingly, thus showing that the plant has
been on Cape Cod for at least twenty-seven years.

The only other report of this species in the United States that I have
been able to discover is in Watson's Botany of California in which it
is said to have been introduced from Australia. That it should have
jumped across the continent from the Pacific coast to the Atlantic is
one of the mysteries of plant distribution but being a rather inconspic-
uous and weedy herb it has been doubtless overlooked in other locali-
ties. In its younger stages it closely resembles Chenopodium Botrys
and as I have passed it by as this species other collectors may have
done the same.

In September of the present year I looked up the occurrence of the
plant in Truro and found it abundant along a road and spreading
down to a saltmarsh beach. It was also very abundant as a weed
in an orchard a half-mile away.— W. P. Ricu, Boston, Massachu-
setts.

A SECOND EDITION OF BRITTON AND BRoww's ILLUSTRATED FLORA.—
The general plan of Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora is so fami-
liar that a review of the second edition ! must of necessity be a com-
parison with the first. In both editions the greater part of the specific
descriptions and the figures are identical. Aside from the introduc-
tion of 504 species which were not in the first edition and are now
mostly interpolated with only a few words of comparison, the revision
has consisted in large part of putting into practice Dr. Britton’s
recently expressed view in regard to the status of the subspecific cate-
gories,— the subspecies, variety and form. As expressed in the pre-
face to the new edition of the Illustrated Flora (p. vii) his view is that

1 An Illustrated Flora of the northern United States, Canada and the British Pos-
sessions. .. by Nathaniel Lord Britton... and Hon. Addison Brown. . . The descriptive
text chiefly prepared by Professor Britton... Second edition — revised and enlarged.
In 3 volumes. New York, Chas. Scribner's Sons. ..1913.

1913] Book Review 221

“many species, perhaps all, are composed of a greater or lesser number
of races, differing from each other too little to cause them to be re-
garded as species, notwithstanding the fact that they may breed true
from seed to such slight or trivial differentiations... In the present
edition. ..the view is taken that the races composing many species
are often too numerous and too slightly characterized to be described
so as to be recognized; many of them have been described as species
and many more as varieties, and varieties of different degrees of differ-
entiation have been suggested. We here regard species alone as
entitled to distinct botanical appellation..." In accord with this
doctrine the names and descriptions of varieties have as a rule
been omitted from the second edition.

It is just as true today as it was a generation ago that there is no
unfailing or even generally applicable criterion as to what constitutes
a species. Asa Gray said that “species...are not facts or things,
but judgments, and, of course, fallible judgments; how fallible the
working naturalist knows and feels more than any one else" (Letters,
vol. ii, p. 657). Darwin said that “few well-marked and well-known
varieties can be named which have not been ranked as species by at
least some competent judges" (Origin of Species, 6th ed., p. 37).
Certainly any author who assumes to write about species only, to
the exclusion of varieties, providing, of course, that he does not con-
sider every distinguishable form as a “species,” places a higher evalu-
ation on his own judgment than anyone else is likely to do. And when
he remands to synonymy species which he arbitrarily decides to con-
sider as varieties (or * races") and almost in the same breath announces
that the aim of his work “is to illustrate and describe every species...
recognized as distinct by botanists" (v. introduction, p. v; italics the
reviewer's) we may well be pardoned some display of astonishment!
What will they say who were formerly wont to protest long and vigor-
ously against botanical dictatorship? For now Dr. Britton not only
decrees what species are species but even what botanists are botanists!

Dr. Britton's failure to attempt a rational treatment of varieties
and critical species unfortunately involves a neglect of the very prob-
lems which bring taxonomy most vitally into touch with other kinds
of botanical investigation. From many standpoints the forms which
are generally treated as critical species and as varieties are of greater
interest than the more conspicuous but often not sharply defined
groups which by common tradition have long been classed as species.
Even if the varieties can not be sharply distinguished from the
species, and if the critical species rest upon technical characters, they
should by no means be omitted from any descriptive flora which is
designed to be of general interest and utility. A few examples will
bear out the truth of this. In the new Illustrated Flora Scirpus
georgianus is placed in the synonymy of S. atrovirens; of Scirpus atro-
cinctus we are told little except that it “may be specifically distinet”
from S. cyperinus; it is said of Scirpus Longii that it “appears to be

222 Rhodora [DECEMBER

the same as S. atrocinctus”; both Scirpus Eriophorum and S. pedicella-
tus are referred without qualification to S. cyperinus. Now it must be
apparent from considerable recent literature that many discriminating
botanists are regularly distinguishing these forms of Scirpus, and they
will very justly view as unsatisfactory a treatment of the genus which
does not define them in some category,— if not as species at least as
varieties. In this connection attention may be called to the fact
that in the new edition Scirpus Fernaldi and S. novae-angliae are
retained as species, although it is certainly difficult to understand how
they can consistently be retained even as weak varieties in a treatment
which denies the distinctness of Scirpus atrocinctus, S. Eriophorum and
S. Long.

For a further example of Dr. Britton's extremely unsatisfactory
treatment of critical species we may turn to the genus Rubus. None
of the species which Blanchard has recently proposed is even mentioned
in the Illustrated Flora, either in synonymy or elsewhere. Doubtless
it was by way of extenuation that this note was introduced under
the generic description: “All the British brambles were reduced to
a single species, R. fruticosus L., by Bentham, but other authors
have recognized and described a large number." Even this distin-
guished precedent gives little justification for ignoring all the recent
propositions in Rubus, however, for Bentham's knowledge of the
British flora was notoriously superficial. Darwin, in 1858, wrote to
Hooker, *I have ordered Bentham, for, as — says, it will be
very curious to see a Flora written by a man who knows nothing
of British plants!!" "Today conservative British botanists recognize
the distinctness of more species of Rubus than even the most extreme
splitters would have admitted to their floras fifty years ago. -

Perhaps the recently proposed blackberries are not yet well enough
attested so that their omission from a popular work should be criti-
cised. In the case of many other genera, however, it is impossible to
overlook the omission or reduction to synonymy of species which are
considered distinct by many excellent botanists. It would seem that
such species as Potamogeton bupleuroides, Eleocharis diandra, E. nitida,
E. Macounii, Salix coactilis, Populus virginiana, Salicornia rubra,
Comandra Richardsiana, Anemone riparia, Amelanchier humilis,
Antennaria fallax, and A. petaloidea have stronger claims to recogni-
tion than the apocryphal Ophioglossum arenarium, Eleocharis Smallii,
Betula alleghaniensis, Fragaria canadensis, F. americana, Xanthoxalis
Bushu, X. rufa, Ilex bronxensis, Acer carolinianum, etc. which are
maintained as species.

Dr..Britton believes in small genera; nevertheless he does not go so
far as some of his more radical associates in breaking up the older
genera. Thus, he does not maintain in the new edition a number of
generic segregates, such as Nemexia, Rubacer and Negundo, which
have attained more or less currency since the publication of the
former edition. In general, however, he has carried the subdivision

1913] Book Review 223

of the families into small genera further than many of us consider
necessary or desirable, and in a few cases we are inclined to interpret
more literally than was probably intended, and heartily to subscribe
to, the author's statement (introduction, p. vii) that ^ ....a number of
genera have been separated or distinguished from their congeners."
Much of the recent tendency to subdivide genera has no basis what-
ever in sound scholarship. It is typical of the whole movement that
Dr. Britton should accept as one of the key characters for separating
Raimannia and Anogra “ovules and seeds in 2 rows" as opposed to
“ovules and seeds in 1 row” and yet let his flora pass through two
editions with illustrations showing exactly the opposite condition
(v. figures of Raimannia laciniata and Anogra coronopifolia). Again,
one of the key characters for Galpinsia is “stigma disk-like, entire.”
Unless our eyes deceive us (for the illustration is somewhat ambiguous)
Galpinsia interior is figured with a four-lobed stigma. Furthermore,
if Kneiffia can be keyed out of Onagra, Oenothera, Anogra, ete., by
having the alternate stamens longer, why do the figures show them
all alike in length? The reviewer does not care to express any opinion
as to the validity of the genera which have been segregated from
Oenothera, but points out these inconsistencies merely in order to
show that we are not justified in reposing any great confidence in the
finality of generic lines in the cases of these minor groups, which by
most taxonomists of worldwide outlook are treated merely as subgen-
era or sections, unless their sponsors can make out for them far stronger
claims as genera than is done in the Illustrated Flora.

The figures of the old Illustrated Flora have been retained in the
new edition with a few exceptions. The problematic figure of Alisma
tenellum has happily disappeared and is replaced by an excellent one
under the altered name of Helianthium parvulum. The figure which
passed for Picea mariana in the first edition now illustrates P. rubens
(= P. rubra), the old figure of P. rubra has dropped out, and there is a
new figure for P. mariana. The only striking change in the appear-
ance of the new edition is due to the nonconformity of the newly
inserted figures. The old ones, although drawn by several artists
and of widely varying merit were certainly remarkably uniform.
Some of the new illustrations are very much better, some unfortu-
nately not so good; and perhaps, because of their freshness, the new
figures stand out conspicuously on the pages. Some of them are
truly excellent, notably those of the added species in Paspalum,
Panicum and Cenchrus. Some of the less successful are those of the
Juncus tenuis group and Isoétes. The newly figured species of Isoétes
are I. hieroglyphica and I. Gravesti. The spore drawings of the former
are exceedingly crude; while the putative spores in the figure of the
latter must be seen to be appreciated. The new drawings of several
Junci are as unconvincing to a student of the group as those of Isoétes.
The illustrations in the group of Juncus tenuis are particularly un-
satisfactory, for not only do the new figures mostly fail to show the

224 Rhodora [DECEMBER

diagnostic features of the recent segregates, but even the figure of
J. tenuis, held over from the former edition, is insufficient for identifi-
cation. It was satisfactory enough before the components of the
aggregate species were recognized, but now might pass almost equally
well for any of the segregates as for J. tenuis. To make the confusion
in the illustration of this group complete, the figures of J. Vaseyi and
J. secundus have become transposed.

Of course the nomenclature of the new Britton and Brown is not
in accord with the International Code.

The reviewer cannot refrain from mentioning the subject of com-
mon names, although there is really little to say except that the
manufacture of “English” names has been continued with unabated
zeal. (A distinction is made at New York between “English” and
“vernacular” names.) We notice that Rubus canadensis (a Linnaean
species!) is christened “ Millspaugh’s Blackberry,” because a few years
ago Dr. Britton unwittingly added the name Rubus Millspaughii to
its synonymy. The “English” name is just as superfluous as the
Latin synonym. "The name Agrimonia Brittoniana goes to the synon-
ymy of A. striata, but translated as “Britton’s Agrimony" it re-
mains to satisfy an imaginary demand for a common name. An
indefinite number of Crataegi have been given “ English" names, not-
withstanding the fact that not more than three or four specialists
make any pretense of knowing the species. Incidentally, they are
called various kinds of “thorn” although the more frequent * vernacu-
lar" name for Crataegus over much of this country is red-haw.
The generic name Agalinis has been very recently brought forward
for the purple-flowered species of the group which is familiarly known
as Gerardia, and without further ado the “English” names change
also, and we have Purple Agalinis, etc. We are naively informed in
the Introduction that many of the “English” names cannot be found
in the dictionary! Dr. Britton has used the name Dasystephana for
part of the gentians, but he has not changed such pseudonyms as
“Elliott's Gentian” to Elliott's Dasystephana. We surmise that
the older “English” names here remain as an indication that this is
one of the cases where a genus has been separated or distinguished
from its congeners!

On the whole it cannot be considered that the new Illustrated Flora
shows evidence of a judicial or sympathetic weighing of the results of
much of the scholarly activity which has taken place in the study of
our flora since the publication of the former edition. Failure to keep
fully abreast of the times is further indicated by the retention of the
English system of measurements, now practically obsolete in scienti-
fic works. In spite of all its shortcomings, however, the Illustrated
Flora will doubtless continue to be a very popular work.— H. H.
BanrLETT, Washington, D. C.

1913] Manning,— Berberis Thunbergii 225

VIOLA SELKIRKII IN CONNECTICUT.— Several years ago I collected
in the Beaver Dam Swamp in Salisbury, Connecticut, a number of
plants of a violet which seemed to me of more delicate growth than
the violets to which I was accustomed. These were pressed and
forgotten until the past season (spring of 1913) when the finding of
the same type of violet in another part of the town brought to mind
the earlier collection.

April 27, a party of us walked to the Wolf Den. This is a deep cold
gorge, which looks as though water had eaten out the underlying lime
stone until the outer shell was so weakened that it caved in from its
own weight. Huge blocks of stone are piled in confusion and between
them grow trees whose tops fail to tower above the moss hung sides
of the gash. In the moss flourish delicate ferns, and flowers which
love cool damp places. Lycopodium lucidulum grows in great patches;
Polypodium vulgare, and Camptosorus rhizophyllus run riot but I had
never known of any plant (except mosses) to grow there which had
not been found in many other places. "The violets were in full bloom
and we gathered a quantity.

On arriving home we found to our delight that we had unknowingly
gathered Viola Selkirkii Pursh. Not willing to trust our own de-
termination we sent a specimen to Mr. M. L. Fernald who verified
it and pronounced the plant the first V. Selkirkii Pursh reported
from Connecticut. A specimen has been placed in the Gray Her-
barium.— ORRA PARKER PHELPS, Canton, New York.

BERBERIS THUNBERGIT NATURALIZED IN New HaMPsHIRE.— On
October 4th I found Thunberg’s Barberry (Berberis Thunbergii DC.)
growing in the McCoy pasture on the side of Monadnock Mountain,
Jaffrey, New Hampshire, at an elevation of about 1400 feet above sea
level. It was about two miles from the summer home of Mr. F. H.
Gilson, who was one of our party, and about two miles from the hotel
called The Ark, they being the nearest habitations. At neither place
did I notice plants of Japanese Barberry. It is likely that seed from
this plant was brought from some distance by birds, but it is possible,
of course, that someone may have planted the seed in this locality,
as it is near a path that is occasionally used. "The plant I should say
was five or six years old, as it had made a growth of 2-3 feet; and the
shrub was only scantily fruiting. It was with Huckleberry and other

226 Rhodora [DECEMBER

low shrubs. It is quite obvious that it will thrive in open fields and
pastures, and it certainly would be a good thing for the birds. A
specimen has been deposited in the New England Botanical Club
Herbarium, as I thought it worth while to draw attention to this
adventive.

I think that this Barberry is likely to be introduced in many places
in a few years, because I am constantly finding seedlings at some
distance from the original plants in private places. I have also found
Rosa setigera growing vigorously in a field in Hopedale, Massachusetts.
The locality has recently been destroyed, however.

Clematis paniculata 1s another plant that is likely to become intro-
duced into the wild, as I find occasional strays outside of artificial
plantations.— WaAnnEN H. Manning, Boston, Massachusetts.

ERRATA.

Page 37, line 3; for sylvicola read silvicola.
" 42, " 29; after west insert to.
“ 44, " 1; for Fora read Flora.
" 48, “ 1; after 29 em. omit the comma.
“ — 68, " 12; for Wollfia read Wolfia.
" 69, " 34; for frustescent read frutescent.
“ — T5, “ 33; after system insert ”.
“ — 70, “ 15; for simile read similis.
“ — "8, “ 10; for simile read similis.
“ — 90, " 27; for parictina read parietina.
“ 121, “ 9; for Torreya read Torreyana.
* 121, “ 10; for olia read folia.
* 186, “ 22; for abu dant read abundant.
* 200, “ 31; for HETEROCHAETUSS read HETEROCHAETUS.

Vol. 15, no. 179, including pages 189 to 204 and plate 105, was issued
17 November, 1913.

1913]

Index

227

INDEX TO VOLUME 15.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Acer carolinianum, 222; pennsyl-
vanicum, 121; rubrum, 33; spica-
tum, 118, 121.

Additional Note on Nantucket Li-
chens, 93.

Advance of Potamogeton crispus L.,
171.

Agalinis, 224; Purple, 224.

Agrimonia Brittoniana, 224; parvi-
flora, 67; striata, 224.

Agrimony, Britton’s, 224.

Agropyron, 149; caninum, 149, var.
tenerum, 149, var. tenerum, forma
ciliatum, 149; pungens, 149; re-
pens, 149, var. pilosum, 149.

Agrostis, 126; alba, 126, var. aristata,
126, var. maritima, 126, var. vul-
garis, 126; antecedens, 126; ca-
nina, 126; hyemalis, 126; peren-
nans, 126; Spica-venti, 128.

Albino Kalmia angustifolia, 151.

Algae, 88; of the Georgian Bay, Notes
on the, 88.

Alisma tenellum, 223.

Alnus, 103; crispa, 44, var. mollis,
44; incana, 121; mollis, 44, 98.
Alopecurus, 125; agrestis, 125; geni-
culatus, 125, var. aristulatus, 126;

pratensis, 126.

Amblystegiella confervoides, 13.

Amblystegium vacillans, 13.

Amelanchier, 3; canadensis, 165;
humilis, 165, 222; laevis, 165.

America, Notes on new or rare Vio-
lets of northeastern, 112.

Ammophila, 127, 219; arenaria, 127.

Anabaena catenula, 89; circinalis,
89; sphaerica, 90.

Andrews, A. L., Philological Aspects
of the “ Plants of Wineland the
Good," 28.

Andropogon, 54; furcatus, 54; glom-
eratus, 54; macrourus, 54; sco-
parius, 54; virginicus, 54.

Anemone cylindrica, 67; riparia, 222.

Annual Meeting of the New England
Botanical Club, 1.

Anogra, 223; coronopifolia, 223.

Antennaria, 117-119; arnoglossa, 119;
Brainerdii, 98, 201; canadensis, 66,
118, 119, 121; fallax, 117-119, 222;
neglecta, 117; neodioica, 117; occi-
dentalis, 98, 118, 119, 121, 167;
Parlinii, 117, 119-121, 167; peta-
loidea, 98, 118, 121, 222; plantagi-
nifolia, 117, 120; Southerly range
Extensions in, 117.

Anthelia Juratzkana, 23.

Anthoceros carolinianus, 26, 27;
crispulus, 26, 27; levis, 26; Ma-
counii, 26, 27; punctatus, 26.

Anthocerotaceae, 26.

Anthoxanthum, 123; odoratum, 123;
Puelii, 123.

Apera, 128; spica-venti, 128.

Aphanorrhegma serratum, 13.

Aphanothece saxicola, 89.

Apocynum medium, 167.

Apterocaryon, 168.

Arabis canadensis, 165; Drum-
mondii, 139, 140; Drummondii
connexa, 140; glabra, 66; hirsuta,
140; viridis, 67.

Archilejeunea clypeata, 27;
wiana, 27.

Arenaria, 209, 210; caroliniana, 115,
in Rhode Island, 115; groenlan-
dica, 139; lateriflora, 209, On Vari-
ation in, 209; peploides robusta,
139, 143; squarrosa, 115.

Arethusa bulbosa, 74.

Arisaema, 20.

Aristida, 124; dichotoma, 124; gra-
cilis, 124; purpurascens, 124; tu-
berculosa, 124.

Aristolochia Serpentaria, 67.

Arrhenatherum, 129; elatius, 129.

Artemisia caudata, 154.

Sello-

Asclepias amplexicaulis, 153; syri-
aca, 167.

Ash, Green, 15; Red, 15.

Asperella, 151; Hystrix, 151.

Aspidium Boottii, 154; cristatum,

var. Clintonianum, 154; Goldia-
num, 154.
Asplenium acrostichoides, 154.

228

Aster amethystinus, 57; linariifolius,
153; novi-belgii, 168.

. Asterella tenella, 22.

Avena, 129; hirsuta, 129; hybrida,
129; pubescens, 68; sativa, 129;
striata, 144.

Barbarea vulgaris, 165.

Barberry, 226; Thunberg’s, 225.

Barbula convoluta, 11, var. commu-
tata, 11; unguiculata, 11.

Bartlett, H. H., Inheritance of sex
Forms in Plantago lanceolata, 173;
A second Edition of Britton &
Brown's Illustrated Flora, 220;
Systematic Studies on Oenothera,
IL, The Delimitation of Oeno-
thera biennis L., 48, III, New
Species from Ithaca, New York, 81.

Bazzannia triangularis, 27; tricre-
nata, 23, 27; trilobata, 23.

Bean, R. C., Some Maine Plants, 134.

Bell Heather, 189.

Benzoin, 18.

Berberis Thunbergii, 225, naturalized
in New Hampshire, 225.

Betula, 103, 168; alba, 169, 201, var.
cordifolia, 201, var. elobata, 169;
alleghaniensis, 222; nana, 168, var.
Michauxii, 168, 169; populifolia,
153; pubescens, 169.

Bicknell, E. P., The Heather, Cal-
luna vulgaris, on Martha's Vine-
yard, 189.

Bidens, 76, 77; aristosa, 76-78, var.
Fritcheyi, 78, var. mutica, 78;
bidentoides, 75, 78; connata, 74,
76, var. anomala, 76; discoidea,
76; Eatoni, 76, var. fallax, 76;
frondosa, 74-78, var. anomala, 75;
laevis, 95; some noteworthy Vari-
eties of, 74; tripartita, 74-76, var.
heterodoxa, 76; vulgata, 98, 168.

Biology of Wood's Hole, An import-
ant Publication on the, 152.

Birch, 33; A peculiar Variety of the
Canoe, 168; White, 29, 33, 34.

Bird’s Eye Maple, 34.

Blackberry, Millspaugh’s, 224.

Blake, S. F., Forms of Ophioglossum
vulgatum in eastern North Amer-
ica, 86; Reports on the Flora of the
Boston District,— XVI, 54, XVII,
122, XVIII, 144; A second local
Record for Rynchospora macro-
stachya Torr., 19; Six Weeks’
Botanizing in Vermont,— I, 153,
II, 200; Two Records of Panicum
calliphyllum, 99.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Blanchard, F. N., Two new Species
of Stigonema, 192.

Blasia pusilla, 22.

Blepharostoma trichophyllum, 23.

Blewitt, A. E., Notes on Euphorbia
Cyparissias L., 43; Scirpus Peckii
in Connecticut, 98.

Boston District, Reports on the Flora
of the,— XVI, 54, XVII, 122,
XVIII, 144.

Botanical and Bird Clubs, The joint
summer Meeting of the Vermont,
79; Club, Annual Meeting of the
New England, 1; Club, The
eighteenth annual winter Meeting
of the Vermont, 79; Club, The
nineteenth annual field Meeting of
the Vermont, 203; Society, The
Josselyn, 202; Society, The nine-
teenth annual Meeting of the Jos-
selyn, 116.

Botanizing in Vermont, Six Weeks’ ,—
I, 153, II, 200.

Botrychium ternatum, var. jnter-
medium, 156.

Bouteloua, 130; gracilis, 130; oligo-
stachya, 130; radicosa, 131; tex-
ana, 131.

Brachyelytrum, 125; erectum, 125.

Brachythecium populeum, 13; velu-
tinum, 13.

Brainerd, E., Is Viola arenaria DC.
indigenous to North America?
106, Notes on new or rare Violets of
northeastern America, 112.

Brassica nigra, 165.

Britton, N. L. [Notice of Work], 220.

Britton & Brown’s Illustrated FJora,
A second Edition of, 220.

Britton’s Agrimony, 224.

Briza, 144; maxima, 144; media, 144.

Bromus, 147; altissimus, 147; arven-
sis, 147; brizaeformis, 147; cilia-
tus, 144, 147; commutatus, 147;
hordeaceus, 147, var. leptostachys,
147; inermis, 147; japonicus, 148;
Kalmii, 148; purgans, 148; ra-
cemosus, 148; rubens, 148; seca-
linus, 148; sterilis, 148; tectorum,
148; unioloides, 148; villosus, 148,
var. Gussonii, 148.

Brown, A., [Notice of Work], 220.

Brunella, 182, 183; cinerea, 182, 183;
cordata, 182; heterophylla, 182;
hirsuta, 182; microphylla, 182;
obtusifolia, 182; petiolaris, 182;
reticulata, 182; rosea, 182; sessili-
folia, 182; vulgaris, 181, 182.

Bryum capillare, 13.

1913]

Caenotus canadensis, 208; pusillus
208.

Calamagrostis, 127; breviseta debilis,
135; canadensis, 127; cinnoides,
127; Pickeringii, 127, 135, 136,
var. debilis, 135, 136.

Calliergon cordifolium, 12; strami-
neum, 12.

Calluna, 189, 191, 192; atlantica, 191;
ciliaris, 191; vulgaris, 189, 190,
on Martha’s Vineyard, 189, var.
pubescens, 190; vulgaris, b pu-
bescens, 191.

Calopogon pulchellus, 163.

Calothrix adscendens, 90: parietina,
90.

Calypogeia Neesiana, 23, 26; sphag-
nicola, 23, 27; suecica, 23, 27;
Sullivantii, 23, 27; tenuis, 23, 27;
Trichomanis, 23, 27.

Campanula uliginosa, 167.

Camptosorus rhizophyllus, 225.

Camptothecium nitens, 12, var. falci-
folium, 12.

Canoe Birch, A peculiar Variety of
the, 168.

Cape Cod, Chenopodium carinatum
on, 220.

Carex adusta, 98; Bolanderi, 92, 93;
capillaris, var. elongata, 133; ce-
phaloidea, 98; communis, 98;
Crawfordii, 98; Deweyana, 92, 93,
A northeastern Variety of, 92, var.
collectanea, 93; foenea, 98; fes-
tiva, 187; flava, var. rectirostra,
160; gracillima, 133, var. humilis,
133, var. macerrima, 133; lanu-
ginosa, 160; lenticularis, 134, 204,
var. eucycla, 134, var. paullifruc-
tus, 134; limosa, 204; Macloviana,
187; Michauxiana, 204; mirabilis,
186, 187, var. perlonga, 187, var.
tincta, 186, 187; Muhlenbergii,
153; oligosperma, 160; oronensis,
187; pennsylvanica, 190; projecta,
187; Pseudo-cyperus, 160; rosea,
var. radiata, 160; straminea, 187;
tincta, 186, 187, A valid Species,
186; tribuloides, var. reducta, 68,
187; trichocarpa, 66; trisperma,
92; umbellata, 95, var. brevirostris,
94, 95.

Carices from Newfoundland, Two
new, 133.

Carya alba, 163.

Castalia, 20; tuberosa, 164.

Cenchrus, 123, 223; carolinianus,
123, 159.

Centaurea maculosa, 172.

Index

229

Cephalozia bicuspidata, 23; catenu-
lata, 27; connivens, 23; curvifolia,
23; divaricata, 27; fluitans, 23;
Francisci, 23; Jackii, 27; lunulae-
folia, 27; Macounii, 23; media,
23, E ; pleniceps, 23; serrifora,

Cephaloziella bifida, 23, 27; byssacea,
23, 27; elachista, 23, 27; Ham-
peana, 23, 27; myriantha, 23, 27;
papillosa, 23, 27; Sullivantii, 23,
27.

Cerastium arvense, 139.

Ceratophyllum demersum, 164.

Chaetophora elegans, 91; incrassata,
91.

Chaetosphaeridium globosum, 91.

Chamaecyparis thyoides, 6.

Chenopodium Botrys, 220; carina-

tum, 220, on Cape Cod, 220; glau-
cum, 164.

Cherry, Wild, 32.

Chiloscyphus ascendens, 27; fragilis,
23, 27; pallescens, 23, 27; polvan-
thus, 23; rivularis, 23, 27.

Chloris, 130; elegans, 130.

Chlorophyceae, 91.

Chroococcus turgidus, 89.

Chrysohypnum polygamum, 13.

Cinna, 128; arundinacea, 128, var.
pendula, 128; latifolia, 128.

Cinnamon Fern, 154.

Cladonia cristatella, 93; squamosa,
93; uncialis, 94; verticillata, var.
cervicornis, 94.

Cladoniaceae, 93.

Cladophora fracta, 92.

Claytonia, 20; virginica, 66.

Clematis paniculata, 226.

Club, Annual Meeting of the New
England Botanical, 1; The eight-
eenth annual winter Meeting of
the Vermont Botanical, 79; 'The
joint summer Meeting of the Ver-
mont Botanical and Bird, 79; 'The
nineteenth annual field Meeting of
the Vermont Botanical, 203.

Coelastrum microporum, 91.

Coelosphaerium Kuetzingianum, 89.

Coleochaete irregularis, 92; orbicu-
laris, 92.

Collins, F. S., An important Publica-
tion on the Biology of Wood's
Hole, 152; Three Plants with Ex-
tension of Range, 169.

Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae, 23.

Color Guide, A new, 96.

Comandra Richardsiana, 222; um-
bellata, 163.

230

Compositae, 19, 206.

Coniferae, 101.

Connecticut Mosses, Notes on, — IV,
3; Plants, Extended Ranges of
some, 94; Scirpus Peckii in, 98;
Valley in Massachusetts, A Flora

. of the, 97; Viola Selkirkii in, 225.

Conocephalum conicum, 22.

Convolvulus arvensis, 167;
maeus, 67.

Conyzella canadensis, 208.

Corallorhiza, 20.

Corema Conradii, 142.

Coreopsis, 77, 78; aristosa, 77, var.
mutica, 78; bidentoides, 75, 78;
bidentoides x Bidens frondosa, 78;
discoidea, 76.

Correction concerning Dicksonia
punctilobula, forma cristata, 204.

Corylus rostrata, 118.

Crataegus, 224; macracantha, 165;
punctata, 165.

Cross-leaved Heath, 189.

Crow-berries, 31.

Crowberry, 211.

Cryptogramma Stelleri, 98.

Cuphea petiolata, 67.

Currant, 29, 30; Wild, 29.

Cuscuta arvensis, 67; Gronovii, 66;
obtusiflora, 66.

Cushman, J. A., Reports on the Flora
of the Boston District,— XVI, 54.

Cyanophyceae, 89.

Cylindrospermum minutum, 90; mus-
cicola, 90.

Cynodon, 130; Dactylon, 130.

Cynosurus, 144; cristatus, 144.

Cynthia, 67.

Cyperaceae, 100.

Cyperus capitatus, 200; diandrus,
160; filieulmis, var. macilentus,
161; Grayi, 100, in Rhode Island,
100; Houghtonii, 153, 160; stri-
gosus, forma capitatus, 200, var.
capitatus, 200, var. compositus,
161.

pi iem campestris, var. multiflora,

2

spitha-

Cypripedium acaule, 73, 190, A tera-
tological Specimen of, 73; parvi-
florum, 67; spectabile, 73.

Dactylis, 144; glomerata, 144.

Dactyloctenium, 131; aegyptium,
131.

Danthonia, 130; compressa, 130,
159; spicata, 130.

Daphne mezerium, 203.

Darling, C. A., [Notice of Work], 19.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Dasystephana, 224; Elliott’s, 224.

Deane, W., Reports on the Flora of
the Boston District,— XVI, 54,
XVII, 122, XVIII, 144.

Dentaria maxima, 98.

Deschampsia, 129; caespitosa, 129,
203; flexuosa, 129.

Dianthus plumarius, 203.

Dicksonia punctilobula, forma cris-
tata, 44, 204, A Correction concern-
ing, 204.

Dicranum Bonjeani, 11; Drummondii,
11, 13; montanum, 13; palustre,
11; sabuletorum, 13; spurium, 13;
undulatum, 11; viride, 13.

Didymodon rubellus, 13.

Digitaria, 55; filiformis, 55; humi-
fusa, 55; sanguinalis, 55.

Diodonta, 77.

Diplophylleia albicans, 23; apiculata,
23; taxifolia, 23.

Dipsaeus sylvestris, 67.

Direa palustris, 203.

Distichlis, 144; spicata, 144, 203.

Dr. C. A. Darling's Handbook of the
wild and cultivated Plants, 19.

Drepanocladus aduncus, 12, 13;
revolvens, 12.

Eatonia obtusata, 128.

Echinochloa, 122; colona, 122; crus-
galli, 122; frumentacea, 122; Wal-
teri, 122.

Eighteenth annual winter Meeting of
the Vermont Botanical Club, 79.
Eleocharis acicularis, 91; diandra,
222; intermedia, 161; Macounii,
222; nitida, 222; palustris, var.
calva, 161, var. major, 161, var.
vigens, 161; rostellata, 76; Smallii,

222.

Eleusine, 131; indica, 131.

Elliott’s Dasystephana, 224; Gen-
tian, 224.

Elodea canadensis, 91.

Elodium Blandowii, 13.

Elymus, 150, 219; arenarius, 29,
32, 33, 218, at Provincetown —
native or introduced? 218; aus-
tralis, 150, 159; brachystachys,
150; canadensis, 150; striatus,
150; virginieus, 150, var. hirsuti-
glumis, 151, var. submuticus, 151.

Empetrum atropurpureum, 211,
214, 215; Eamesii, 211, 215, 217;
in North America, The Genus, 211;
nigrum, 31, 141, 211, 213-217, var.
andinum, 214—217, var. purpureum,
211, 212, 216; purpureum, 212,

1913]

213, 216, 217; rubrum, 212, 213,
216, 217.

Ephemerum cohaerens, 13.

Epigaea repens, 190.

Epilobium densum, 201; molle, 166,
201.

Epipactis decipiens, 98; tesselata, 98.

Equisetum hiemale, var. affine, forma
polystachyum, 156; palustre, 156;
pratense, 98; variegatum, var.
Jesupi, 154, 156, forma gemina-
tum, 156, forma multirameum,
156.

Eragrostis, 132; capillaris, 132; me-
gastachya, 132; minor, 132; pec-
tinacea, 132, 159, var. spectabilis,
132; pilosa, 132.

Erica ciliaris, 191;
Tetralix, 189, 191.

Erigeron, 59, 205; annuus, 59, 60;
canadense, 208; canadensis, 205-
208, var. glabratus, 207, 209, var.
pusillum, 208, var. pusillus, 208;
integrifolium, 60; paniculatum,
208; paniculatus, 207; pusillum,
206, 208; pusillus, 206, 207, a valid
Species, 205; ramosus, 59, 60, A
northern Variety of, 59, var. sep-
tentrionalis, 60; strictum, 208;
strictus, 207; strigosus, 60.

Eriocaulon septangulare, 162.

Eriophorum, 20, 202.

Erodium, 172; ciconium, 172; cicu-
tarium, 172.

Errata, 226.

Essex County, Massachusetts, Fur-
ther Notes on the Panicums of,
36.

Euosmus, 14, 16-18; aestivalis, 14;
albida, 14, 16, 17; Sassafras, 14, 15,
17.

Eupatorium perfoliatum, var. trun-
catum, 168; purpureum, 168, 201,
var. foliosum, 168.

Euphorbia Cyparissias, 43, Notes on,
43; polygonifolia, 141.

Euphrasia americana, 134; Randii,
var. Farlowu, 203.

Evans, A. W., Revised List of New
England Hepaticae, 21.

Evosmus, 17, 18; albida, 15, 16.

Extended Ranges of some Connecti-
cut Plants, 94; Range of Viola
pedata L., 18.

Extension of Range, Three Plants
with, 169.

Fellows, D. W., The Josselyn Botani-
cal Society, 202; The nineteenth

cinerea, 189;

Index 231

annual Meeting of the Josselyn Bo-
tanical Society, 116.

Fern, Cinnamon, 154.
Fernald, M. L., An albino Kalmia

angustifolia, 151; Alnus crispa
(Ait.) Pursh, var. mollis (Fernald)
n. comb., 44; Calamagrostis Pick-
eringii Gray, var. debilis (Kearney)
n. comb., 135; Carex tineta a
valid Species, 186; A Flora of the
Connecticut Valley in Massachu-
setts, 97; The Genus Empetrum
in North America, 211; The in-
digenous Varieties of Prunella vul-
garis in North America, 179; A
new Station for Scirpus Longii,
202; A northeastern Variety of
Carex Deweyana, 92; A northern
Variety of Erigeron ramosus, 59;
Nuttall’s White Sassafras, 14; A
peculiar Variety of the Canoe
Birch, 168; Some North American
Relatives of Polygonum mariti-
mum, 68; Some noteworthy Varie-
ties of Bidens, 74; Two new Cari-
ces from Newfoundland, 133; The
Variations of Luzula campestris in
North America, 38.

Festuca, 146; elatior, 146; myuros,
146; nutans, 146; octoflora, 146,
in Vermont, 187; ovina, 146, var.
capillata, 146, var. hispidula, 146;
rubra, 146, 147, var. megastachys,
147, var. multiflora, 147, var. pro-
lifera, 147, var. subvillosa, 95;
zs» 187; varia, var. flavescens,
146.

Fischerella, 194, 197—199.

Fissidens osmundoides, 13.

Fletcher, E. F., Further wool-waste
YS at Westford, Massachusetts,
172.

Floerkea, 66; proserpinacoides, 66.

Flora of Maryland and Virginia,
Notes on the,— I, 101; of the
Boston District, Reports on the,—
XVI, 54, XVII, 122, XVIII, 144;
of the Connecticut Valley in
Massachusetts, 97.

Flynn, N. F., The eighteenth annual
winter Meeting of the Vermont
Botanical Club, 79; "The nine-
teenth annual field Meeting of the
Vermont Botanieal Club, 203.

Fontinalis, 6, 8, 10; Allenii, 3, 10,
11; antipyretica, 7, 10, var. gigan-
tea, 7, 10; Cardoti, 8; dalecarlica,
9-11; disticha, 10; Duriaei, 9, 10;
flaccida, 8-10; hypnoides, 10;

232

Lescurii, 10, var. gracilescens, 8;
neomexicana, 7; nitida, 8-10;
novae angliae, 8, 10, 11, var. heter-
ophylla, 9, 10, var. latifolia, 9,
var. Lorenziae, 9, 11; squamosa,
10; Sullivantii, 8, 10.

Forms of Ophioglossum vulgatum in
eastern North America, 86.

Fossombronia foveolata, 22; salina,
22; Wondraczekii, 22.

Fragaria americana, 222; canadensis,
222; grandiflora, 165; virginiana,
var. terrae-novae, 203.

Fraxinus, 15; pennsylvanica, 15, var.
lanceolata, 15, 167.

Frullania Asagrayana, 23; Brittoniae,
23; eboracensis, 23, 27; inflata,
23, 27; Oakesiana, 23; plana, 23;
riparia, 23; saxicola, 24, 27; Sel-
wyniana, 24, 27; squarrosa, 24;
Tamarisci, 24; virginica, 27.

Further Notes on the Panieums of
Essex County, Massachusetts, 36;
wool-waste Plants at Westford,
Massachusetts, 172.

Galeopsis Tetrahit, var. bifida, 167.

Galium Aparine, 167; labradoricum,
203; Mollugo, 68; verum, 67.

Galpinsia, 223; interior, 223.

Gastridium, 127; australe, 127.

Gates, R. R., A new Oenothera, 45.

Gaylussacia baccata, forma glauco-
carpa, 167.

Gentian, Elliott’s, 224.

Genus Empetrum in North America,
211.

Geocalyx graveolens, 24.

Georgian Bay, Notes on Algae of, 88.

Geraniaceae, 172.

Geranium Bicknellii, 141; carolinia-
num, 141; maculatum, 79.

Gerardia, 224.

Gloeocapsa ambigua, 89; fusco-lutea,
89; rupestris, 89.

Gloiococcus mucosus, 92.

Glyceria, 145; acutiflora, 145; bo-
realis, 98, 145; canadensis, 145;
fluitans, 98; grandis, 145; laxa,
145, 203; melicaria, 145; nervata,
145; obtusa, 145; pallida, 145,
var. Fernaldii, 145; septentriona-
2s 98, 146; Torreyana, 121, 145,

Gnaphalium plantagineum, 120.
Gonatherus, 17.

Gramineae, 54, 122, 144.

Grape, 29-32.

Green Ash, 15.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Grimaldia fragrans, 22.
Gymnomitrium concinnatum, 24;
corallioides, 24.

Habenaria bracteata, 163; clavellata,
163; fimbriata, 204; flava, 203.
Handbook of the wild and cultivated
Plants, Dr. C. A. Darling's, 19.

Hapalosiphon, 194—199.

Haplohymenium triste, 13.

Harger, E. B., Some Plants of the
Southbury Triassic Area, 65.

Harpanthus scutatus, 24.

Heath, Cross-leaved, 189.

Heather, 189, Bell, 189; Calluna
vulgaris on Martha’s Vineyard, 189.

Hedeoma hispida, 167.

Heleochloa, 125; schoenoides, 125.

Helianthium parvulum, 223.

Hemerocallis flava, 217.

Hepaticae, Revised List of New Eng-
land, 21.

Hibiscus esculentus, 15; moscheutus,

Hieracium florentinum, 116, at
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts,
116; pratense, 67.

Hierochloë, 124; odorata, 124.

Holcus, 128; lanatus, 128.

Hordeum, 150; distichum, 150; ju-

batum, 150; maritimum, 150;
murinum, 150; nodosum, 150; vul-
gare, 150.

Howe, R. H., Jr., An additional Note
on Nantucket Lichens, 93.

Hubbard, F. T., Further Notes on
the Panicums of Essex County,
Massachusetts, 36; A Panicum
unreported in New England, 64.

Huckleberry, 225.

Hudsonia tomentosa, var. intermedia,
154.

Hull, E. D., Adavance of Potamoge-
ton crispus L., 171; Extended
Range of Viola pedata L., 18.

Hveiti, 33.

Hypericum Ascyron, 154, 166; bo-
reale, 166; canadense, 166; majus,
166.

Hypnum uncinatum, 12, 13.

Hypopitys lanuginosa, 190.

Hystrix patula, 151.

Ilex, 15, 63; bronxensis, 222; glabra,
76; monticola, 15, var. mollis, 15.
Important Publication on the Biol-

ogy of Wood’s Hole, 152.
Indigenous Varieties of Prunella vul-
garis in North America, 179.

1913]

Inheritance of sex Forms in Plantago
lanceolata, 173.

Iris, 138; prismatica, 76, 138, 139;
setosa canadensis, 138, 139.

Is Viola arenaria DC. indigenous to
North America? 106.

Isoétes, 223; Gravesii, 223;
glyphica, 223.

Isopterygium elegans, 13; Muelleri-
anum, 13; turfaceum, 13.

hiero-

Jamesoniella autumnalis, 24.

Japanese Barberry, 225.

Joint summer Meeting of the Ver-
mont Botanical and Bird Clubs, 79.

Josselyn Botanical Society, 202; Bo-
tanical Society, The nineteenth
annual Meeting of the, 116.

Jubula Hutchinsiae, 27; pennsyl-
vanica, 24, 27.

Juncodes campestre, 41, var. como-
sum, 41, var. multiflorum, 42;
comosum, 41, var. congestum, 42,
var. subsessilis, 41.

Juncoides bulbosum, 42; campestre,
41; campestre sudeticum, 43;
comosum, 41, var. congestum, 42,
var. macrantherum, 41, var. ma-
cranthum, 41, var. subsessile, 41;
echinatum, 42.

Juncus, 42; articulatus, 162; brachy-
cephalus, 98, 162; brevicaudatus,
162; bufonius, var. halophilus,
169; campestris, 41-43; congestus,
41; dichotomus in Rhode Island,
151; effusus, var. Pylaei, 162, var.
solutus, 162, 201; filiformis, 162;
marginatus, 62; monostichus, 62,
in Ohio, 62; multiflorus, 42; pal-
lescens, 42; pelocarpus, 163; se-
cundus, 224; sudeticus, 43; tenuis,
€ 223, 224; Torreyi, 201; Vaseyi,
224.

Jungermannia cordifolia, 24, 27;
lanceolata, 24; pumila, 24; sphaero-
carpa, 24.

Jungermanniaceae, 23.

Juniperus communis, 118; horizon-
talis, 138.

Kalmia angustifolia, 151, An albino,

151, forma candida, 151; latifolia,
142; polifolia, 68.
Kantia Sullivantii, 27; Trichomanis,

21.

Klugh, A. B., Notes on the Algae of
Georgian Bay, 88.

Kneiffia, 223.

Knowlton, C. H., Festuca octoflora in

Index

233

Vermont, 187; Reports on the

Flora of the Boston District,—

XVI, 54, XVII, 122, XVIII, 144.
Krigia amplexicaulis, 67.

Lactuca canadensis, var. montana,
168.

Laurus, 14, 16, 17; albida, 14-16;
Benzoin, 14; Diospyros, 14; geni-
culata, 14; Sassafras, 14-16.

Lecanora subfusca, 94, v. distans, 94.

Lecanoraceae, 94.

Lechea intermedia, 153.

Leersia, 123; oryzoides, 123, forma
glabra, 123; virginica, 123.

Lejeunea cavifolia, 24.

Lemna, 20.

Lepidozia reptans, 24; setacea, 24,
27; sphagnicola, 27; sylvatica, 24,
27.

Leptilon canadense, 209; canadense
pusillum, 206, 209.

Leptochloa, 131; fascicularis, 131;
filiformis, 131; imbricata, 131.

Lespedeza capitata, 153.

Leucolejeunia clypeata, 24, 27; unci-
loba, 24, 27.

Lichens, An additional Note on Nan-
tucket, 93.

Lilaeopsis lineata, 76.

Lilium canadense, 217; philadelphi-
cum, 217, A new Form of, 217;
forma flaviflorum, 218.

Limosella aquatica, var. tenuifolia, 76.

Ling, 189.

Linum catharticum, 203;

67.

Litsea, 18.

Lobelia Dortmanna, 204; Kalmii,
121.

Lolium, 148; multiflorum, 148; per-
enne, 148; temulentum, 148, var.
leptoch: veton, 148.

Long, B., Southerly range Extensions
in Antennaria, 117.

Lonicera canadensis, 121; dioica, 118.

Loomis, M. L., A correction concern-
ing Dic 'ksonia punetilobula, forma
eristata, 204; Some Extensions of
local R: inges, 44.

Lophocolea Austini, 28; bidentata,
24; heterophylla, 24, 28; minor,
24.

sulcatum,

Lophotocarpus spongiosus, 76.

Lophozia alpestris, 24; attenuata,
24, 28; badensis, 24, 97; barbata,
24: bicrenata, 24; confertifolia,
24, 27; excisa, 24, 27; Floerkei,
24; gracilis, 28; Hatcheri, 24, 27;

234

heterocolpa, 24, 27; incisa, 24;
inflata, 24; Kaurini, 24, 27; Kun-
zeana, 24, 27; longidens, 24, 27;
longiflora, 24, 27; lycopodioides,
24; Lyoni, 28; marchica, 24;
Mildeana, 24, 27; obtusa, 24, 27;
porphyroleuca, 24, 27; quinque-
dentata, 25, 28; ventricosa, 25.

Lunularia cruciata, 22.

Lupinus perennis, 153.

Luzula, 186; campestris, 38-41, in
North America, The Variations of,
38, var. alpina, 39, 40, 43, var. bul-
bosa, 40, 42, var. calabra, 39, var.
comosa, 40-42, var. congesta, 39-
43, var. echinata, 40, 42, var. fri-
gida, 39, 40, 42, 186, var. frigida in
New Hampshire, 186, var. ma-
crantha, 40-42, var. multiflora,
39, 40, 42, 43, 118, 186, var. pal-
lescens, 39, 40, 42, 43, var. sudetica,
43, var. vulgaris, 41; comosa, 38,
39, 41, var. congesta, 41, var. laxa,
41, var. macrantha, 41, var. sub-
sessilis, 41; pallescens, 42; saltuen-
sis, 118; subsessilis, 41; sudetica,
43.

Lycopodium annotinum, 157; com-
planatum, 98, var. flabelliforme,
98, 122; clavatum, var. mega-
stachyon, 157; inundatum, var.
Bigelovii, 76; lucidulum, 225; ob-
scurum, 157; sabinaefolium, 98;
tristachyum, 98, 157.

Lymegrass, 32.

Lyngbya aerugineo-caerulea, 89; aes-
tuarii, 89.

Lysimachia lutea corniculata, 49.

Magnolia glauca, 63; tripetala, 63,
in Springfield, Massachusetts, 63.

Maine Plants, Some, 134; Some
noteworthy Plants from the Is-
lands and Coast of, 137.

Malapoenna, 18.

Manning, W. H., Berberis Thun-
bergii naturalized in New Hamp-
shire, 225.

Maple, 33; Bird's Eye, 34.

Marchantia polymorpha, 22.

Marchantiaceae, 22.

Marsupella aquatica, 25, 27; emargi-
nata, 25, 27; robusta, 27; sparsi-
folia, 25, 27; sphacelata, 25;
Sullivantii, 25, 27; ustulata, 25.

Martha's Vineyard, The Heather,
Calluna vulgaris, on, 189.

Maryland and Virginia, Notes on the
Flora of,— I, 101.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Maser, 33.

Massachusetts, A Flora of the Con-
necticut Valley in, 97; Further
Notes on the Panicums of Essex
County, 36; Further wool-waste
Plants at Westford, 172; Hieracium
florentinum at Wellesley Hills,
116; Magnolia tripetala in Spring-
field, 63.

Masur, 33.

May, J. B., A teratological Specimen
of Cypripedium acaule, 73.

Medicks, 172.

Melica striata, 144.

Melr, 33.

Merismopedium glaucum, 89.

Mertensia maritima, 143.

Metzgeria conjugata, 22; crassipilis,
22, 26; furcata, 22, 26; pubescens,
22, 26.

Metzgeriaceae, 22.

Microcystis marginata, 89.

Millspaugh’s Blackberry, 224.

Monarda didyma, 67; fistula, 66.

Monotropa uniflora, 190.

Mosses, Notes on Connecticut,— IV,

3.

Mosurr, 29, 33, 34.

Mountain-cranberry, 29, 30, 32.

Muhlenbergia, 125; capillaris, 125;
foliosa, 125, 160, subsp. ambigua,
160; mexicana, 125, 160; race-
mosa, 125; Schreberi, 125; soboli-
fera, 125; sylvatica, 125; tenuiflora,
125.

Murdoch, J., Jr., Elymus arenarius at
Provincetown — native or intro-
duced? 218.

Mylia anomala, 25; Taylori, 25.

Myrica asplenifolia, 153.

Myriophyllum spicatum, 91, 166.

Myrrhis, 17.

Myurella gracilis, 13.

Nanomitrium Austini, 13.

Nantucket Lichens, An additional
Note on, 93.

Nardia crenulata, 25; crenuliformis,
25, 27; Geoscyphus, 25, 28; hae-
matosticta, 28; hyalina, 25; obo-
vata, 25; robusta, 27; scalaris, 25,
27.

Neesiella pilosa, 22, 26.

Negundo, 222.

Nemexia, 222.

Nephrocytium Agardhianum, 91.

New Color Guide, 96.

New England Botanical Club, An-
nual Meeting of the, 1; Hepaticae,

1913]

Revised List of, 21; A Panicum
unreported in, 64.

N umm of Lilium philadelphicum,
217.

New Hampshire, Berberis Thunbergii
naturalized in, 225; Luzula cam-
pestris, var. frigida in, 186.

New Oenothera, 45.

New Station for Scirpus Longii, 202.

Newfoundland, Two new Carices
from, 133.

Nichols, G. E., Notes on Connecti-
cut Mosses,— IV, 3.

Nineteenth annual field Meeting of
the Vermont Botanical Club, 203;
annual Meeting of the Josselyn
Botanical Society, 116.

North America, Forms of Ophio-
glossum vulgatum in eastern, 86;
The Genus Empetrum in, 211;
The indigenous Varieties of Prun-
ella vulgaris in, 179; Is Viola
arenaria DC. indigenous to? 106;
The Variations of Luzula campes-
tris in, 38.

North American Relatives of Poly-
gonum maritimum, Some, 68.

Northeastern Variety of Carex De-
weyana, 92.

Northern Variety of Erigeron ra-
mosus, 59.

Norton, A. H., Some noteworthy
Plants from the Islands and Coast
of Maine, 137.

Nostoc commune, 89; pruniforme,
89; verrucosum, 89.

Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— IV,
3; on Euphorbia Cyparissias L.,
43; on new or rare Violets of north-
eastern America, 112; on the Algae
of Georgian Bay, 88; on the Flora
of Maryland and Virginia,— I, 101.

Notothylas orbicularis, 26.

Nuttall’s White Sassafras, 14.

Nymphaea advena, 90-92.

Nyssa, 103.

Oats, 33.

Ochra, 15.

Octodiceras Julianum, 13.
Odontoschisma denudatum, 25; elon-
gatum, 25, 27; prostratum, 295.

Oedógonium, 88.

Oenothera, 45, 50, 223; ammophila,
47; angustifolia, 46; angustis-
sima, 46, 48, 81, 82, 84, 85; argil-
licola, 46; biennis, 45, 46, 48, 50-
53, 81, 85, The delimitation of, 48,
var. sulphurea, 53; grandiflora, 45;

Index

235

Lamarckiana, 45, 46, 49; muricata,
45, 47, 166; A new, 45; nutans,
81-85; pycnocarpa, 81-85; Sys-
tematic Studies on,— II, 48, III,
81.

Ohio, Juncus monostichus in, 62.

On Variation in Arenaria lateriflora,
209.

Onagra, 223; biennis, 51.

Onoclea Struthiopteris, 44.

Ophioglossum arenarium, 86-88, 222;
Engelmanni, 86; Grayi, 88; mi-
erostichum, 88; vulgatum, 86, 87,
156, in eastern North America,
Forms of, 86, forma arenarium, 88,
forma lanceolatum, 87, var.
lanceolatum, 87, var. microstichum,
88, var. minus, 86, 88, forma pseu-
dopodum, 87.

Oryzopsis, 124; asperifolia, 124; pun-
gens, 124, racemosa, 118, 124.

Oscillatoria tenuis, 89.

Osmorhiza, 17, 18.

Osmunda cinnamomea, 63, 154, 155,
forma angusta, 155, var. auricu-
lata, 155, forma bipinnatifida, 155,
forma cornucopiafolia, 156, forma
frondosa, 156, var. frondosa, 156,
forma glandulosa, 155, var. glan-
dulosa, 155, forma incisa, 155, 200,
forma latipinula, 155, forma tri-
folia, 155.

Oxalis filipes, 98.

Pallavicinia Flotowiana, 22, 26; Ly-
ellii, 22.

Pandorina morum, 91.

Panicum, 36, 54, 56, 64, 66, 223;
Addisonii, 56; agrostoides, 56;
Ashei, 38, 56, 59, 132; barbulatum,
56; Bicknellii, 169; boreale, 56;
Boscii, 56; calliphyllum, 56, Two
Records of, 99; capillare, 56; clan-
destinum, 56; Clutei, 56; colum-
bianum, 38, 56, 57, var. thinium,
37, 57; commutatum, 56, 57;
depauperatum, 58; dichotomi-
florum, 56; dichotomum, 57, 160;
Funstoni, 36; heterophyllum, 38,
57, var. thinium, 37, 38, 57;
huachucae, 57, var. fasciculatum,
37, 57, var. silvicola, 37, 57; im-

licatum, 57; languidum, 37, 57;
anuginosum siccanum, 56; lati-
folium, 38, 57, 100; Lindheimeri,
36, 38, 57; linearifolium, 57, 100;
lucidum, 57; macrocarpon, 57, 64;
mattamuskeetense, 56, 57; meri-
dionale, 36, 38, 57; microcarpon,

236

58; miliaceum, 58; oligosanthes,
58, 64; oricola, 58; philadelphi-
cum, 58; pseudo-pubescens, 66;
scoparioides, 66; Scribnerianum,
57, 64; sphaerocarpon, 58; spre-
tum, 58; strictum, 58; sub-
villosum, 58; tennesseense, 37,
57, 58, 160; texanum, 58; tsuge-
torum, 37, 56, 58; umbrosum, 38,
59, 132; unreported in New Eng-
land, 64; villosissimum, 59, 66;
virgatum, 59, var. cubense, 59,
var. obtusum, 59; Werneri, 59;
xanthophysum, 59, 100.

Panicums of Essex County, Massa-
chusetts, Further Notes on, 36.

Parietaria pennsylvanica, 67, 163, 201.

Parmelia saxatilis, var. sulcata, 94.

Parmeliaceae, 94.

Paspalum, 55, 223; Muhlenbergii,
55; psammophilum, 55.

er Variety of the Canoe Birch,
1

Pediastrum Boryanum, 91; tetras,
91

Pedinophyllum interruptum, 25, 27.

Pellaea atropurpurea, 67, 154.

Pellia epiphylla, 22; Fabroniana, 22,
26; Neesiana, 22, 26.

Petunia hybrida, 167;
folia, 167.

Phalaris, 123; arundinacea, 123, var.
picta, 123; canariensis, 123.

Stgopteris hexagonoptera, 154.

Phelps, O. P., Viola Selkirkii in Con-
necticut, 225.

Philological Aspects of the “ Plants
of Wineland the Good," 28.

Phleum, 125; pratense, 125.

Phlox divaricata, 79, in Vermont, 79;
pilosa, 66, 67.

Phragmites, 131; communis, 131.

Phyllodoce coerulea, 216.

Physalis virginiana, 67.

Picea, 105; brevifolia, var. semi-
prostrata, 200; canadensis, 138;
mariana, 223, forma semipros-
trata, 200; rubens, 223; rubra,
157, 223.

Pinus, 101; Banksiana, 137; echi-
nata, 102; palustris, 105; pungens,
102, 104; rigida, 102, 104; sero-
tina, 104; Strobus, 102, 104;
Taeda, 101-104; virginiana, 101,
102, 104.

Plagiochila asplenioides, 25; Sulli-
vantii, 25.

Plagiothecium latebricola, 13.

Plantago lanceolata, 173, 177, 178,

nyctagini-

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Inheritance of sex Forms in, 173,
var. androxantha, 178, var. sphae-
rostachya, 174, 175.

Plants, Extended Ranges of some
Conneeticut, 94; from the Islands
and Coast of Maine, Some note-
worthy, 137; of the Southbury
Triassic Area, Some, 65; of “Wine-
land the Good ", Philological As-
pects of the, 28; Some Maine, 134;
A summer Course on the flowering,
99.

Platycarpaea, 77.

Plum, Wild, 32.

Poa, 144; alsodes, 98, 144; annua,
145; compressa, 145; nemoralis,
145; pratensis, 145; triflora, 145;
trivialis, 145.

Podostemon ceratophyllum, 134.

Polanisia graveolens, 153, 165.

Polygala polygama, 153; Senega,
119.

Polygonatum biflorum, 118.

Polygonum, 68; amphibium, 163,
forma Hartwrightii, 163, 164, 166,
201, var. Hartwrightii, 164, var.
longispicatum, 163; forma ter-
restre 164, var. terrestre, 164;
aviculare, 69, ? glaucum, 70, var.
littorale, 70; erectum, 164; Fow-
leri, 68-70, 72, 73; glaucum, 69-
72; Hartwrightii, 164; islandicum,
73; littorale, 8 buxifolium, 72;
marinum, 5 roseum, 69; mariti-
mum, 68-72, Some North Ameri-
can Relatives of, 68; Muhlen-
bergii, 164; pensylvanicum, 164;
Persicaria, 164; Raii, 70, 72;
Rayi, 72; Roberti, 70, 72.

Polygonum § Avicularia, 70.

Polypodium vulgare, 225.

Polypogon, 127; monspeliensis, 127.

Polystichum strictum, 13.

Populus balsamifera, 163; grandi-
dentata, 122; heterophylla, 67;
virginiana, 222.

Porella pinnata, 25; platyphylla, 25;
rivularis, 25.

Potamogeton, 171, 203; americanus,
var. novaeboracensis, 203; bupleu-
roides, 158, 222; crispus, 171,
Advance of, 171; epihydrus, var.
cayugensis, 158; heterophyllus, 91,
158; lucens, 92; perfoliatus, 91;
pusillus, 158; Richardsonii, 158;
Robbinsii, 158.

Potentilla Anserina, 153, var. sericea,
154, 165; fruticosa, 135, 141; mon-
speliensis, var. norvegica, 165;

1913]

palustris, forma subsericea, 165,
var. subsericea, 165; pennsylvan-
ica, 140; tridentata, 170.

Preissia quadrata, 22.

Prenanthes trifoliolata, 168.

Primula farinosa macropoda, 142.

Provincetown, Elymus arenarius at,
218.

Prunella, 179, 181; hispida, 183;
pennsylvanica, 180, 183, 9 lanceo-
lata, 180, 181, var. lanceolata, 182,
a ovata, 180; pensylvanica, 180;
vulgaris, 179-182, in North Amer-
ica, The indigenous Varieties of,
179, forma albiflora, 182, 183, var.
albiflora, 183, var. aleutica, 182,
185, var. atropurpurea, 182, 186,
var. calvescens, 182, 185, 186;
y elongata, 180, 183, var. elongata,
182, a hispida, 182, var. hispida,
182, 183, @ lanceolata, 183, var.
lanceolata, 182, 183, var. lanceo-
lata, forma candida, 182, 184, var.
lanceolata, forma iodocalyx, 182,
184, 186, var. lanceolata, forma
rhodantha, 182, 185, 9 major, 181,
183, 8 pennsylvanica, 180, 183,
var. scaberrima, 182, 183, 8 vul-
garis, 181.

Prunus, 32; cuneata, 98, 153;
pumila, 203; virginiana, var. leu-
cocarpa, 135.

Pterigynandrum filiforme, 13.

Ptilidium ciliare, 25; pulcherrimum,
25, 27.

Puccinellia, 146; distans, 146; mari-
tima, 1406.

Purple Agalinis, 224.

Pyenanthemum virginianum,
201.

Pyrola americana, 122; rotundifolia,
190.

Pyrus americana, 121.

Quercus, 101; alba, 102; bicolor,
122; coccinea, 122; ilicifolia, 139;
lyrata, 103; macrocarpa, 203;
nigra, 103; Prinus monticola, 102.

135,

Racomitrium sudeticum, 13.

Radicula palustris, 165.

Radula complanata, 25;
25; tenax, 25.

Raimannia, 223; laciniata, 223.

Ramalina farinacea, 93.

Ranunculus abortivus, var. eucyclus,
164; delphinifolius, forma ter-
restris, 164, var. terrestris, 164;
fascicularis, 67; lacustris, var.

obconica,

Index

237

terrestris, 164; laxicaulis, 139;
missouriensis, 164; multifidus, var.
terrestris, 164; pennsylvanicus, 139.

Reboulia hemispherica, 22.

Red Ash, 15; Sassafras, 14, 15.

Reports on the Flora of the Boston
District,— XVI, 54, XVII, 122,
XVIII, 144.

Resp, 32.

Revised List of New England Hepa-
ticae, 21.

Rhaphidium faleatum, 91; faleatum
aviculare, 91.

Rhode Island, Arenaria caroliniana
in, 115; Cyperus Grayi in, 100;
Juncus dichotomus in, 151.

Rhododendron canadense, 167; max-
imum, 142.

Rhytidiadelphus squarrosus, 13.

Rhytidium rugosum, 13.

Ribs, 32.

Ribes, 29, 32; lacustre, 140.

Riecardia latifrons, 22; multifida, 22;
palmata, 22; pinguis, 22; sinuata,
22.

Riccia arvensis, 22; Austini, 22, 26;
erystallina, 27; dictyospora, 22,
26; fluitans, 27; hirta, 22, 26;
Leseuriana, 22, 26; sorocarpa, 22,
26; Sullivanti, 27.

Ricciaceae, 22.

Ricciella, 27; crystallina, 22; fluitans,
22; membranacea, 22, 26; Sulli-
vantii, 22.

Rieciocarpus natans, 22.

Rice, Wild, 29, 32.

Rich, W. P., Chenopodium carinatum
on Cape Cod, 220.

Ricker, P. L., A new Color Guide, 96.

Ridgway, R., [Notice of Work], 96.

Rivularia, 91; laurentiana, 90.

Robinson, B. L., Dr. C. A. Darling's
Handbook of wild and cultivated
Plants, 19; Erigeron pusillus a
valid Species, 205.

Rodman, R. S., Hieracium florenti-
num at Wellesley Hills, Massachu-
setts, 116.

Rood, A. N., Juncus monostichus in
Ohio, 62.

Rosa cinnamonea, 166; setigera, 226.

Rubacer, 222.

Rubus, 222; canadensis, 224; Cham-
aemorus, 141; fruticosus, 222;
Millspaughii, 224.

Rugg, H. G., The joint summer Meet-
ing of the Vermont Botanical and
Bird Clubs, 79.

Rumex mexicanus, 164.

238

Rynchospora macrostachya, A second
local Record for, 19.

Sage, J. H., Arenaria caroliniana, in
Rhode Island, 115.

Sagittaria arifolia, 158, 200; grami-
nea, 44; heterophylla, 158, var.
angustifolia, 159, forma elliptica,
159, var. elliptica, 159, forma
fluitans, 159, var. fluitans, 159,
forma rigida, 159, var. rigida, 159;
latifolia, forma gracilis, 159; rigida,
159, var. Engelmanni, 159.

Salicornia mucronata, 76; rubra, 222.

Salix alba, 163, var. vitellina, 67;
coactilis, 222; discolor, var. erio-
cephala, 163; humilis, 153; longi-
folia, 153; lucida, var. angustifolia,
163; nigra, 163, var. falcata, 163;
pedicellaris, 163, var. hypoglauca,
163; sericea, 201.

Salsola Kali, var. tenuifolia, 164.

Samolus floribundus, 76.

Sanguisorba canadensis, 203.

Sanicula trifoliata, 166, 201.

TER DNM Ehrharti, var. robustus,
2

Sargent, H. E., Luzula campestris,
var. frigida in New Hampshire, 186.

Sassafras, 14-18; albida, 16; albi-
dum, 16; Nuttall’s White, 14;
officinale, 15; Red, 14, 15; rubra,
16; variifolium, 14, var. albidum,
16; White, 14, 15.

Scapania apiculata, 25, 27; convex-
ula, 25; curta, 25; dentata, 25, 27;
glaucocephala, 25, 27; gracilis, 25,
27; irrigua, 12, 25; nemorosa, 25;

aludosa, 25; subalpina, 25; um-
rosa, 25; undulata, 25.

Scenedesmus bijuga, 91; obliquus, 91;
quadricauda, 91.

Scheuchzeria pu 158.

Schizaea pusilla, 76.

Scirpus, 99, 222; americanus, 153;
atrocinctus, 99, 221,222, forma bra-
chypodus, 161, 200, var. brachypo-
dus, 99, 161; atrovirens, 221, var.
pyenocephalus, 161, forma sych-
nocephalus, 161; cyperinus,
221,222, var. condensatus, 162, var.
pelius, 162, var. pelius, forma
condensatus, 162; Eriophorum,
202, 222, var. condensatus, 162;
Fernaldi, 222; fluviatilis, 153;
georgianus, 221; heterochaetus,
153, 200; Longii, 202, 221, 222, A
new Station for, 202; novae-angliae,
222; occidentalis, 162, 203; Peckii,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

98, 99, in Connecticut, 98; pedi-
cellatus, 162, 222; Smithii, 162,
var. setosus, 76; sylvaticus, 202,
var. atrovirens, 161, var. sycno-
cephala, 161; Torreyi, 162.

Scleropoa, 147; rigida, 147.

Scytonema myochrous, 90.

Secale, 149; cereale, 149.

Second edition of Britton & Brown’s
Illustrated Flora, 220; local
Record for Rynchospora macro-
stachya Torr., 19.

Sedum roseum, 140.

Sematophyllum tenuirostre, 13.

Senecio Balsamitae, 154, var. prae-
longus, 67; ciliatus, 207, 208.

Setaria, 122; glauca, 122; italica,
122; verticillata, 122; viridis, 122.

Sirosiphon, 197, 199.

Sisymbrium incisum, 139; officinale,
165.

Sisyrinchium atlanticum, 204.

Six Weeks’ Botanizing in Vermont,—
I, 153, II, 200.

Society, The Josselyn Botanical, 202;
The nineteenth annual Meeting of
the Josselyn Botanical, 116.

Some Extensions of local Ranges, 44;
Maine Plants, 134; North Ameri-
can Relatives of Polygonum mari-
timum, 68; noteworthy Plants
from the Islands and Coast of
Maine, 137; noteworthy Varieties
of Bidens, 74; Plants of the South-
bury Triassic Area, 65.

Sorghastrum, 55; nutans, 55.

Sorghum, 55; halepense, 55; vul-
gare, 55.

Southbury Triassie Area, Some Plants
of the, 65.

Southerly range Extensions in Anten-
naria, 117.

Sparganium americanum, 157, 203,
var. androcladum, 157; angusti-
folium, 138; diversifolium, 157,
var. acaule, 157; lucidum, 157.

Spartina, 130; glabra, var. alterni-
folia, 130, var. pilosa, 130; Mi-
chauxiana, 130, 153; patens, 130,
var. eaespitosa, 130, var. juncea,
130.

Sphagnum, 3-6, 12; acutifolium,
var. subtile, 4; amblyphyllum, 4;
bavaricum, 5; compactum, 4, 13;
eontortum, 5; cuspidatum, 4, 5,
var. faleatum, forma, mollis, 4,
var. submersum, 4; cymbifolium,
5; flavicomans, 4; Franconiae, 4,
var. robustum, 4; Garberi, 4;

1913]

inundatum, 5; macrophyllum, 5,
6; magellanicum, 5; medium, 5;
Nicholsii, 5; obesum, 13; palustre,
5; papillosum, var. intermedium,
5; platyphyllum, 5; pseudosquar-
rosum, 5, var. bicolor, 5, var. heter-
ophyllum, 5; recurvum, 4, var.
amblyphyllum, 4; rubellum, 4;
rufescens, 4, 5; ruppinense, 4;
subbicolor, 5; subnitens, 4, var.
flavicomans, 4; subsecundum, 5,
var. macrophyllum, 5; subtile, 4;
Torreyanum, 6; turgidulum, 5;
virginianum, 4.

Sphenolobus exsectaeformis, 25; ex-
sectus, 25; Hellerianus, 26, 27;
Michauxii, 26; minutus, 26.

Sphenopholis, 128; nitida, 128; ob-
tusata, 128; pallens, 128, var.
major, 128; palustris, 128.

Spiranthes Romanzoffiana, 98.

Spirogyra, 88.

Sporobolus, 126; asper, 126; cryp-
tandrus, 126; uniflorus, 126; vagi-
niflorus, 126.

Springfield, Massachusetts, Magnolia
tripetala in, 63.

Station for Scirpus Longii, A new, 202.

Stereodon fertilis, 13.

Stigonema, 194-199; anomalum,
194, 195, 197, 199; medium, 196,
199, 200; ocellatum, 194, 195;
Two new Species of, 192.

Stigonemaceae, 192.

Stipa, 124; avenacea, 124.

Stone, E., Magnolia tripetala
in Springfield, Massachusetts, 63;
[Notice of Work], 97.

Strand-wheat, 33.

Suaeda linearis, 203.

Summer Course on the flowering
Plants, 99.

Systematic Studies on Oenothera,—
II. The delimitation of Oenothera
biennis L., 48, III. New Species
from Ithaca, New York, 81.

Tanacetum vulgare, var. crispum,
168.

Taxodium distichum, 103, 106.

Telochistes flavicans, 93.

Temnoma setiforme, 26.

Teratological Specimen of Cypri-
pedium acaule, 73.

Tetraedron regulare, 91.

Tetranthera albida, 15, 16.

Teucrium Botrys, 98; canadense lit-
torale, 143.

Thalictrum, 95; dasycarpum, 95.

Index

239

Three Plants with Extension of
Range, 169.

Thuja occidentalis, 121.

Thunberg’s Barberry, 225.

Tiarella cordifolia, 121.

Tidestrom, I., Notes on the Flora of
Maryland and Virgiana, — I, 101.

Tolypothrix distorta, 90; penicillata,
90; tenuis, 90.

'Tradescantia virginica, 66.

Tragus, 55; racemosus, 55.

Trichocolea tomentella, 26.

Tricuspis, 131; flava, 131.

Tridens flavus, 131.

Trientalis americana, 190.

Trifolium, 172; purpureum, 172.

Triplasis, 132; purpurea, 132.

Trisetum, 129; spicatum, 129.

Triticum, 149; aestivum, 149.

Tsuga canadensis, 105.

Tussilago Fafara, 154.

Two new Carices from Newfound-
land, 133; new Species of Stigo-
nema, 192; Records of Panicum
calliphyllum Ashe, 99.

Typha angustifolia, 76, 138, 157.

Ulothrix zonata, 91.

Underwood, J. G., The joint summer
Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
and Bird Clubs, 79; Phlox divari-
cata in Vermont, 79.

Usneaceae, 93.

Utricularia, 135; gibba, 135; pur-
purea, 135; vulgaris, 135.

Vaccinium canadense, 167; pennsyl-
vanicum, 190; pensilvanicum, var.
myrtilloides, 167; uliginosum, 201,
var. pubescens, 201; Vitis-Idaea,
29.

Vallisneria spiralis, 91.

Variations of Luzula campestris in
North America, 38.

Verbascum Blattaria, 201.

Verbena angustifolia, 67.

Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs,
The joint summer Meeting of the,
79; Botanical Club, The eight-
eenth annual winter Meeting of
the, 79; Botanical Club, The nine-
teenth annual field Meeting of the,
203; Festuca octoflora in, 187;
Phlox divaricata in, 79; Six

Weeks’ Botanizing in,— I, 153,
II, 200.

Viburnum dentatum, 167.

Vinbaer, 31.

Vinbär, 29.

3 1 0341 3363

753 0

240 Rhodora

Vinber, 29-32.

Vindrue, 32.

Vindrufva, 32.

Viola, 106, 108-110; adunea, 108-
111, 153, var. glabra, 109, var.
longipes, 110; affinis, 112, 166;
arenaria, 106-108, indigenous to
North America, Is? 106; canaden-
sis, 112, 113; canina, 108, 110, 111,
var. Muhlenbergii, 108, var. pu-
berula, 108, 109; conspersa, 110,
112; cucullata, 112, 114, var.
microtitis, 112, var. palmata, 114,
forma prionosepala, 112; cu-
cullata X fimbriatula, 166; cu-
cullata X palmata, 115; cu-
cullata X triloba, 115; cuneata
111; drepanophora, 110; Eggles-
tonii, 113; falcata, 114; filipes, 111;
fimbriatula, 114; fimbriatula x
palmata, 114; fimbriatula X
triloba, 114; Howellii, 110, 111;
incognita, 112, var. Forbesii, 112;
labradorica, 112; Langsdorfii, 111;
longipes, 110; maculata, 108, 110;
mamillata, 110; mirabilis, 111;
nephrophylla, 111, 112; novae-
angliae, 113; odontophora, 110;
oxyceras, 110; pallens, 112; pal-
mata, 114, 115, var. dilatata X
sagittata, 115; palmata X sagit-
tata, 115; pedata, 19, Extended
Range of, 18, var. lineariloba, 18;
prionosepala, 112; pubescens, 112;
punctata, 110; renifolia, var. Brai-
nerdii, 112; rostrata, 110; ro-
tundifolia, 112; rubella, 108; ru-
gulosa, 113; rupestris, 106, 107,
109, var. arenaria, 107, 109, 111;
Rydbergii, 113; sagittata, 114;
sagittata X triloba, 115; sca-
briuscula, 66; Selkirkii, 225, in
Connecticut, 225; septemloba, 114;
septentrionalis, 112; sororia, 112;
striata, 110; triloba, 114; un-
cinulata, 110; unguiculata, 110;
viarum, 114.

Violets of northeastern America,
Notes on new or rare, 112

Virginia, Notes on the Flora of Mary-
land and,— I, 101.

Vitis cordifolia, 98; vulpina, 98.

[DECEMBER

Waldsteinia fragarioides, 98.

Washingtonia, 17, 18.

Weinbeere, 30, 32.

Weintraube, 32.

Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts, Hier-
acium florentinum at, 116.

Westford, Massachusetts, Further
wool-waste Plants at, 172.

Wheat, 29, 33; grass, 33; Wild, 33.

Wheeler, L. A., The joint summer
Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
and Bird Clubs, 79.

wo Birch, 29, 33, 34; Sassafras,
14, 15

;MA

Wiegand, K. M., Calamagrostis,
Pickeringii Gray, var. debilis
(Kearney) n. comb., 135; The
Genus Empetrum in North Amer-
ica, 211; A northern Variety of
Erigeron ramosus, 59; Two new
Carices from Newfoundland, 133;
The Variations of Luzula campes-
tris in North America, 38.

Wild Cherry, 32; Currants, 29; Plum,
32; Rice, 29, 32; Wheat, 33.

Williams, E. F., Annual Meeting of
the New England Botanical Club,
1; A new Form of Lilium phila-
delphicum, 217.

Winberi, 30.

Winberie, 30.

“Wineland the Good ”, Philological
Aspects of the Plants of, 28.

Wolffia columbiana, 68.

Wood’s Hole, An important Publica-
tion on the Biology of, 152.

Woodward, R. W., Cyperus Grayii
in Rhode Island, 100; Extended
Ranges of some Connecticut Plants,
94; Juncus dichotomus in Rhode
Island, 15l; On Variation in
Arenaria lateriflora, 209.

Woodwardia virginica, 76.

Xanthium canadense, 98, 154.
Xanthoxalis Bushii, 222; rufa, 222.

Zea, 54; Mays, 54.

Zizania, 29, 33, 123; aquatica, 123;
palustris, 123.

Zygnema, 88.